3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model Description (15) (PDF) - EN

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station
Model Description
Issue 15
Date 2022-06-27
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2022. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees
or representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: https://www.huawei.com
Email: [email protected]
Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i

Model Description Contents
Contents
1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model Description...................................................... 1

1.1 Changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model Description...........................................................................4
1.2 3900 Series Base Stations.................................................................................................................................................. 25
1.2.1 BTS3900................................................................................................................................................................................ 26
1.2.1.1 Cabinets and Subracks Used by a BTS3900.......................................................................................................... 26
1.2.1.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS3900....................................................................................................28
1.2.1.2.1 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs......................................................................... 28
1.2.1.2.2 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs.........................................................................32
1.2.1.2.3 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Configured with RFUs and RRUs..........................................................................................38
1.2.1.2.4 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Configured with RFUs and RRUs......................................................................................... 40
1.2.1.3 Power Requirements of a BTS3900..........................................................................................................................46
1.2.1.3.1 Power Requirements of a BTS3900 (Ver.C)....................................................................................................... 46
1.2.1.3.2 Power Requirements of a BTS3900 (Ver.D)....................................................................................................... 52
1.2.1.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS3900......................................................................................................... 61
1.2.1.4.1 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cabinets.........................................................................61
1.2.1.4.2 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cabinets........................................................................ 64
1.2.1.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS3900....................................................................................................... 72
1.2.2 BTS3900L.............................................................................................................................................................................. 72
1.2.2.1 Cabinets and Subracks Used by a BTS3900L........................................................................................................ 72
1.2.2.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS3900L................................................................................................. 75
1.2.2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs....................................................................... 75
1.2.2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs.......................................................................76
1.2.2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Configured with RFUs and RRUs........................................................................................80
1.2.2.2.4 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Configured with RFUs and RRUs....................................................................................... 82
1.2.2.3 Power Requirements of a BTS3900L....................................................................................................................... 84
1.2.2.3.1 Power Requirements of a BTS3900L (Ver.C)..................................................................................................... 84
1.2.2.3.2 Power Requirements of a BTS3900L (Ver.D)..................................................................................................... 91
1.2.2.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS3900L..................................................................................................... 101
1.2.2.4.1 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cabinets.................................................................... 101
1.2.2.4.2 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cabinets....................................................................103
1.2.2.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS3900L...................................................................................................110
1.2.3 BTS3900A........................................................................................................................................................................... 111
1.2.3.1 Cabinets Used by a BTS3900A................................................................................................................................ 111
Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii

1.2.3.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS3900A.............................................................................................. 119

1.2.3.2.1 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs.................................................................... 120
1.2.3.2.2 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs....................................................................128
1.2.3.2.3 BTS3900A (Ver.E) or BTS3900A (Ver.D+Ver.E) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs.............. 141
1.2.3.2.4 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Configured with RFUs and RRUs.................................................................................... 148
1.2.3.2.5 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Configured with RFUs and RRUs.................................................................................... 156
1.2.3.2.6 BTS3900A (Ver.E) or BTS3900A (Ver.D+Ver.E) Configured with RFUs and RRUs............................... 165
1.2.3.3 Power Requirements of a BTS3900A.................................................................................................................... 173
1.2.3.3.1 Power Requirements of a BTS3900A (Ver.C).................................................................................................. 173
1.2.3.3.2 Power Requirements of a BTS3900A (Ver.D).................................................................................................. 180
1.2.3.3.3 Power Requirements of a BTS3900A (Ver.E).................................................................................................. 189
1.2.3.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS3900A.................................................................................................... 198
1.2.3.4.1 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cabinets................................................................... 199
1.2.3.4.2 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cabinets................................................................... 204
1.2.3.4.3 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cabinets....................................................................210
1.2.3.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS3900A.................................................................................................. 220
1.2.4 BTS3900AL......................................................................................................................................................................... 221
1.2.4.1 Cabinets Supported by a BTS3900AL....................................................................................................................221
1.2.4.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS3900AL............................................................................................ 223
1.2.4.2.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs................................................................. 223
1.2.4.2.2 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Configured with RFUs and RRUs.................................................................................. 234
1.2.4.3 Power Requirements of a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)................................................................................................... 243
1.2.4.4 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cabinets.................................................................... 246
1.2.4.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS3900AL................................................................................................249
1.2.5 DBS3900............................................................................................................................................................................. 249
1.2.5.1 Cabinets and Racks Used by a DBS3900............................................................................................................. 250
1.2.5.2 Application Scenarios of a DBS3900 Configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910................................274
1.2.5.2.1 Outdoor AC Scenarios............................................................................................................................................ 274
1.2.5.2.2 Outdoor DC Scenarios............................................................................................................................................ 344
1.2.5.2.3 Indoor AC Scenarios................................................................................................................................................ 363
1.2.5.2.4 Indoor DC Scenarios................................................................................................................................................ 365
1.2.5.3 Application Scenarios of a DBS3900 Configured with the BBU3910A......................................................375
1.2.5.3.1 Outdoor AC Scenario.............................................................................................................................................. 375
1.2.5.3.2 Outdoor DC Scenario.............................................................................................................................................. 377
1.2.5.4 Application Scenario of a DBS3900 Configured with the BBU3910C........................................................378
1.2.5.5 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910................................. 379
1.2.5.5.1 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM5950H....................................................................... 380
1.2.5.5.3 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM5950H-L................................................................... 388
1.2.5.5.5 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM5930(AC)................................................................. 396
1.2.5.5.6 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM5930(DC).................................................................398
Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

1.2.5.5.7 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)............................................................. 406

1.2.5.5.8 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D).............................................................407
1.2.5.5.9 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.C)............................................................. 408
1.2.5.5.10 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)........................................................... 408
1.2.5.5.11 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D).......................................................... 417
1.2.5.5.12 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.C)........................................................... 425
1.2.5.5.13 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the MRE1000........................................................................ 432
1.2.5.5.14 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the OMB (Ver.C).................................................................. 433
1.2.5.5.15 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the IMB05, IMB03, IFS06, 19-inch Rack, or Wall for
Installation................................................................................................................................................................................... 439
1.2.5.5.16 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A....................................................................... 458
1.2.5.5.17 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the IBC10................................................................................459
1.2.5.5.18 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the ILC29 (Ver.E)..................................................................461
1.2.5.6 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A........................................................... 468
1.2.5.7 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910C........................................................... 474
1.2.5.8 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3900 or BBU3910.......................474
1.2.5.8.1 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM5950H.........................................................475
1.2.5.8.3 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM5950H-L.....................................................480
1.2.5.8.5 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM5930(AC)...................................................489
1.2.5.8.6 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM5930(DC).................................................. 491
1.2.5.8.7 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)............................................... 495
1.2.5.8.8 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D).............................................. 504
1.2.5.8.9 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.C)...............................................509
1.2.5.8.10 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.E)......512
1.2.5.8.11 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.C)............................................ 516
1.2.5.8.12 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the MRE1000..........................................................517
1.2.5.8.13 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the OMB (Ver.C)....................................................521
1.2.5.8.14 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the IMB05, IMB03, IFS06, 19-Inch Rack, or
Wall for Installation.................................................................................................................................................................. 526
1.2.5.8.15 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A.........................................................532
1.2.5.8.16 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the IBC10................................................................. 535
1.2.5.8.17 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the ILC29 (Ver.E)................................................... 536
1.2.5.9 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A.............................................540
1.2.5.10 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910C...........................................542
1.2.5.11 Cables and Cable Connections in a DBS3900..................................................................................................542
1.2.6 BTS3900C........................................................................................................................................................................... 545
1.2.6.1 Cabinets Supported by a BTS3900C...................................................................................................................... 545
1.2.6.2 Power Requirements of a BTS3900C.....................................................................................................................547
1.2.6.2.1 Power Requirements of a BTS3900C WCDMA............................................................................................... 547
1.2.6.2.2 Power Requirements of a BTS3900C (Ver.C).................................................................................................. 548
1.2.6.3 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS3900C.................................................................................................... 549
Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

1.2.6.3.1 Power Distribution Scheme for a BTS3900C WCDMA................................................................................ 549

1.2.6.3.2 Power Distribution Scheme for a BTS3900C (Ver.C).................................................................................... 550
1.2.6.4 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS3900C.................................................................................................. 552
1.3 5900 Series Base Stations................................................................................................................................................ 553
1.3.1 BTS5900.............................................................................................................................................................................. 553
1.3.1.1 Cabinets Supported by a BTS5900.........................................................................................................................553
1.3.1.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS5900................................................................................................. 555
1.3.1.2.1 BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) Cabinet Applications.................................................................................................... 555
1.3.1.2.2 BTS5900 (Ver.A) Cabinet Applications.............................................................................................................. 559
1.3.1.3 Power Requirements of a BTS5900....................................................................................................................... 566
1.3.1.3.1 Power Requirements of a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)........................................................................................... 566
1.3.1.3.2 Power Requirements of a BTS5900 (Ver.A)..................................................................................................... 575
1.3.1.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS5900....................................................................................................... 583
1.3.1.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS5900..................................................................................................... 589
1.3.2 BTS5900L............................................................................................................................................................................590
1.3.2.1 Cabinets Supported by a BTS5900L...................................................................................................................... 590
1.3.2.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS5900L............................................................................................... 592
1.3.2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) Cabinet Applications.................................................................................................. 592
1.3.2.2.2 BTS5900L (Ver.A) Cabinet Applications............................................................................................................ 593
1.3.2.3 Power Requirements of a BTS5900L..................................................................................................................... 596
1.3.2.3.1 Power Requirements of a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)......................................................................................... 596
1.3.2.3.2 Power Requirements of a BTS5900L (Ver.A)...................................................................................................604
1.3.2.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS5900L..................................................................................................... 613
1.3.2.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS5900L...................................................................................................619
1.3.3 BTS5900A........................................................................................................................................................................... 620
1.3.3.1 Cabinets Used by a BTS5900A................................................................................................................................ 620
1.3.3.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS5900A.............................................................................................. 625
1.3.3.2.1 BTS5900A Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs...................................................................................625
1.3.3.2.2 BTS5900A Configured with RFUs and RRUs................................................................................................... 631
1.3.3.3 Power Requirements of a BTS5900A.................................................................................................................... 639
1.3.3.3.1 Power Requirements of a BTS5900A Using the APM30H (Ver.E)........................................................... 639
1.3.3.3.2 Power Requirements of a BTS5900A Using the APM30H (Ver.F_B~E)/TMC11H (Ver.F_B~E)....... 648
1.3.3.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS5900A.................................................................................................... 657
1.3.3.4.1 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS5900A Using the APM30H (Ver.E)........................................... 657
1.3.3.4.2 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS5900A Using the APM30H (Ver.F_B~E)..................................670
1.3.3.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS5900A.................................................................................................. 672
1.3.4 DBS5900............................................................................................................................................................................. 673
1.3.4.1 Cabinets and Racks Used by a DBS5900............................................................................................................. 673
1.3.4.2 Application Scenarios of a DBS5900..................................................................................................................... 694
1.3.4.2.1 Outdoor AC Scenarios............................................................................................................................................ 694
1.3.4.2.2 Outdoor DC Scenarios............................................................................................................................................ 733
1.3.4.2.3 Indoor AC Scenario.................................................................................................................................................. 748
Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v

1.3.4.2.4 Indoor DC Scenarios................................................................................................................................................ 749

1.3.4.3 Power Requirements of a DBS5900...................................................................................................................... 762
1.3.4.3.5 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the APM5930(AC)................................................................. 780
1.3.4.3.6 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the APM5930(DC).................................................................782
1.3.4.3.7 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)............................................................. 790
1.3.4.3.8 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)..............................................................791
1.3.4.3.9 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the IBC10 (Ver.B)................................................................... 799
1.3.4.3.10 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the ILC29 (Ver.E)..................................................................800
1.3.4.3.11 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the IMB05/IFS5906+IMS5906......................................... 808
1.3.4.3.12 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the 19-Inch Rack or Wall for Installation................... 816
1.3.4.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a DBS5900...................................................................................................... 826
1.3.4.4.5 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the APM5930(AC)...................................................836
1.3.4.4.6 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the APM5930(DC).................................................. 844
1.3.4.4.7 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)............................................... 848
1.3.4.4.8 When the BBU Is Installed in the TMC11H (Ver.E)...................................................................................... 857
1.3.4.4.9 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the IBC10 (Ver.B)..................................................... 861
1.3.4.4.10 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the ILC29 (Ver.E)................................................... 863
1.3.4.4.11 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the IMB05, IMS5906+IFS5906, 19-Inch Rack,
or Wall for Installation.............................................................................................................................................................867
1.3.4.5 Cable Connections in a DBS5900........................................................................................................................... 874
1.3.5 DBS5900A.......................................................................................................................................................................... 877
1.3.5.1 Application Scenarios of a DBS5900A.................................................................................................................. 877
1.3.5.1.1 Outdoor AC Scenario.............................................................................................................................................. 877
1.3.5.1.2 Outdoor DC Scenario.............................................................................................................................................. 881
1.3.5.2 Power Requirements of a DBS5900A................................................................................................................... 882
1.3.5.3 Power Distribution Schemes for a DBS5900A................................................................................................... 884
1.3.5.4 Cable Connections in a DBS5900A........................................................................................................................ 886
Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station 1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model
Model Description Description
1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model

Description
Overview
This document describes supported cabinets and racks, application scenarios,
power requirements, power distribution schemes, cable lists, and cable
connections of 3900 & 5900 series base stations. This document serves as a
reference for 3900 & 5900 series base station planning and deployment.
The RF modules for distributed base stations in this document include RRUs and
AAUs. The application scenarios, power distribution schemes, cable connections,
and cable installation of the RRUs and AAUs are the same. The following uses the
RRUs as an example.
The exteriors of components or cables in this document are for reference only. The
actual exteriors may be different.
NOTE
● Unless otherwise specified, in this document, LTE and eNodeB always include FDD, NB-IoT,
and TDD. In scenarios where they need to be distinguished, LTE FDD, LTE NB-IoT, and LTE
TDD are used. The same rules apply to eNodeB.
● Unless otherwise specified, in this document, NR and gNodeB always include FDD and TDD.
In scenarios where they need to be distinguished, NR FDD and NR TDD are used. The same
rules apply to gNodeB.
● In this document, "G" is short for GSM, "U" for UMTS, "L" for LTE FDD, "T" for LTE TDD, "M"
for LTE NB-IoT, and "N" for NR. In addition, "N (FDD)" is short for NR FDD and "N (TDD)" is
short for NR TDD.
● For details about the LampSite solution, see LampSite Base Station Hardware Description.
Product Versions
The following table lists the product versions related to this document.
Product Name Solution Version Product Version
3900 series base stations SRAN8.0 and later V100R008C00 and later
5900 series base stations
Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1

Unless otherwise specified, cabinets, components, and RATs involved in this

document are supported in V100R008C00 and later versions. The following table
lists the special cases.
Item Solution Version Product Version
IBC10 SRAN8.1/GBSS15.1/ V100R008C01 and later

RAN15.1/eRAN6.1 and
later
● BBU3910 SRAN9.0/GBSS16.0/ V100R009C00 and later

● APM30H (Ver.E) RAN16.0/eRAN7.0/eRAN
TDD 7.0 and later
● TMC11H (Ver.E)
● RFC (Ver.E)
● IBBS200D (Ver.E)
● IBBS200T (Ver.E)
● BBU3910A SRAN10.0/GBSS17.0/ V100R010C00 and later

● OPM50M RAN17.0/eRAN8.0 and
later
● OPM15M
● IBBS20D
● IBBS300D (Ver.A)
● IBBS300T (Ver.A)
● USU3910
IBBS20L SRAN11.0/GBSS18.0/ V100R011C00 and later

RAN18.0/eRAN11.0/
eRAN TDD 11.0 and later
● IBBS20L-E SRAN11.1/GBSS18.1/ V100R011C10 and later

● OPM30M RAN18.1/eRAN11.1/
RMU3900A SRAN12.0/GBSS19.0/ V100R012C00 and later

RAN19.0/eRAN12.0/
● EPU02D SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● EPU02D-02 RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/
● MRE1000
● BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/
● IMB05
● ILC29 (Ver.E)

Item Solution Version Product Version
● BTS5900 (Ver.A) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BTS5900L (Ver.A) RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/
● APM5930 SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BBC5200D/BBC5200T/ RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/
BBC5300D/BBC5300T eRAN TDD 12.1 and later
● IBC10 (Ver.B)
● BBC5200D-L SRAN15.1/GBSS21.1/ V100R015C10 and later

● DCDU16D RAN21.1/eRAN15.1/
● FAN02H
● BBU5900A
● OPM200
● IBBS50L
● RFC5906
● INS05 SRAN16.0/GBSS22.0/ V100R016C00 and later

● IFS5906 RAN22.0/eRAN16.0/
● IMS5906
● EPU02S
● EPU02B SRAN16.1/GBSS22.1/ V100R016C10 and later

● EPU02S-02 RAN22.1/eRAN16.1/
DCDU16D-02 SRAN17.0/GBSS23.0/ V100R017C00 and later

RAN23.0/eRAN17.0/
● APM5950H SRAN18.1/GBSS24.1/ V100R018C10 and later

● APM5900H RAN24.1/eRAN18.1/
● BBC5600D
● BBC5600D-V
● APM5950H-L
● APM5900H-L
● BBC5600A
● BBC5600A-V
Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
● System engineers
● Base station installation engineers

● Site maintenance engineers
Organization
1.1 Changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model Description
This section describes the changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model
Description.
1.2 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 series base stations include BTS3900C, BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A,
BTS3900AL, and DBS3900.
5900 series base stations include the DBS5900, BTS5900, BTS5900L, BTS5900A,
and DBS5900A.
1.1 Changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model

Description
This section describes the changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model
Description.
15 (2022-06-27)
This is the fifteenth commercial release.
Compared with Issue 14 (2022-02-08), this issue includes the following new topics:
● 1.3.4.3.3 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the APM5950H-L
● 1.3.4.4.3 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the APM5950H-
L
L
L
L
Compared with Issue 14 (2022-02-08), this issue includes the following changes.

Topic Change Description
● 1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Added descriptions of

Model Description APM5950H&APM5900H cabinets and
● 1.2.5.2.1 Outdoor AC Scenarios BBC5600A&BBC5600A-V battery
cabinets.
● 1.2.5.2.2 Outdoor DC Scenarios
● 1.3.4.2.1 Outdoor AC Scenarios
● 1.2.5.1 Cabinets and Racks Used
by a DBS3900
by a DBS5900
● 1.3.4.5 Cable Connections in a
DBS5900

● 1.2.1.3.1 Power Requirements of a Added the AAU5726e, AAU5835f,

BTS3900 (Ver.C) AAU5825g, and AAU5825a to
● 1.2.1.3.2 Power Requirements of a descriptions of the RRU/AAU
BTS3900 (Ver.D) maximum power consumption.
● 1.2.2.3.1 Power Requirements of a

BTS3900L (Ver.C)
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.C)
BTS3900A (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.E)
DBS3900 Using the APM5900H
DBS3900 Using the APM5930(DC)
● 1.2.5.5.10 Power Requirements of
a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H
(Ver.E)
(Ver.D)
(Ver.C)
a DBS3900 Using the OMB (Ver.C)
a DBS3900 Using the IMB05,
IMB03, IFS06, 19-inch Rack, or
Wall for Installation
a DBS3900 Using the ILC29 (Ver.E)
● 1.2.5.6 Power Requirements of a
DBS3900 Configured with a
BBU3910A
BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)
BTS5900 (Ver.A)
BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)


BTS5900L (Ver.A)
BTS5900A Using the APM30H
(Ver.E)
(Ver.F_B~E)/TMC11H (Ver.F_B~E)
DBS5900 Using the TMC11H
(Ver.E)
a DBS5900 Using the IMB05/
IFS5906+IMS5906
a DBS5900 Using the 19-Inch
Rack or Wall for Installation
Compared with Issue 14 (2022-02-08), this issue does not exclude any topics.
14 (2022-02-08)
This is the fourteenth commercial release.
Compared with Issue 13 (2021-12-30), this issue does not include any new topics
or exclude any topics.

● 1.2.1.3.1 Power Requirements of a Added the AAU5726e to descriptions

BTS3900 (Ver.C) of the RRU/AAU maximum power
● 1.2.1.3.2 Power Requirements of a consumption.
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
BTS3900L (Ver.C)
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.C)
BTS3900A (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.E)
(Ver.E)
(Ver.D)
(Ver.C)
DBS3900 Configured with a
BBU3910A
BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)
BTS5900 (Ver.A)


BTS5900L (Ver.A)
(Ver.E)
(Ver.F_B~E)/TMC11H (Ver.F_B~E)
(Ver.E)
IFS5906+IMS5906
13 (2021-12-30)
This is the thirteenth commercial release.
Compared with Issue 12 (2021-11-27), this issue includes the following new topics:
● 1.2.5.5.1 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM5950H
● 1.2.5.8.1 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM5950H

● 1.2.1.3.1 Power Requirements of a Deleted descriptions of the DRFU,

BTS3900 (Ver.C) GRFU, RRU3004, and RRU3008.
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
BTS3900L (Ver.C)
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.C)
BTS3900A (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.E)
BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
BTS3900C (Ver.C)
BTS5900 (Ver.A)
BTS5900L (Ver.A)
(Ver.E)
(Ver.E)
(Ver.D)
(Ver.E)
IFS5906+IMS5906


● 1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Added descriptions of the APM5950H
Model Description and APM5900H.
by a DBS3900
by a DBS5900
Entire document Deleted descriptions about the

RRU3201, RRU3801E, RRU3804,
RRU3805, RRU3806, RRU3808,
RRU3828, and RRU3829.
12 (2021-11-27)
This is the twelfth commercial release.

● 1.2.5.5.10 Power Requirements of Added the RRU5910 to descriptions of

a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H the RRU/AAU maximum power
(Ver.E) consumption.
(Ver.D)
(Ver.E)
IFS5906+IMS5906
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.E)
BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
11 (2021-11-12)
This is the eleventh commercial release.

● 1.2.5.5.10 Power Requirements of Added the AAU5835f to descriptions of

(Ver.D)
(Ver.E)
IFS5906+IMS5906
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.E)
BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
10 (2021-09-29)
This is the tenth commercial release.

● 1.2.3.1 Cabinets Used by a Deleted the information of the

BTS3900A BBC5200T-L and its upgrade package.
● 1.2.3.2.6 BTS3900A (Ver.E) or
BTS3900A (Ver.D+Ver.E)
Configured with RFUs and RRUs
by a DBS3900
● 1.3.3.1 Cabinets Used by a
BTS5900A
● 1.3.3.2 Cabinet Applications
Supported by a BTS5900A
by a DBS5900
● 1.2.3.2.5 BTS3900A (Ver.D)
BTS3900A
● 1.2.3.2.5 BTS3900A (Ver.D)
● 1.2.3.2.6 BTS3900A (Ver.E) or
by a DBS3900
09 (2021-08-12)
This is the ninth commercial release.

● 1.2.3.1 Cabinets Used by a Added the description that the

BTS3900A BBC5200T-L can be used with an
● 1.2.3.2.5 BTS3900A (Ver.D) APM30H (Ver.D).
● 1.2.3.2.6 BTS3900A (Ver.E) or
by a DBS3900
08 (2021-06-30)
This is the eighth commercial release.
● 1.2.3.1 Cabinets Used by a Added the information of the

BTS3900A BBC5200T-L and its upgrade package.
● 1.2.3.2.6 BTS3900A (Ver.E) or
by a DBS3900
BTS5900A
● 1.3.3.2 Cabinet Applications
Supported by a BTS5900A
by a DBS5900
07 (2021-06-26)
This is the seventh commercial release.

● 1.2.5.5.10 Power Requirements of Added the RRU5513t to descriptions of

(Ver.D)
(Ver.E)
IFS5906+IMS5906
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.E)
BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
06 (2021-04-30)
This is the sixth commercial release.

● 1.2.5.5.10 Power Requirements of Added the RRU5512, RRU5512t,

a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H RRU5862, AAU5833f, and AAU5636 to
(Ver.E) descriptions of the RRU/AAU
● 1.2.5.5.11 Power Requirements of maximum power consumption.
(Ver.D)
(Ver.E)
IFS5906+IMS5906
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.E)
BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
05 (2021-03-05)
This is the fifth commercial release.
or changes.
Compared with Issue 04 (2020-12-29), this issue excludes the following topics:
● DBS5900E
● Application Scenarios of a DBS5900E
● Power Requirements of a DBS5900E

04 (2020-12-29)
This is the fourth commercial release.
Entire document Deleted descriptions of the BTS3900

(Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900A
(Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.B), TMC11H
(Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B), OMB, IBBS200D
(Ver.B), IBBS200T (Ver.B), DCDU-03B,
DCDU-03C, and EPS30-4815AF.
03 (2020-10-10)
This is the third commercial release.

● 1.2.1.3.2 Power Requirements of a Deleted the DCDU16D-02S description.

BTS3900 (Ver.D)
● 1.2.1.4.2 Power Distribution
Schemes for BTS3900 (Ver.D)
Cabinets
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
Schemes for BTS3900L (Ver.D)
Cabinets
BTS3900A (Ver.E)
Schemes for BTS3900A (Ver.E)
Cabinets
(Ver.E)
(Ver.D)
(Ver.E)
(Ver.D)
Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the
APM30H (Ver.E)
TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H
(Ver.E)
BTS5900 (Ver.A)
● 1.3.1.4 Power Distribution
Schemes for a BTS5900


(Ver.E)
ILC29 (Ver.E)
IMB05, IMS5906+IFS5906, 19-Inch
Rack, or Wall for Installation
APM5930(DC)
● 1.3.4.4.8 When the BBU Is
Installed in the TMC11H (Ver.E)
● 1.3.5 DBS5900A Added the descriptions of the

● 1.3.5.1 Application Scenarios of a DBS5900A and DBS5900E.
DBS5900A
DBS5900A
Schemes for a DBS5900A
● DBS5900E
● Application Scenarios of a
DBS5900E
● Power Requirements of a DBS5900E
02 (2020-07-31)
This is the second commercial release.

● 1.2.1.3.2 Power Requirements of a Added the descriptions of

BTS3900 (Ver.D) DCDU16D-02, DCDU16D-02S, and
● 1.2.1.4.2 Power Distribution PDU03D-03.
Cabinets
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
Schemes for BTS3900L (Ver.D)
Cabinets
BTS3900A (Ver.E)
Cabinets
(Ver.E)
(Ver.D)
(Ver.E)
(Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.E)
TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H
(Ver.E)
BTS5900 (Ver.A)


(Ver.E)
ILC29 (Ver.E)
APM5930(DC)
1.3.4.2.1 Outdoor AC Scenarios Added the descriptions of the mixed

configuration of lead and lithium
battery cabinets.
● Power Requirements of a DBS5900E Added the BookBBU5901 descriptions.

● Application Scenarios of a
DBS5900E
01 (2020-01-20)
This is the first commercial release.
This document is separated from the 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Hardware
Description document and its content derives from the sections "3900 Series Base
Stations" and "5900 Series Base Stations."
Compared with the sections "3900 Series Base Stations" and "5900 Series Base
Stations" in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Hardware Description of Issue 18
(2019-03-25), this issue includes the following new topics and changes.

● 1.3.1.3.2 Power Requirements of a Added the descriptions of EPU02B,

BTS5900 (Ver.A) EPU02S, EPU02S-02, and DCDU16D.
BTS5900L (Ver.A)
Schemes for a BTS5900L
(Ver.E)
Schemes for a BTS5900A Using
the APM30H (Ver.E)
APM5930(AC)
APM5930(DC)
APM30H (Ver.E)
(Ver.E)
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
Cabinets
● 1.2.3.2.6 BTS3900A (Ver.E) or
BTS3900A (Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.E)
Schemes for BTS3900A (Ver.D)
Cabinets


Cabinets
BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
OMB (Ver.C)
ILC29 (Ver.E)
IFS5906+IMS5906
IMB05, IMB03, IFS06, 19-Inch
● 1.3.4.1 Cabinets and Racks Used Added the descriptions of IFS5906,

by a DBS5900 INS05, and IMS5906.
● 1.3.4.2.4 Indoor DC Scenarios
Compared with the sections "3900 Series Base Stations" and "5900 Series Base
Stations" in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Hardware Description of Issue 18
(2019-03-25), this issue does not exclude any topics.

Before the separation, compared with Issue 17 (2018-12-31), Issue 18

(2019-03-25) does not include any new topics or exclude any topics.
Compared with Issue 17 (2018-12-31), Issue 18 (2019-03-25) includes the

following changes.
● 1.3.1.3 Power Requirements of a Deleted the configurations of upper-

BTS5900 level circuit breakers, power cables,
● 1.3.2.3 Power Requirements of a and power distribution schemes for
BTS5900L the EPU02B and EPU02S.
BTS5900A
DBS5900
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
DBS3900 Configured with the
BBU3900 or BBU3910
Schemes for a BTS5900A
Schemes for a DBS5900
Schemes for a BTS3900A
● 1.2.5.8 Power Distribution Scheme
for a DBS3900 Configured with a
BBU3900 or BBU3910

3900 series base stations include BTS3900C, BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A,
BTS3900AL, and DBS3900.
3900 series base stations are divided into the following categories:

● Indoor macro base stations: BTS3900 and BTS3900L

● Outdoor macro base stations: BTS3900A and BTS3900AL
● Outdoor compact mini base station: BTS3900C
● Distributed base station: DBS3900
1.2.1 BTS3900
This section describes cabinets, cabinet applications, power requirements, power
distribution schemes, cables, and cable connections of a BTS3900.
1.2.1.1 Cabinets and Subracks Used by a BTS3900

A BTS3900 is an indoor macro base station. Different types of base stations can be
formed by BTS3900 cabinets of different versions.
With the improvement in cabinet design, Huawei has many types of cabinets
applicable to a BTS3900 base station. Among these cabinets, the BTS3900 (Ver.D)
cabinet can work with the IMS06 cabinet to meet the requirements of power
distribution, module configuration, and space for customer equipment. The
following table describes the cabinets and subracks.
Table 1-1 Cabinet/Subrack description

Base Cabinet/ Cabinet/Subrack Cabinet/Subrack
Station Subrack Description Configuration
Name
BTS3900 BTS3900 The cabinet can be For details, see

(Ver.C) (Ver.C) supplied with AC or DC Components in BTS3900
power. One of the Cabinets.
following types of
cabinets needs to be
used to support a
corresponding type of
power supply:
● BTS3900 AC cabinet
● BTS3900 DC cabinet
(-48 V), shortened
to BTS3900 DC
cabinet

Base Cabinet/ Cabinet/Subrack Cabinet/Subrack

Station Subrack Description Configuration
Name
BTS3900 BTS3900 The cabinet can be For details, see

(Ver.D) (Ver.D) supplied with AC or DC Components in BTS3900
power. One of the Cabinets.
following types of
cabinets needs to be
used to support a
corresponding type of
power supply:
● BTS3900 AC cabinet
● BTS3900 DC cabinet
(-48 V), shortened
to BTS3900 DC
cabinet
IMS06a An IMS06 can be For details, see

installed under a Components in BTS3900
BTS3900 cabinet to Cabinets.
provide space for
batteries or
transmission
equipment.
a. IMS06: indoor mini subrack
The following figure shows the exteriors of a BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet, a BTS3900
(Ver.D) cabinet, and an IMS06.
NOTE
A BTS3900 (Ver.C) AC cabinet has the same exteriors as a DC cabinet, whereas a BTS3900
(Ver.D) AC cabinet has a different exterior from a DC cabinet.
Figure 1-1 Cabinet/Subrack exteriors

Besides the preceding cabinets, some cabinets of earlier versions can be

restructured to have the same capability as BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets. The
following table describes such cabinets.
Table 1-2 Restructured cabinets

Base Cabinet Cabinet Description Cabinet Configuration
Station Name
BTS3900 BTS3900 The cabinet is For details, see BTS3900

(Ver.E_A~ (Ver.E_A~D) restructured from a Installation Guide for
D) BTS3900 (Ver.A), Enhancing Existing
BTS3900 (Ver.B), Cabinets (Ver.E Series).
BTS3900 (Ver.C), or
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
cabinet.
BTS3900 BTS3900 The BTS3900 (Ver.D_A) For details, see BTS3900

(Ver.D_A) (Ver.D_A) cabinet is restructured Installation Guide for
from a BTS3900 Enhancing Existing
(Ver.A) cabinet. Cabinets (Ver.D Series).
BTS3900 BTS3900 The BTS3900 (Ver.D_B) For details, see BTS3900
(Ver.D_B) (Ver.D_B) cabinet is restructured Installation Guide for
from a BTS3900 (Ver.B) Enhancing Existing
cabinet. Cabinets (Ver.D Series).
1.2.1.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS3900

A BTS3900 supports different RF module configurations and spaces for customer
equipment. A BTS3900 can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or
configured with RFUs and RRUs depending on different scenarios.
1.2.1.2.1 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs

A BTS3900 configured with RFUs but without RRUs is applicable to various
scenarios, including a single cabinet, cabinets installed side by side, and stacked
cabinets.
The following table lists the application scenarios of the BTS3900.

Sce Nu Application Maxim Illustration Applicable Cabinet

nar mb Mode um
io er Numbe
of r of RF
BB Modul
Us es
Sin 1 Single-, 6 RFUs The ● 1 BTS3900 DC

gle dual-, application cabinet
cab quadruple-, scenarios are ● 1 BTS3900 AC cabinet
inet and triple- shown by
mode base illustrations 1
stations and 2 in
Figure 1-2.
Cab 1 Single-, 12 The ● 2 BTS3900 DC

inet dual-, RFUs application cabinets
s quadruple-, scenarios are ● 2 BTS3900 AC
inst and triple- shown by cabinets
alle mode base illustrations 1
d stations and 2 in
sid Figure 1-3.
e
by 2 Triple- and 12 The
sid quadruple- RFUs application
e mode base scenarios are
stations shown by
illustrations 3
and 4 in
Figure 1-3.
Sta 1 Single-, 12 The ● 2 BTS3900 DC

cke dual-, RFUs application cabinets
d quadruple-, scenario is ● 2 BTS3900 AC
cab and triple- shown by cabinets
inet mode base illustration 1 in
s stations Figure 1-4.
2 Triple- and 12 The

quadruple- RFUs application
mode base scenario is
stations shown by
illustration 2 in
Figure 1-4.

NOTE
● A BTS3900 cabinet is configured with one BBU by default and can be configured with a
maximum of two BBUs whose power consumption cannot exceed 1000 W. This principle
applies to a new or expansion scenario.
● It is recommended that two BTS3900 DC cabinets be stacked. If two BTS3900 AC
cabinets are stacked, reduce the maximum working temperature of the cabinets to
+50°C (+122°F). One of the following figures shows stacked BTS3900 DC cabinets as
examples.
Figure 1-2 Single cabinet

Figure 1-3 Cabinets installed side by side

Figure 1-4 Stacked cabinets
1.2.1.2.2 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs

A BTS3900 configured with RFUs but without RRUs is applicable to various
scenarios, including a single cabinet, cabinets installed side by side, stacked
cabinets, and cabinets used with an IMS06.
BTS3900 Configured with Only BTS3900 Cabinets

The following table lists the application scenarios for a BTS3900 that uses only
BTS3900 cabinets and is configured with RFUs but without RRUs.

Sce Nu Application Maxim Illustration Applicable Cabinet

nar mb Mode um
io er Numbe
of r of RF
BB Module
Us s
Sin 1 Single-, 6 RFUs The application ● 1 BTS3900 DC

gle dual-, scenarios are cabinet
cab quadruple-, shown by ● 1 BTS3900 AC cabinet
inet and triple- illustrations 1
mode base and 2 in
stations Figure 1-5.
2 Triple- and 6 RFUs The application

quadruple- scenarios are
mode base shown by
stations illustrations 3
and 4 in
Figure 1-5.
Cab 1 Single-, 12 The application ● 2 BTS3900 DC

inet dual-, RFUs scenarios are cabinets
s quadruple-, shown by ● 1 BTS3900 AC cabinet
inst and triple- illustrations 1 +1 BTS3900 DC
alle mode base and 2 in cabinet
d stations Figure 1-6.
sid
e 2 Triple- and 12 The application
by quadruple- RFUs scenarios are
sid mode base shown by
e stations illustrations 3
and 4 in
Figure 1-6.
Sta 1 Single-, 12 The application 2 BTS3900 DC cabinets

cke dual-, RFUs scenario is
d quadruple-, shown by
cab and triple- illustration 1 in
inet mode base Figure 1-7.
s stations
2 Triple- and 12 The application

quadruple- RFUs scenario is
mode base shown by
stations illustration 2 in
Figure 1-7.

NOTE
● A BTS3900 cabinet is configured with one BBU by default and can be configured with a
maximum of two BBUs whose power consumption cannot exceed 1000 W. This principle
applies to new site deployment or capacity expansion.
● When cabinets are installed side by side or stacked, it is recommended that BBU 1 and
BBU 0 be installed in the same cabinet.
● One BTS3900 AC cabinet consists of one BTS3900 DC cabinet and one IMS06.


BTS3900 Configured with BTS3900 Cabinets and an IMS06

The following table lists the application scenarios for a BTS3900 that uses
BTS3900 cabinets and an IMS06 and is configured with RFUs but without RRUs.
Scenario Num Applica Maximum Illustration Description
ber tion Number of
of Mode RF
BBUs Modules
1 BTS3900 2 Triple- 12 RFUs The The IMS06 is

AC cabinet mode application used to house
+1 BTS3900 base scenario is 100 Ah storage
DC cabinet station shown by batteries, which
+1 IMS06 illustration 1 provide low-
in Figure 1-8. capacity backup
power.


ber tion Number of
of Mode RF
BBUs Modules
1 BTS3900 2 Triple- 6 RFUs The The IMS06 is

AC cabinet mode application used to house
+1 IMS06 base scenario is transmission
station shown by equipment.
illustration 2
in Figure 1-8.
NOTICE
An IMS06 cannot be stacked on a BTS3900 cabinet. Otherwise, the heat

dissipation holes on the top of the BTS3900 cabinet will be blocked.
NOTE
When an IMS06 is configured with storage batteries, the power consumption of a BTS3900
cannot exceed 10,000 W. If the power consumption exceeds 10,000 W, large-capacity
battery packs need to be added.
Figure 1-8 BTS3900 configured with BTS3900 cabinets and an IMS06

1.2.1.2.3 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Configured with RFUs and RRUs

A BTS3900 configured with RFUs and RRUs is applicable to various scenarios,
including a single cabinet, cabinets installed side by side, and stacked cabinets.
The following table lists the application scenarios for a BTS3900 configured with
RFUs and RRUs.
Sce Nu Application Maximum Illustration Applicable
nari mb Mode Number Cabinet
o er of RF
of Modules
BB
Us
Sing 1 Single-, dual-, 6 RFUs+6 The application 1 BTS3900 DC

le triple-, and RRUs scenario is shown cabinet
cabi quadruple- in Figure 1-9.
net mode base
stations
Cab 2 Triple- and 12 RFUs+6 The application 2 BTS3900 DC

inet quadruple- RRUs scenario is shown cabinets
s mode base in Figure 1-10.
inst stations
alle
d
side
by
side
Stac 2 Triple- and 12 RFUs+6 The application

ked quadruple- RRUs scenario is shown
cabi mode base in Figure 1-11.
nets stations
For a BTS3900 (Ver.C) configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-11B can be
configured to provide power for RRUs and the DCDU-11B must be installed on a
wall.

Figure 1-9 Single cabinet (one BBU)
Figure 1-10 Cabinets installed side by side (two BBUs)

Figure 1-11 Stacked cabinets (two BBUs)
1.2.1.2.4 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Configured with RFUs and RRUs

A BTS3900 configured with RFUs and RRUs is applicable to various scenarios,
including a single cabinet, cabinets installed side by side, stacked cabinets, and
cabinets used with an IMS06.
BTS3900 Configured with Only BTS3900 Cabinets

The following table lists the application scenarios for a BTS3900 that uses only
BTS3900 cabinets and is configured with RFUs and RRUs.

Scen Nu Application Maximu Illustration Applicable

ario mb Mode m Cabinet
er Number
of of RF
BBU Modules
s
Singl 1 Single-, 6 RFUs+6 The application scenario ● 1

e dual-, RRUs is shown in Figure 1-12. BTS3900
cabi triple-, and DC
net quadruple- cabinet
mode base ● 1
stations BTS3900
2 Triple- and 6 RFUs+9 The application AC
quadruple- RRUs scenarios are shown in cabinet
mode base Figure 1-13 and Figure
stations 1-14.
Cabi 1 Single-, 12 RFUs The application scenario 2 BTS3900

nets dual-, +6 RRUs is shown in Figure 1-15. DC cabinets
insta triple-, and
lled quadruple-
side mode base
by stations
side
2 Triple- and 12 RFUs The application scenario
quadruple- +9 RRUs is shown in Figure 1-16.
mode base
stations
Stac 1 Single-, 12 RFUs The application scenario

ked dual-, +6 RRUs is shown in Figure 1-17.
cabi triple-, and
nets quadruple-
mode base
stations
2 Triple- and 12 RFUs The application scenario

quadruple- +9 RRUs is shown in Figure 1-18.
mode base
stations
For a BTS3900 (Ver.D) configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/

DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02 can be configured to provide power for RRUs,
and the DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02 must be
installed in a BTS3900 cabinet.

NOTE
An EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 is configured
based on site requirements. For configuration principles, see "EPU02B", "EPU02S",
"EPU02S-02", "DCDU16D", "DCDU16D-02", and "EPU02D/EPU02D-02". The installation
position of an EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 in
a cabinet is the same as that of a DCDU-12B. This section uses a DCDU-12B as an example.
Figure 1-12 One BTS3900 DC cabinet (one BBU)
Figure 1-13 One BTS3900 DC cabinet (two BBUs)

Figure 1-14 One BTS3900 AC cabinet (two BBUs)
Figure 1-15 Two BTS3900 DC cabinets installed side by side (one BBU)

Figure 1-16 Two BTS3900 DC cabinets installed side by side (two BBUs)
Figure 1-17 Two BTS3900 DC cabinets stacked together (one BBU)

Figure 1-18 Two BTS3900 DC cabinets stacked together (two BBUs)
BTS3900 Configured with a BTS3900 Cabinet and an IMS06

The following table lists the application scenario for a BTS3900 that uses a
BTS3900 cabinet and an IMS06 and is configured with RFUs and RRUs.
ber tion Number
of Mode of RF
BBUs Modules
1 BTS3900 2 Triple- 6 RFUs+9 The application The IMS06 is

AC cabinet and RRUs scenario is used to house
+1 IMS06 quadrup shown in 100 Ah
le-mode Figure 1-19. batteries, which
base provide low-
stations capacity backup
power.
NOTICE
An IMS06 cannot be stacked on a BTS3900 cabinet. Otherwise, the heat

dissipation holes on the top of the BTS3900 cabinet will be blocked.

NOTE
When an IMS06 is configured with storage batteries, the power consumption of a BTS3900
cannot exceed 10,000 W. If the power consumption exceeds 10,000 W, large-capacity
battery packs need to be added.
Figure 1-19 BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 AC cabinet and one IMS06
1.2.1.3 Power Requirements of a BTS3900

This section describes the requirements for circuit breakers on customer
equipment and cross-sectional areas of power cables in a BTS3900 (Ver.C) and a
BTS3900 (Ver.D). Power requirements of a BTS3900 (Ver.D_A), BTS3900 (Ver.D_B),
or BTS3012 (Ver.D_Z) are the same as those of a BTS3900 (Ver.D).
1.2.1.3.1 Power Requirements of a BTS3900 (Ver.C)

equipment and cross-sectional areas of power cables in a fully configured base
station that has the peak output power.
NOTE
● Power cables purchased locally must comply with local regulations.

● In the following table, P is short for Pole, indicating the number of switches
simultaneously controlled by a pole.

AC Input Scenario
The following table lists the power requirements when a BTS3900 is supplied with
AC power.
Table 1-3 Power requirements in AC scenarios
Power Supply Minimum Cross-Sectional Area of Cable

Requirement for the Input Power Cable Length
Circuit Breakers Requirem
on Customer ent
Equipment
220 V AC three- 1x20 A/3 P (by 2.5 mm2 (0.0039 in.2) ≤ 15 m

phase default) (49.21 ft)
220 V AC single- 1x50 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

phase default)
110 V AC dual- 1x50 A/2 P (by

live-wire default)
NOTE
An insulation cable with two insulation layers and four wires is used for AC three-phase
power. An insulation cable with two insulation layers and three wires is used for AC single-
phase and 110 V dual-live-wire power.
DC Input Scenario Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs

The following table lists the power requirements when -48 V DC power is supplied
to a BTS3900 configured with RFUs but without RRUs.
Table 1-4 Power requirements of a base station configured with RFUs but without
RRUs
Maximum Minimum Cross-Sectional Area of Cable

Configuration(1) Requirement for the Input Power Cable Length
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 4 to 6 high- 2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) ≤ 15 m

power RFUs default) (49.21 ft)
● 1 BBU 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) (low
smoke zero halogen)
● 4 to 6 low- 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

power RFUs
● 1 BBU


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 high- 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) (low

power RFUs smoke zero halogen)
● 1 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
● 1 to 3 low- 1x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

power RFUs
● 1 BBU
NOTE
(1) Remarks about the product configuration are as follows:

● If high-power RFUs and low-power RFUs are configured in one base station, the
specifications of the circuit breakers are based on the full configuration of high-power
RFUs.
● If the customer's power supply is sufficient, configure the circuit breakers based on the
full configuration of high-power RFUs. If the originally configured circuit breakers do
not meet the requirements for the full configuration of high-power RFUs, replace the
circuit breakers during base station capacity expansion.
● High-power RFUs include the LRFUe, WRFUd, MRFUd, MRFUe, WRFUe, CRFUd, and
CRFUe.
● Low-power RFUs include the WRFU, WRFUa, MRFU, and LRFU.
(2) Remarks about the minimum requirements for circuit breakers on customer equipment:
● The requirements for the circuit breakers used in a large configuration scenario are
also applicable to a small configuration scenario.
● The circuit breakers with high-load capabilities can be used in a scenario where the
circuit breakers with low-load capabilities are required. The circuit breakers are
arranged based on their load capabilities in descending order as follows: 160 A, 2x80
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.
(3) When two groups of power inputs are used, the following requirements must be met:
● Both power inputs are from a same power cabinet.
● Both power inputs use circuit breakers of the same specification and model.
● Both power inputs use power cables of the same cross-sectional area and length.
(4) The capacity of circuit breakers for indoor macro base stations does not take into
account the power consumed by transmission equipment in the cabinet.
DC Input Scenario Configured with RFUs and RRUs

When a BTS3900 is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the external power
equipment provides -48 V DC power for a DCDU-11A and a DCDU-11B. For
details, see 1.2.1.4.1 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cabinets.

● The DCDU-11A provides power for the RFUs, BBU, and fan assembly in the
cabinet. When the DCDU-11A is powered by the external power equipment,
the power requirements in this scenario are the same as those in the scenario
where a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs. For details,
see Table 1-4.
● The DCDU-11B provides power for RRUs. The following table lists the power
requirements when the DCDU-11B is powered by the external power
equipment.
Table 1-5 Power requirements of a base station configured with RFUs and RRUs
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
4 to 6 RRUs 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one ≤ 10 m

(power group of DC input power (32.81 ft)
consumption per cables
RRU ≤ 300 W)
1 to 3 RRUs 1x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one

(power group of DC input power
RRU ≤ 300 W)
4 to 6 RRUs (400 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

W < power group of DC input power
consumption per cables (low smoke zero
RRU ≤ 560 W) halogen)
2x63 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

default) groups of DC input power
cables

RRU ≤ 560 W)
4 to 6 RRUs (300 1x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one

W < power default) group of DC input power
RRU ≤ 400 W)

RRU ≤ 400 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 3 RRUs (power 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one

consumption group of DC input power
per RRU ≤ 300 cables
W)
● 3 RRUs (300 W
< power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)

per RRU ≤ 300 cables (low smoke zero
W) halogen)
● 3 RRUs (400 W
2x63 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
< power
consumption
cables
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 3 RRUs (300 W 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

< power group of DC input power
consumption cables (low smoke zero
per RRU ≤ 400 halogen)
W)
2x63 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 3 RRUs (400 W
< power
cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)

NOTE
(1) RRU maximum power consumption:

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
● 400–560 W: RRU5309, RRU5309w, RRU5909, RRU5909c, RRU5909N, RRU5909s
● 560–650 W: RRU5301, RRU5305 (1.4G), RRU5901, RRU5901N, RRU5901w,
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
● 650–800 W: RRU5304, RRU5304w, RRU5507, RRU5904, RRU5904w, RRU5904N,
RRU5910
● 800–1100 W: RRU5254, RRU5258, RRU5501, RRU5505, RRU5505N, RRU5508,
RRU5509t, RRU5512, RRU5512t, RRU5515t, RRU5519et
● 1100–1400 W: RRU5502, RRU5502w, RRU5502N, RRU5513, RRU5513w,
RRU5513t, RRU5810, RRU5818, RRU5862, RRU5865
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
● 300–400 W: RRU3203, RRU3220, RRU3232, RRU3260, RRU3268,
● 400–560 W: RRU3229, RRU3232, RRU3251, RRU3252, RRU3253, RRU3256,
RRU3259, RRU3262, RRU3841, RRU3942, RRU3929, RRU3952, RRU3952m,
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
● 560–650 W: RRU3249, RRU3262 (850M), RRU3269, RRU3939, RRU3953,
RRU3953w, RRU3971, RRU3971a, RRU5305 (1.4G), RRU5301
● 650–800 W: RRU3276, RRU3278, RRU3278u, RRU3279, RRU3281, RRU3962,
RRU3965
AAU maximum power consumption:
● 0–800 W: AAU3910, AAU3911, AAU3920, AAU3940, AAU3961, HAAU5213, HAAU5222,
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
● 800–1100 W: AAU5271, AAU5281, AAU5339w, AAU5711, AAU5711a, AAU5972,
AAU5313
● 1100–1400 W: AAU5613, AAU5614, AAU5636, AAU5636w, AAU5639, AAU5639w,
AAU5649, AAU5733, AAU5825a, AAU5831, AAU5833f, AAU5835f
● 1400–1600 W: AAU5636m, AAU5726, AAU5825g, AAU5835h
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.
● When a base station uses both high-power RRUs and low-power RRUs, the
specifications of circuit breakers are determined by the high-power RRUs.
● If the customer power supply is sufficient, configure the circuit breakers based on the
full configuration of high-power RRUs. If the originally configured circuit breakers do
not meet the requirements for the full configuration of high-power RRUs, replace the

● When the power consumption of the transmission equipment exceeds 350 W, the
circuit breakers corresponding to the exceeding part of the actual power consumption
need to be added to the circuit breakers that support 350 W.
1.2.1.3.2 Power Requirements of a BTS3900 (Ver.D)

NOTE

AC Input Scenario Configured with RFUs Only

The power requirements of a BTS3900 supplied with AC power are the same as
those of the IMS06. The following table lists the power requirements when a
BTS3900 is configured with RFUs only.
Table 1-6 Power requirements in AC input scenarios configured with RFUs only
Power Number of Minimum Requirements for Cable Length
Supply PSUs Requireme the Input Power Requirement
nt for Cable
Circuit
Breakers
on
Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 4 or 5 1x40 A/3 P Cable with a black ≤ 15 m (49.21 ft)

three- jacket and four
phase 2 or 3 1x25 A/3 P core wires, two
insulation layers,
and a cross-
sectional area of
6 mm2 (0.0093 in.
2)
220 V AC 5 1x100 A/1 Two wires (L and

single- P N), each with a
phase (recommen single core wire,
ded) two insulation
layers, and a
4 1x80 A/1 P cross-sectional
3 1x63 A/1 P area of 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)

AC Input Scenario Configured with RFUs and RRUs

The power requirements of a BTS3900 supplied with AC power are the same as
BTS3900 is configured with RFUs and RRUs.
Table 1-7 Power requirements in AC input scenarios configured with RFUs and
RRUs
Power Maximum Minimum Cross-Sectional Cable Length

Supply Configurati Requireme Area of the Input Requirement
on nt for Power Cable
Circuit
Breakers
on
Customer
Equipment
220 V AC ● 6 RRUs 1x100 A/1 25 mm2 (0.039 in. ≤ 15 m (49.21 ft)

single- (400 W < P 2)
phase power
consumpt
220 V AC ion per 1x40 A/3 P 6 mm2 (0.0093 in.
three- RRU ≤ 2)
phase 560 W)
● 3 RRUs
(power
consumpt
ion per
RRU ≤
400 W)
DC Input Scenario Configured with RFUs Only

to a BTS3900 configured with RFUs only.
Table 1-8 Power requirements of a base station configured with RFUs only
Maximum Minimum Cross-Sectional Cable Length

Configuration(1) Requirement for Area of the Input Requirement
Circuit Breakers Power Cable
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 4 to 6 high- 2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in. ≤ 15 m (49.21 ft)

power RFUs default) 2)
● 2 BBUs


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2) (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 4 to 6 low- 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

power RFUs 2)
● 1 BBU
● 4 to 6 low- 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

power RFUs 2)
● 2 BBUs
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2)
● 1 to 3 high- 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

power RFUs 2)
● 2 BBUs
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2)
● 1 to 3 high- 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

power RFUs 2)
● 1 BBU
● 1 to 3 low- 1x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

power RFUs 2)
● 2 BBUs

NOTE

RFUs.
CRFUe.
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

When a BTS3900 is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B/
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02 can be
configured.
● The DCDU-12A distributes power to the RFUs, BBUs, and fan assembly in the
cabinet. The power requirements in this scenario are the same as those in the
scenario where a base station is configured with RFUs only. For details, see
Table 1-8.
● The DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/
EPU02S/EPU02S-02 provides power for RRUs and is configured as required.
Table 1-9 lists the power requirements of a DCDU-12B. Table 1-12 lists the
power requirements of a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02. Table 1-10 lists the power
requirements of an EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S. Table 1-11 lists the
power requirements of an EPU02S-02.

Table 1-9 Power requirements of a DCDU-12B

Configuration(1) Requirement for the Input Power Cable(3) Length
Circuit Breakers (4) Requirem
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

RRU ≤ 300 W)

RRU ≤ 300 W)

2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

groups of DC input power
cables

RRU ≤ 560 W)

RRU ≤ 400 W)

RRU ≤ 400 W)

W)
● 3 RRUs (300 W
< power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

W) halogen)
● 3 RRUs (400 W
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
< power
consumption
cables
per RRU ≤ 560
W)

W)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 3 RRUs (400 W
< power
cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)

W)
2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 3 RRUs (power
consumption
cables
per RRU ≤ 400
W)

W)
2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 3 RRUs (power
consumption
cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
9 RRUs (power 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

consumption per group of DC input power
RRU ≤ 400 W) cables (low smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
2x63 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables
9 RRUs (power 1x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one

consumption per default) group of DC input power
RRU ≤ 300 W) cables
Table 1-10 Power requirements of an EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S

on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

groups of DC input power (32.81 ft)
cables (low smoke zero
halogen)
Table 1-11 Power requirements of an EPU02S-02

on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

halogen)

Table 1-12 Power requirements of a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 (recommended

circuit breaker specification: 2x100 A/1 P)
(5) Circuit Breakers (4) Requirem
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one ≤ 10 m

per RRU ≤ halogen)
1400 W)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

1400 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)

1100 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
halogen)

1100 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

● If more than six RRUs are configured, a maximum of six 6 mm2 (0.0093 in.2) power
cables can be configured for RRUs (power consumption per RRU ≤ 560 W) and a
maximum of three 4 mm2 (0.0062 in.2) power cables can be configured for RRUs
(power consumption per RRU ≤ 400 W).
(5) For details about the power consumption of BBUs, contact local Huawei engineers.
1.2.1.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS3900

This section describes power distribution schemes for a BTS3900 (Ver.C) and a
BTS3900 (Ver.D) supplied with different power. The power distribution scheme in a
BTS3900 (Ver.D_A), BTS3900 (Ver.D_B), or BTS3012 (Ver.D_Z) is the same as that
in a BTS3900 (Ver.D).
1.2.1.4.1 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cabinets

This section describes power distribution schemes for BTS3900 cabinets.
Power Distribution Scheme in AC Input Scenarios

The external power equipment supplies 220 V AC single-phase, 220 V AC three-
phase, or 110 V AC dual-live-wire power to a BTS3900 AC cabinet. The ETP48150-
A3 converts the AC power into -48 V DC power and then supplies the DC power to
a DCDU-11A. The DCDU-11A distributes the DC power to other components in the
cabinet. The following figure shows the power distribution scheme in this scenario.
NOTE
The power distribution scheme in a 220 V AC three-phase scenario is the same as that in a 220
V AC single-phase scenario, except that "L1", "L2", and "L3" input terminals do not need to be
connected by short-circuiting bars in a 220 V AC three-phase scenario.

Figure 1-20 Power distribution scheme in AC input scenarios

Power Distribution Scheme in DC Input Scenarios Configured with RFUs but

Without RRUs
The external power equipment supplies -48 V DC power to the DCDU-11A in a
BTS3900 DC (-48 V) cabinet, and the DCDU-11A distributes the DC power to other
components in the cabinet. The following figure shows the power distribution
scheme in this scenario.
Figure 1-21 Power distribution scheme in DC input scenarios configured with

RFUs but without RRUs
Power Distribution Scheme in DC Input Scenarios Configured with RFUs and

RRUs
● When a BTS3900 is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the external power
equipment supplies -48 V DC power to a DCDU-11A, and the DCDU-11A
distributes the DC power to the RFUs, BBU, and fan assembly in the cabinet.
The power distribution scheme in this scenario is the same as that for a
BTS3900 DC (-48 V) cabinet configured with RFUs but without RRUs. For
details, see Figure 1-21.
● The external power equipment provides -48 V DC power for a DCDU-11B, and
the DCDU-11B distributes the -48 V DC power to RRUs. The following figure
shows the power distribution scheme in this scenario.


RFUs and RRUs
1.2.1.4.2 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cabinets

This section describes power distribution schemes for BTS3900 cabinets.
Power Distribution Scheme in AC Input Scenarios Configured with RFUs

Only
When a BTS3900 is configured with RFUs only, the external power equipment
provides 220 V AC single-phase or 220 V AC three-phase power for an EPU05A-02.
The EPU05A-02 converts the AC power into -48 V DC power and then supplies the
-48 V DC power to a DCDU-12A. Figure 1-23 shows the power distribution
scheme in this scenario.
The DCDU-12A distributes the DC power to the RFUs, BBU, and fan assembly in
the cabinet. Figure 1-25 shows the distribution schemes for the DCDU-12A.
NOTE
V AC single-phase scenario, except that the three power inputs do not need to be connected by
short-circuiting bars in a 220 V AC three-phase scenario.

Figure 1-23 Power distribution scheme in AC input scenarios configured with RFUs
only
Power Distribution Scheme in AC Input Scenarios Configured with RFUs and

RRUs
When the BTS3900 is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the external power
equipment provides 220 V AC single-phase or 220 V AC three-phase power input
for the EPU05A-02. The EPU05A-02 converts the AC power into -48 V DC power
and then supplies the -48 V DC power to the DCDU-12A and DCDU-12B/EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02. Figure 1-24
The DCDU-12A distributes the power to the RFUs, BBU, and fan assembly in the
cabinet. The DCDU-12B/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02B/
EPU02S/EPU02S-02 distributes the DC power to RRUs. Figure 1-25, Figure 1-26,
Figure 1-27, and Figure 1-28 show the power distribution schemes for the
DCDU-12A, DCDU-12B, DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, and EPU02D/EPU02D-02,
respectively. Figure 1-29 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02B.
Figure 1-30 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02S. Figure 1-31
shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02S-02.
NOTE

Figure 1-24 Power distribution scheme in AC input scenarios configured with RFUs
and RRUs
Power Distribution Scheme in DC Input Scenarios Configured with RFUs

Only
When the BTS3900 is configured with RFUs only, the external power equipment
provides -48 V DC power for the DCDU-12A in the BTS3900 DC (-48 V) cabinet
and the DCDU-12A distributes the -48 V DC power to the BBU, fan assembly, and
RFUs in the cabinet. The following figure shows the power distribution scheme for
the BTS3900 cabinet.

RFUs only


RRUs
● When a BTS3900 is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the external power
equipment supplies -48 V DC power to a DCDU-12A, and the DCDU-12A
distributes the DC power to the RFUs, BBU, and fan assembly in the cabinet.
The power distribution scheme for the DCDU-12A in this scenario is the same
as that for a DCDU-12A used by a BTS3900 DC (-48 V) cabinet configured
with RFUs only. For details, see Figure 1-25.
● A DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S
is configured as required. The external power equipment provides -48 V DC
power for a DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/
EPU02B/EPU02S, and the DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S distributes power to RRUs. Figure 1-26, Figure
1-27, and Figure 1-28 show the power distribution schemes for a DCDU-12B,
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, and EPU02D/EPU02D-02, respectively. Figure 1-29
shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02B. Figure 1-30 shows the
power distribution scheme for an EPU02S. Figure 1-31 shows the power
distribution scheme for an EPU02S-02.
Figure 1-26 Power distribution scheme for a DCDU-12B in a scenario configured

with RFUs and RRUs
NOTE
Ports "LOAD0" to "LOAD5" on a DCDU-12B feed power to each RRU with power
consumption of less than or equal to 560 W, and ports "LOAD6" to "LOAD8" feed power to
each RRU with power consumption of less than or equal to 400 W.

Figure 1-27 Power distribution scheme for a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 in a

scenario configured with RFUs and RRUs
Figure 1-28 Power distribution scheme for an EPU02D or EPU02D-02 in a scenario

configured with RFUs and RRUs

Figure 1-29 Power distribution scheme for an EPU02B in a scenario configured

with RFUs and RRUs
Figure 1-30 Power distribution scheme for an EPU02S in a scenario configured

with RFUs and RRUs

Figure 1-31 Power distribution scheme for an EPU02S-02 in a scenario configured

with RFUs and RRUs
The following table lists the fuse specifications of an EPU02D or EPU02D-02

providing boosted-voltage and DC power outputs.
Table 1-13 Fuse specifications of an EPU02D or EPU02D-02

Power Fuse Terminal Specifications
Equipmen
t
EPU02D Slot 1 (LOAD0 to LOAD2) -57 V boosted-voltage power

Slot 2 (LOAD0 to LOAD2) output: 6x30 A (RRU)
LOAD0 to LOAD3 -48 V DC power output: 4x30 A

(BBU)
EPU02D-0 Slot 1 (LOAD0 or LOAD1) -57 V boosted-voltage power

2 Slot 2 (LOAD0 or LOAD1) output: 3x30 A (RRU)

(RRU)
The following table lists the circuit breaker or fuse specifications of a DCDU16D/
DCDU16D-02 providing DC power outputs.

Table 1-14 Circuit breaker/fuse specifications of a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02

Power Equipment Specifications of the Circuit Breaker/Fuse
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 -48 V DC power output: 3x50 A (RRU) (MCB)
-48 V DC power output: 4x30 A

(BBU/FAN/TM) (FUSE)
The following table lists the fuse specifications of an EPU02B.
Table 1-15 Fuse specifications of an EPU02B

Power External Power Supply Specifications of the DC
Equipmen Output Fuse
t
EPU02B -48 V DC -48 V DC power output: 4x30 A

(BBU)
(RRU)
The following table lists the fuse specifications of an EPU02S.
Table 1-16 Fuse specifications of an EPU02S

t
EPU02S -48 V DC -48 V DC power output: 4x30 A

(BBU)
(RRU)
The following table lists the fuse specifications of an EPU02S-02.
Table 1-17 Fuse specifications of an EPU02S-02

t
EPU02S-02 -48 V DC -48 V DC power output: 4x30 A

(BBU)
(RRU)

1.2.1.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS3900

This section lists the reference sections in 3900 Series Base Station Cables for
cables and cable connections in a BTS3900.
Cable List
For cables in a BTS3900, see the following sections:
● BTS3900 (Ver.C): BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List
● BTS3900 (Ver.D): BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List
Cable Connections
For cable connections for a BTS3900, see topics related to Cable Connections in
3900 Series Base Station Cables. The following table lists the reference links.
Table 1-18 Cable connections

Bas Power Monitorin Transmiss BBU CPRI RF Cable
e Cable g Signal ion Cable Interconn Cable Connecti
Sta Connecti Cable Connecti ection Connecti ons
tio ons Connecti ons Signal ons
n ons Cable
Connecti
ons
BTS BTS3900 BTS3900 Transmissi BBU CPRI RF Cable

390 (Ver.C) (Ver.C) on Cable Interconn Cable Connectio
0 Power Monitorin Connectio ection Connectio ns
(Ve Cable g Signal ns for Signal ns for
r.C) Connectio Cable 3900 Cable 3900
ns Connectio Series Connectio Series
ns Base ns Base
Stations Stations
BTS BTS3900 BTS3900
390 (Ver.D) (Ver.D)
0 Power Monitorin
(Ve Cable g Signal
r.D) Connectio Cable
ns Connectio
ns
1.2.2 BTS3900L
distribution schemes, cables, and cable connections of a BTS3900L.
1.2.2.1 Cabinets and Subracks Used by a BTS3900L

The cabinets used by a BTS3900L, an indoor macro base station, can be classified
into the BTS3900L (Ver.C) and BTS3900L (Ver.D) in terms of cabinet versions.

With the improvement in cabinet design, the BTS3900L cabinets can meet
different site requirements for power distribution, module configuration, and
space for customer equipment. The AC power can be used when the BTS3900L
(Ver.D) DC cabinet is stacked on an IMS06.
The following table lists the cabinets and subracks that are used by the BTS3900L
base stations.
Table 1-19 Cabinet/Subrack description
Base Station Cabinet/ Cabinet/Subrack Cabinet/Subrack

Subrack Description Configuration
Name
BTS3900L BTS3900L This cabinet For details, see

(Ver.C) (Ver.C) provides space for Components in BTS3900L
the RFUs, BBU, Cabinets.
fan assembly,
power equipment,
and customer
equipment. Only
-48 V DC power
input is
supported.
BTS3900L BTS3900L This cabinet For details, see

(Ver.D) (Ver.D) provides space for Components in BTS3900L
the RFUs, BBU, Cabinets.
fan assembly,
power equipment,
and customer
equipment. This
cabinet can be
divided into the
following types
based on the
configured power
equipment:
● BTS3900L DC
cabinet
● BTS3900L AC
cabinet
IMS06 The IMS06 houses For details, see

power equipment. Components in IMS06s.
The BTS3900L
base station uses
AC power when a
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
DC cabinet is
stacked upon the
IMS06.

The following figure shows the exteriors of a BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet, a

BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet, and an IMS06.
Figure 1-32 Cabinet/Subrack exteriors
The BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet can be restructured to have the same capability as
the BTS3900L (Ver.D) DC cabinet, as listed in the following table.
Table 1-20 Restructured cabinets

Base Station Cabinet Cabinet Cabinet Configuration
Name Description
BTS3900L BTS3900L Restructured from For details, see BTS3900L

(Ver.E_B~D) (Ver.E_B~D) a BTS3900L Installation Guide for
(Ver.B), BTS3900L Enhancing Existing Cabinets
(Ver.C), or (Ver.E Series).
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
cabinet
BTS3900L BTS3900L Restructured from For details, see BTS3900L

(Ver.D_B) (Ver.D_B) a BTS3900L Installation Guide for
(Ver.B) cabinet Enhancing Existing Cabinets
(Ver.D Series).

1.2.2.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS3900L

A BTS3900L cabinet can meet different requirements for RF module configurations
and spaces for customer equipment. A BTS3900L can be configured with RFUs but
without RRUs or configured with RFUs and RRUs depending on different scenarios.
1.2.2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs

This section describes scenarios where the BTS3900L (Ver.C) is configured with
RFUs but without RRUs. In these scenarios, the BTS3900L (Ver.C) can be
configured with one or multiple BBUs.
A BTS3900L can be configured with only one cabinet.
The following table describes the scenarios where the BTS3900L is configured with
RFUs but without RRUs.
Numbe Application Mode Maximum Illustration
r of Number of
BBUs RF Modules
1 Single-, dual-, triple-, 12 RFUs The cabinet application is

and quadruple-mode shown by illustration 1 in
base stations the following figure.
2 Triple- and quadruple- 12 RFUs The cabinet application is

mode base stations shown by illustration 2 in
the following figure.

Figure 1-33 BTS3900L
1.2.2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs

This section describes scenarios where the BTS3900L (Ver.D) is configured with
RFUs but without RRUs. In these scenarios, the base station can be configured
with one or multiple BBUs.
Scenarios Where the BTS3900L Uses BTS3900L Cabinets Only

The following table lists the application scenarios where the BTS3900L uses one
BTS3900L cabinet and is configured with RFUs but without RRUs.
Cabinet Num Application Mode Maximum Illustration

Type ber of Number of
BBUs RF
Modules
BTS3900L 1 Single-, dual-, 12 RFUs The cabinet

DC cabinet quadruple-, and application is shown
triple-mode base by illustration 1 in

Cabinet Num Application Mode Maximum Illustration

Type ber of Number of
BBUs RF
Modules
2 Triple- and 12 RFUs The cabinet

quadruple-mode application is shown
base stations by illustration 2 in
Figure 1-34.
BTS3900L 1 Single-, dual-, 12 RFUs The cabinet

AC cabinet quadruple-, and application is shown
triple-mode base by illustration 1 in
2 Triple- and 12 RFUs The cabinet

quadruple-mode application is shown
base stations by illustration 2 in
Figure 1-35.
NOTICE
An IMS06 cannot be stacked on a BTS3900L cabinet. Otherwise, the heat

dissipation holes on the top of the BTS3900L cabinet will be blocked.

Figure 1-34 One BTS3900L DC cabinet

Figure 1-35 One BTS3900L AC cabinet (one BTS3900L DC cabinet+one IMS06)
Scenarios Where the BTS3900L Uses a BTS3900L Cabinet and an IMS06

The following table lists the application scenarios where the BTS3900L uses a
BTS3900L DC cabinet and an IMS06 and is configured with RFUs but without
RRUs.
Cabinet Num Application Maximum Illustration
Type ber of Mode Number of
BBUs RF Modules
1 BTS3900L 1 Single-, dual-, 12 RFUs The cabinet

DC cabinet and triple-mode application is shown
+1 IMS06 base stations by illustration 1 in
Figure 1-35.

Cabinet Num Application Maximum Illustration

Type ber of Mode Number of
BBUs RF Modules
2 Triple-mode 12 RFUs The cabinet

base station application is shown
by illustration 2 in
Figure 1-35.
NOTE
● A BTS3900L DC cabinet stacked on an IMS06 comprises an AC base station.

● The IMS06 houses an EPU05A-02 that provides DC power for components in the
BTS3900L cabinet stacked on the IMS06.
1.2.2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Configured with RFUs and RRUs

This section describes scenarios where the BTS3900L (Ver.C) is configured with
RFUs and RRUs. In these scenarios, the BTS3900L (Ver.C) can be configured with
one or multiple BBUs.
RFUs and RRUs.
Numb Application Mode Maximum Illustration
er of Number of RF
BBUs Modules
1 Single-, dual-, 12 RFUs+6 RRUs The cabinet application is

triple-, and shown in Figure 1-36.
quadruple-mode
base stations
2 Triple- and 12 RFUs+6 RRUs The cabinet application is

quadruple-mode shown in Figure 1-37.
base stations
When a BTS3900L (Ver.C) is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-11B is

installed on a wall to distribute power to the RRUs.

Figure 1-36 BTS3900L configured with one BBU

Figure 1-37 BTS3900L configured with two BBUs
1.2.2.2.4 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Configured with RFUs and RRUs

This section describes scenarios where the BTS3900L (Ver.D) is configured with
RFUs and RRUs. In these scenarios, the base station can be configured with one or
multiple BBUs.
RFUs and RRUs.
Numb Application Mode Maximum Illustration
er of Number of
BBUs RF Modules
1 Single-, dual-, triple-, and 12 RFUs+6 The cabinet application is

quadruple-mode base RRUs shown in Figure 1-38.
stations
2 Triple- and quadruple- 12 RFUs+9 The cabinet application is

mode base stations RRUs shown in Figure 1-39.

When a BTS3900L (Ver.D) is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-12B/

DCDU16D/EPU02D/EPU02D-02 is installed at the third 1 U space for customer
equipment at the bottom of a cabinet to distribute power to RRUs.
NOTE
An EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 is configured
based on site requirements. For configuration principles, see "EPU02B", "EPU02S",
"EPU02S-02", "DCDU16D", "DCDU16D-02", and "EPU02D/EPU02D-02". The installation
position of an EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 in
a cabinet is the same as that of a DCDU-12B. This section uses a DCDU-12B as an example.
Figure 1-38 BTS3900L (Ver.D) configured with one BBU

Figure 1-39 BTS3900L (Ver.D) configured with two BBUs
1.2.2.3 Power Requirements of a BTS3900L

equipment and cross-sectional areas of power cables in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) and a
BTS3900L (Ver.D). The power requirements of a BTS3900L (Ver.D_B) are the same
as those of a BTS3900L (Ver.D).
1.2.2.3.1 Power Requirements of a BTS3900L (Ver.C)

NOTE

BTS3900L Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs

The BTS3900L uses -48 V DC power input. The power requirements of the
BTS3900L configured with RFUs but without RRUs are listed in the following table.

Table 1-21 Power requirements of a base station configured with RFUs but
without RRUs
Circuit Breakers Power Cable(3)
on Customer
Equipment(2)(4)

power RFUs default) 2), four groups of
● 2 BBUs DC input power

cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-11As
2x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-11As (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 7 to 12 low- 4x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

power RFUs 2), four groups of

cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-11As
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-11As
2x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-11As
● 1 to 6 high- 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

power RFUs (3 2), two groups of
or less RFUs in DC input power
an RF subrack) cables
● 2 BBUs


on Customer
Equipment(2)(4)
● 1 to 6 high- 3x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

power RFUs 2), three groups of

cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-11As. One
DCDU-11A is
connected to two
circuit breakers
and the other
DCDU-11A is
connected to one
circuit breaker.
● 1 to 6 low- 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

an RF subrack) cables which are
● 2 BBUs connected to two
DCDU-11As
● 1 to 6 low- 3x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.


cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-11As. One
DCDU-11A is
connected to two
circuit breakers
and the other
DCDU-11A is
connected to one
circuit breaker.
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-11As

NOTE

RFUs.
CRFUe.
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.
● The requirements for the circuit breakers used in a large configuration scenario are also
applicable to a small configuration scenario.
circuit breakers with low-load capabilities are required. The circuit breakers are arranged
based on their load capabilities in descending order as follows: 160 A, 2x80 A, 2x63 A,
100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.
● Both power inputs are from the same power cabinet.
● Both power inputs use circuit breakers of the same specifications and model.
BTS3900L Configured with RFUs and RRUs

When a BTS3900L is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the external power
equipment provides one -48 V DC power input for a DCDU-11A and one -48 V DC
power input for a DCDU-11B. For details about the power distribution scheme, see
1.2.2.4.1 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cabinets.
● The DCDU-11A provides power for the RFUs, BBU, and fan assembly in the
cabinet. When the DCDU-11A is powered by the external power equipment,
the power requirements in this scenario are the same as those in the scenario
where a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, as listed in
Table 1-21.
● The DCDU-11B provides power for RRUs. The following table lists the power
requirements when the DCDU-11B is powered by the external power
equipment.

Table 1-22 Power requirements of a base station configured with RFUs and RRUs
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

RRU ≤ 300 W)

RRU ≤ 300 W)

2x63 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables

RRU ≤ 560 W)
4 to 6 RRUs (300 1x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one

W < power default) group of DC input power
RRU ≤ 400 W)

RRU ≤ 400 W)

W)
● 3 RRUs (300 W
< power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

W) halogen)
● 3 RRUs (400 W
2x63 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
< power
consumption
cables
per RRU ≤ 560
W)

W)
2x63 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 3 RRUs (400 W
< power
cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.
(4) Remarks about the maximum configuration are as follows:

1.2.2.3.2 Power Requirements of a BTS3900L (Ver.D)

NOTE

AC Input Scenario
The power requirements of a BTS3900L supplied with AC power are the same as
BTS3900L is configured with RFUs only.
Table 1-23 Power requirements in AC input scenarios configured with RFUs only
Power Number of Minimum Requirements for Cable Length

Supply PSUs Requireme the Input Power Requirement
nt for Cable
Circuit
Breakers
on
Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 4 or 5 1x40 A/3 P Cable with a black ≤ 15 m (49.21 ft)

three- jacket and four
phase 2 or 3 1x25 A/3 P core wires, two
insulation layers,
and a cross-
sectional area of
6 mm2 (0.0093 in.
2)
220 V AC 5 1x100 A/1 Two wires (L and

single- P N), each with a
phase (recommen single core wire,
ded) two insulation
layers, and a
4 1x80 A/1 P cross-sectional
3 1x63 A/1 P area of 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)


The BTS3900L uses -48 V DC power input. The power requirements of the
BTS3900L configured with RFUs only are listed in the following table.
on Customer
Equipment(2)(4)

power RFUs default) 2), four groups of

cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-12As
2x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-12As (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 7 to 12 low- 4x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

power RFUs 2), four groups of

cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-12As
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-12As
2x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-12As


on Customer
Equipment(2)(4)
● 1 to 6 high- 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

DCDU-12As
● 1 to 6 high- 3x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.


cables, which are
connected to two
DCDU-12As. One
DCDU-12A is
connected to two
circuit breakers,
and the other
DCDU-12A is
connected to one
circuit breaker.
● 1 to 6 low- 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

DCDU-12As
● 1 to 6 low- 3x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.


cables, which are
connected to two
DCDU-12As. One
DCDU-12A is
connected to two
circuit breakers,
and the other
DCDU-12A is
connected to one
circuit breaker.


on Customer
Equipment(2)(4)
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables which are
connected to two
DCDU-12As
NOTE

RFUs.
CRFUe.
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.
circuit breakers with low-load capabilities are required. The circuit breakers are arranged
based on their load capabilities in descending order as follows: 160 A, 2x80 A, 2x63 A,
100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.


When a BTS3900L is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B/
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02 can be
configured.
● The DCDU-12A distributes power to the RFUs, BBU, and fan assembly in the
cabinet. When the DCDU-12A is powered by the external equipment, the
power requirements are the same as those in the scenario where a base
station is configured with RFUs only, as listed in Table 1-24.
Table 1-25 lists the power requirements of a DCDU-12B. Power
requirements of a DCDU16D lists the power requirements of a DCDU16D/
DCDU16D-02. Table 1-26 lists the power requirements of an EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S. Table 1-27 lists the power requirements of an
EPU02S-02.

Circuit Breakers Power Cable(3)(4)
on Customer
Equipment(2)
4 to 6 RRUs 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in. ≤ 10 m (32.81 ft)

(power 2), one group of
consumption per DC input power
1 to 3 RRUs 1x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

(power 2),one group of
4 to 6 RRUs (400 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

W < power 2), one group of
RRU ≤ 560 W) cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables
1 to 3 RRUs (400 1x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.



on Customer
Equipment(2)
4 to 6 RRUs (300 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

1 to 3 RRUs (300 1x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

● 3 RRUs (power 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

consumption 2), one group of
per RRU ≤ 300 DC input power
W) cables
● 3 RRUs (300 W
< power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)

W) cables (low smoke
● 3 RRUs (400 W zero halogen)
< power
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
consumption
2), two groups of
per RRU ≤ 560
W) DC input power
cables
● 3 RRUs (300 W 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

< power 2), one group of
consumption DC input power
per RRU ≤ 400 cables (low smoke
W) zero halogen)
● 3 RRUs (400 W
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
< power
2), two groups of
consumption
W) cables
● 6 RRUs (400 W 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

W) zero halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 3 RRUs (power 2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
consumption default) 2), two groups of
W) cables
● 6 RRUs (300 W 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

W) zero halogen)
● 3 RRUs (power
2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
consumption
default) 2), two groups of
per RRU ≤ 300
W) DC input power
cables
9 RRUs (power 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

consumption per 2), one group of
RRU ≤ 400 W) DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
2x63 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

DC input power
cables
9 RRUs (power 1x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

consumption per default) 2), one group of
cables

on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

halogen)


on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

halogen)

on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

1400 W)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
halogen)

1400 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)

1100 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
halogen)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

1100 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.
(4) Remarks about the maximum configuration are as follows:

1.2.2.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS3900L

This section describes power distribution schemes for a BTS3900L (Ver.C) and a
BTS3900L (Ver.D). The power distribution scheme in a BTS3900L (Ver.D_B) is the
same as that in a BTS3900L (Ver.D).
1.2.2.4.1 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cabinets

This section describes power distribution schemes for BTS3900L cabinets.
Power Distribution Scheme for a BTS3900L Cabinet Configured with RFUs

but Without RRUs
The external power equipment provides -48 V DC power for the DCDU-11A in a
BTS3900L cabinet, and the DCDU-11A distributes the -48 V DC power to the BBU,
fan assembly, and RFUs in the cabinet. The following figure shows the power
distribution scheme in this scenario.

Figure 1-40 Power distribution scheme for a BTS3900L cabinet configured with
RFUs but without RRUs
Power Distribution Scheme for a BTS3900L Cabinet Configured with RFUs

and RRUs
● When a BTS3900L is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the external power
equipment supplies -48 V DC power to a DCDU-11A. The DCDU-11A
distributes the -48 V DC power to the BBU, fan assembly, and RFUs in the
cabinet. The power distribution scheme for the DCDU-11A in this scenario is
the same as that in the scenario where a BTS3900L is configured with RFUs
but without RRUs, as shown in Figure 1-40.
● The external power equipment provides -48 V DC power for a DCDU-11B, and
the DCDU-11B distributes the -48 V DC power to RRUs. The following figure

RFUs and RRUs
1.2.2.4.2 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cabinets

This section describes power distribution schemes for BTS3900L cabinets.
Power Distribution Scheme in AC Input Scenarios

When a BTS3900L is configured with RFUs only, the external power equipment
provides 220 V AC single-phase or 220 V AC three-phase power for the EPU05A-02
in the IMS06. The EPU05A-02 converts the AC power into -48 V DC power and
then supplies the -48 V DC power to a DCDU-12A. Figure 1-42 shows the power
distribution scheme in this scenario.
The DCDU-12A supplies power to the BBU, fan assembly, and RFUs in the cabinet.
Figure 1-43 shows the power distribution scheme for the DCDU-12A.
NOTE
The power distribution scheme in a 220 V AC three-phase scenario is the same as that in a
220 V AC single-phase scenario, except that the three power inputs do not need to be

Figure 1-42 Power distribution scheme when 220 V AC single-phase power is

supplied
Power Distribution Scheme in DC Input Scenarios Configured with RFUs

Only
The external power equipment provides -48 V DC power for the DCDU-12A in a
BTS3900L cabinet, and the DCDU-12A distributes the -48 V DC power to the BBU,
fan assembly, and RFUs in the cabinet. The following figure shows the power
distribution scheme for a BTS3900L cabinet.

RFUs only

RRUs
● When a BTS3900L is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the external power
equipment provides -48 V DC power input for the DCDU-12A. The DCDU-12A
distributes the -48 V DC power to the BBU, fan assembly, and RFUs in the
cabinet. The power distribution scheme for the DCDU-12A in this scenario is
the same as that in the scenario where a BTS3900L is configured with RFUs
only, as shown in Figure 1-43.
● A DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/
EPU02S-02 is configured as required. The external power equipment provides
-48 V DC power for a DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02, and the DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/
DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02 distributes

power to RRUs. Figure 1-26, Figure 1-45, and Figure 1-46 show the power
distribution schemes for a DCDU-12B, DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, and EPU02D/
EPU02D-02, respectively. Figure 1-47 shows the power distribution scheme
for an EPU02B. Figure 1-48 shows the power distribution scheme for an
EPU02S. Figure 1-49 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02S-02.
Figure 1-44 Power distribution scheme for a DCDU-12B in a scenario configured

with RFUs and RRUs
NOTE
Ports "LOAD0" to "LOAD5" on a DCDU-12B feed power to each RRU with power
consumption of less than or equal to 560 W, and ports "LOAD6" to "LOAD8" feed power to
each RRU with power consumption of less than or equal to 400 W.
Figure 1-45 Power distribution scheme for a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 in a

scenario configured with RFUs and RRUs

Figure 1-46 Power distribution scheme for an EPU02D or EPU02D-02 in a scenario

configured with RFUs and RRUs
Figure 1-47 Power distribution scheme for an EPU02B in a scenario configured

with RFUs and RRUs

Figure 1-48 Power distribution scheme for an EPU02S in a scenario configured

with RFUs and RRUs
Figure 1-49 Power distribution scheme for an EPU02S-02 in a scenario configured

with RFUs and RRUs



Equipmen
t


(BBU)


(RRU)


(BBU/FAN/TM) (FUSE)
The following table lists the fuse specifications of an EPU02B.
Table 1-31 Fuse specifications of an EPU02B

t
EPU02B -48 V DC -48 V DC power output: 4x30 A

(BBU)
(RRU)
The following table lists the fuse specifications of an EPU02S.

Table 1-32 Fuse specifications of an EPU02S

t
EPU02S -48 V DC -48 V DC power output: 4x30 A

(BBU)
(RRU)
The following table lists the fuse specifications of an EPU02S-02.
Table 1-33 Fuse specifications of an EPU02S-02

t
EPU02S-02 -48 V DC -48 V DC power output: 4x30 A

(BBU)
(RRU)
1.2.2.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS3900L

cables and cable connections in a BTS3900L.
Cable List
For cables in a BTS3900L, see the following sections:
● BTS3900L (Ver.C): BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List
● BTS3900L (Ver.D): BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List
Cable Connections
For cable connections in a BTS3900L, see topics related to cable connections in
3900 Series Base Station Cables. The following table lists the links to these topics.


Base Power Monitori Transmi BBU CPRI RF
Station Cable ng Signal ssion Intercon Cable Cable
Connection Cable Cable nection Connect Connect
s Connecti Connect Signal ions ions
ons ions Cable
Connect
ions
BTS3900 BTS3900L BTS3900L Transmis BBU CPRI RF Cable

L (Ver.C) (Ver.C) (Ver.C) sion Intercon Cable Connecti
Power Cable Monitorin Cable nection Connecti ons
Connections g Signal Connecti Signal ons for
Cable ons for Cable 3900
Connectio 3900 Connecti Series
ns Series ons Base
Base Stations
BTS3900 BTS3900L BTS3900L Stations
L (Ver.D) (Ver.D) (Ver.D)
Power Cable Monitorin
Connections g Signal
Cable
Connectio
ns
1.2.3 BTS3900A
distribution schemes, cables, and cable connections of a BTS3900A.
1.2.3.1 Cabinets Used by a BTS3900A

The BTS3900A is an outdoor separated macro base station, and it can be
constituted of cabinets with different functions.
With the improvement in cabinet design, Huawei has many types of cabinets
applicable to a BTS3900A. These cabinets meet the requirements of power
distribution, module configuration, and space for customer equipment, as
described in the following table.
NOTE
In this section, BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A (Ver.D), or BTS3900A (Ver.E) refers to the BTS3900A
whose cabinets are all of Ver.B, Ver.C, Ver.D, or Ver.E.

Table 1-35 Cabinets constituting a BTS3900A

Base Cabinet Name Cabinet Description
Statio
n
BTS39 APM30H (Ver.C), TMC11H ● The APM30Ha provides power

00A (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C), IBBS200D for components in it and to
(Ver.C) (Ver.C), and IBBS200T (Ver.C) other cabinets in AC scenarios.
BTS39 APM30H (Ver.D), TMC11H ● The TMC11Hb can serve as a
00A (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), IBBS200D power cabinet in DC scenarios
(Ver.D) (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D), or as a transmission cabinet
IBBS700D, IBBS700T, IBBS300D based on the transmission
(Ver.A), and IBBS300T (Ver.A) space requirements.
● The IBBS/BBCc is a battery
BTS39 APM30H (Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.E), cabinet that provides backup
00A RFC (Ver.E), IBBS200D (Ver.E), power for a site.
(Ver.E) IBBS200T (Ver.E), IBBS300D
(Ver.A), BBC5200D-L, and ● The RFCd houses RFUs.
IBBS300T (Ver.A)
a. APM30H: advanced power module with heat exchanger

b. TMC11H: transmission cabinet with heat exchanger
c. IBBS200T/IBBS300T/IBBS700T: integrated backup battery system with TEC;
IBBS200D/IBBS300D/IBBS700D: integrated backup battery system with direct
ventilation
d. RFC: radio frequency cabinet
Cabinet Exteriors
Figure 1-50 and Figure 1-51 show the common combinations of cabinets.

Figure 1-50 Exteriors of cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.C)
A: BTS3900A (Ver.C) in AC scenarios without B: BTS3900A (Ver.C) in AC scenarios with

backup power or in DC scenarios backup power

Figure 1-51 Exteriors of cabinets used by BTS3900As (Ver.D)
A: BTS3900A (Ver.D) in AC scenarios without B: BTS3900A (Ver.D) in AC scenarios with

backup power or in DC scenarios backup power provided by the IBBS200Ds

C: BTS3900A (Ver.D) in AC scenarios with D: BTS3900A (Ver.D) in AC scenarios with

backup power provided by the IBBS300Ds backup power provided by the IBBS700D
Figure 1-52 Exteriors of cabinets used by BTS3900As (Ver.E)
A: BTS3900A (Ver.E) in AC scenarios without B: BTS3900A (Ver.E) in AC scenarios with

backup power or in DC scenarios backup power provided by the IBBS200Ds
C: BTS3900A (Ver.E) in AC scenarios with -

backup power provided by the IBBS300Ds
Cabinet Introduction
The following table lists cabinets applicable to the BTS3900A and the cabinet
configuration for reference.

Table 1-36 APM30H, TMC11H, IBBS, and RFC series cabinets

Cabinet Type Cabinet Name Cabinet Configuration
APM30H ● APM30H (Ver.C) ● For details, see Components in

series cabinets ● APM30H (Ver.D) APM30Hs.
● APM30H (Ver.E)
TMC11H series ● TMC11H (Ver.C) ● For details, see Components in

cabinets ● TMC11H (Ver.D) TMC11Hs.
● TMC11H (Ver.E)
IBBS series ● IBBS700D and ● For details, see Components in an

cabinets IBBS700T IBBS700D and Components in an
● IBBS200D (Ver.C) IBBS700T.
and IBBS200T ● For details, see Components in
(Ver.C) IBBS200Ds and Components in
● IBBS200D (Ver.D) IBBS200Ts.
(Ver.D) IBBS200Ds and Components in
● IBBS200D (Ver.E) IBBS200Ts.
(Ver.E) IBBS200Ds and Components in
● IBBS300D (Ver.A) IBBS200Ts.
(Ver.A) IBBS200Ds and Components in
IBBS200Ts.
● For details, see Components in
IBBS300Ds and Components in
IBBS300Ts.
BBC series ● BBC5200D-L ● For details, see Components in a

cabinets BBC5200D-L.
RFC series ● RFC (Ver.C) ● For details, see Components in RFCs.

cabinets ● RFC (Ver.D)
● RFC (Ver.E)

restructured to have the same capability as Ver.D or Ver.E cabinets. The following
table describes such cabinets.

Table 1-37 Reused cabinets

Base Cabinet Name Cabinet Description Cabinet Configuration
Statio
n
BTS39 APM30H Restructured from the For details, see BTS3900A

00A (Ver.D_C) APM30H (Ver.C) Installation Guide for
(Ver.D_ Enhancing Existing
C) TMC11H Restructured from the Cabinets (Ver.D Series)
(Ver.D_C) TMC11H (Ver.C) and IBBS Installation
IBBS200D Restructured from the Guide for Reconstructing
(Ver.D_C) and IBBS200D (Ver.C) and Existing Cabinets to Use
IBBS200T IBBS200T (Ver.C) Lithium Batteries.
(Ver.D_C)
IBBS200D Restructured from the

(Ver.F_B~E) IBBS200D (Ver.B),
and IBBS200T IBBS200D (Ver.C),
(Ver.F_B~E) IBBS200D (Ver.D), and
IBBS200D (Ver.E)
RFC (Ver.D_C) Restructured from the

RFC (Ver.C)

00A (Ver.D_B) APM30H (Ver.B) Installation Guide for
B) TMC11H Restructured from the Cabinets (Ver.D Series)
(Ver.D_B) TMC11H (Ver.B) and IBBS Installation
IBBS200D Restructured from the Guide for Reconstructing
(Ver.D_B) and IBBS200D (Ver.B) and Existing Cabinets to Use
IBBS200T IBBS200T (Ver.B) Lithium Batteries.
(Ver.D_B)

IBBS200D (Ver.E)
RFC (Ver.D_B) Restructured from the

RFC (Ver.B)

00A (Ver.D_A2) APM30H (Ver.A) Installation Guide for
A2) Cabinets (Ver.D Series).
TMC11H Restructured from the For details, see BTS3900A
(Ver.D_A2) TMC11H (Ver.A) Installation Guide for
Enhancing Existing
Cabinets (Ver.D Series).


Statio
n
IBBS200T Restructured from the For details, see BTS3900A

(Ver.D_A2) IBBS200T (Ver.A) Installation Guide for
Enhancing Existing
IBBS200D Restructured from the For details, see IBBS
(Ver.F_B~E) IBBS200D (Ver.B), Installation Guide for
and IBBS200T IBBS200D (Ver.C), Reconstructing Existing
(Ver.F_B~E) IBBS200D (Ver.D), and Cabinets to Use Lithium
IBBS200D (Ver.E) Batteries.
RFC (Ver.D_A) Restructured from the For details, see BTS3900A
RFC (Ver.A) Installation Guide for
Enhancing Existing
BTS39 APM30 Restructured from the For details, see BTS3900A
00A (Ver.D_A1) APM30 (with Installation Guide for
(Ver.D_ breathable film) Enhancing Existing
A1) Cabinets (Ver.D Series).
TMC Restructured from the For details, see BTS3900A
(Ver.D_A1) TMC (with breathable Installation Guide for
film) Enhancing Existing
BBC (Ver.D_A1) Restructured from the For details, see BTS3900A
BBC Installation Guide for
Enhancing Existing
RFC (Ver.D_A) Restructured from the For details, see BTS3900A
RFC Installation Guide for
Enhancing Existing
IBBS200D Restructured from the For details, see IBBS
(Ver.F_B~E) IBBS200D (Ver.B), Installation Guide for
and IBBS200T IBBS200D (Ver.C), Reconstructing Existing
(Ver.F_B~E) IBBS200D (Ver.D), and Cabinets to Use Lithium
IBBS200D (Ver.E) Batteries.
00A (Ver.E_B~D) APM30H (Ver.B), Installation Guide for
(Ver.E_ APM30H (Ver.C), and Enhancing Existing
B~D) APM30H (Ver.D) Cabinets (Ver.E Series) and
IBBS Installation Guide for
TMC11H Restructured from the Reconstructing Existing
(Ver.E_B~D) TMC11H (Ver.B), Cabinets to Use Lithium
TMC11H (Ver.C), and Batteries.
TMC11H (Ver.D)


Statio
n

IBBS200D (Ver.E)
RFC Restructured from the

(Ver.E_B~D) RFC (Ver.B), RFC (Ver.C),
and RFC (Ver.D)

00A (Ver.E_A2) APM30H (Ver.A) Installation Guide for
(Ver.E_ Enhancing Existing
A2) TMC11H Restructured from the Cabinets (Ver.E Series).
(Ver.E_A2) TMC11H (Ver.A)
IBBS200T Restructured from the

(Ver.E_A2) IBBS200T (Ver.A)
RFC (Ver.E_A2) Restructured from the

RFC (Ver.A)
BTS39 APM30 Restructured from the For details, see BTS3900A

00A (Ver.E_A1) APM30 (with Installation Guide for
(Ver.E_ breathable film) Enhancing Existing
A1) Cabinets (Ver.E Series).
TMC Restructured from the
(Ver.E_A1) TMC (with breathable
film)
BBC (Ver.E_A1) Restructured from the

BBC
RFC (Ver.E_A1) Restructured from the

RFC
BTS30 BTS3012AE Restructured from the For details, see BTS3012AE

12AE (Ver.D_Z) BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) Installation
(Ver.D_ Guide.
Z)
1.2.3.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS3900A

Various cabinets can be configured for a BTS3900A to meet different requirements
for RF module configurations, backup power capacity, and spaces for customer
equipment. A BTS3900A can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or
configured with RFUs and RRUs depending on different scenarios.

1.2.3.2.1 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs

When a BTS3900A is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, different cabinet
configurations can be used for the BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or
-48 V DC power in single-, dual-, triple-, and quadruple-mode scenarios.
Cabinet Configuration Principles

Maximum configuration principles for a single site
● A BTS3900A site can be configured with a maximum of 12 RFUs. If there are
more than 12 RFUs, one or more sites must be added.
● A BTS3900A site can be configured with a maximum of two cabinet
combinations (one cabinet combination consists of one APM30H/TMC11H
and one RFC). The two cabinet combinations must be installed side by side
with a clearance of 40 mm between them.
● An APM30H can be configured with an RFC and a maximum of two
IBBS200Ds or IBBS200Ts.
Principles for stacking and combining cabinets
● An IBBS200D or IBBS200T can be stacked only with an IBBS200D, IBBS200T, or
TMC11H. When being stacked with a TMC11H, an IBBS200D or IBBS200T
must be placed under the TMC11H.
● The RFC can be stacked only below the APM30H or TMC11H.
● If auxiliary cabinets, such as the IBBS200D, IBBS200T, or TMC11H, are required
during initial site deployment, the auxiliary cabinets are positioned on the left,
and the basic cabinets are positioned on the right. If both a battery cabinet
and a transmission cabinet are required, the battery cabinet is positioned on
the left side of the basic cabinet, and the transmission cabinet is stacked on
the battery cabinet or positioned on the left side of the battery cabinet.
● During initial site deployment, space must be reserved for capacity expansion
in the future. Unless otherwise stated, new cabinets are added to the right
side of original cabinets for capacity expansion and the original cabinets are
not relocated. In a special scenario, new cabinets can be added to the left side
of original cabinets.
Cabinet Configurations of a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station

A single- or dual-mode base station can be configured with only one BBU, which
is installed in the APM30H. When 7 to 12 RFUs are configured, two APM30Hs are
required. The BBU is installed in the basic APM30H, which is on the left.
When a site is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power and does not require
backup power, the cabinet configurations of a single- or dual-mode base station in
the case of different spaces for customer equipment and carrier configurations are
shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-53 Cabinet configurations of a base station without backup power
When backup power is provided by one battery cabinet in the initial configuration
of a site, the cabinet configurations of a single- or dual-mode base station in the
case of different spaces for customer equipment and carrier configurations are

Figure 1-54 Cabinet configurations of a base station where the number of battery
cabinets is the same as that of APM30Hs
When backup power is provided by two battery cabinets in the initial

configuration of a site, the cabinet configurations of a single- or dual-mode base
station in the case of different spaces for customer equipment and carrier
configurations are shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-55 Cabinet configurations of a base station where the number of battery
cabinets is twice that of APM30Hs
When a site is supplied with -48 V DC power, the cabinet configurations of a

single- or dual-mode base station in the case of different spaces for customer
equipment and carrier configurations are shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-56 Cabinet configurations of a base station in -48 V DC scenarios
NOTE
The preceding figure shows two configurations of 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs: (A) and (B). (A)
refers to the initial configuration of 2 TMC11Hs+1 RFC expanded to 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs. (B)
refers to the initial configuration of 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs.
The following table lists the cabinet configurations of a single- or dual-mode base
station with different backup power requirements, requirements on space for
customer equipment, and carrier configurations.
Table 1-38 Cabinet configurations of a single- or dual-mode base station
Power Backup Space for RF Module Cabinet Configuration

Supply Power Customer Configurat
Requirem Equipmen ion
ent t
110 V AC No backup ≤5U ≤ 6 RFUs 1 APM30H+1 RFC

or 220 V power
AC ≤ 12 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 APM30Hs+2 RFCs
≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RFUs 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1

TMC11H


ent t
≤ 23 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 APM30Hs+2 RFCs+1

TMC11H
The ≤5U ≤ 6 RFUs 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1

number of IBBS200D/IBBS200T
battery
cabinets is ≤ 12 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 APM30Hs+2 RFCs+2
the same IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
as that of ≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RFUs 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
APM30Hs IBBS200D/IBBS200T+1
in the TMC11H
initial
configurati ≤ 23 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 APM30Hs+2 RFCs+2
on IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts+1
TMC11H
The ≤5U ≤ 6 RFUs 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2

number of IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
battery
cabinets is ≤ 12 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 APM30Hs+2 RFCs+4
two times IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
that of ≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RFUs 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2
APM30Hs IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts+1
in the TMC11H
initial
configurati ≤ 23 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 APM30Hs+2 RFCs+4
on IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts+1
TMC11H
-48 V DC - ≤9U ≤ 6 RFUs 1 TMC11H+1 RFC
≤ 12 RFUs 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
≤ 20 U ≤ 6 RFUs 2 TMC11Hs+1 RFC
≤ 12 RFUs 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs
Cabinet Configurations of a Triple-Mode Base Station

The principles for configuring a triple-mode base station cabinet are as follows:
● A single cabinet combination of APM30H+RFC supports only one BBU. A
triple-mode base station can be configured with one or two BBUs. When two
BBUs are required, the second BBU must be configured in the second
combination of APM30H+RFC. This principle applies to a new or expansion
scenario.
● Two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured for a triple-mode base station.
BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H or TMC11H, which is on the left side.

BBU 1 is installed in the extension APM30H or TMC11H, which is on the right

side.
● A triple-mode base station can be configured with only one BBU, which is
installed in the position of BBU 0 in the following figure.
backup power, the cabinet configurations of a triple-mode base station in the case
of different spaces for customer equipment are shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-57 Cabinet configurations of a triple-mode base station when backup

power is not required
When backup power is provided by two battery cabinets, the cabinet

configurations of a triple-mode base station in the case of different spaces for
customer equipment are shown in the following figure.

power is provided by two battery cabinets
When backup power is provided by four battery cabinets, the cabinet

configurations of a triple-mode base station in the case of different spaces for


power is provided by four battery cabinets

triple-mode base station are shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-60 Cabinet configurations of a triple-mode base station in -48 V DC

scenarios
The following table lists the cabinet configurations of a triple-mode base station
with different backup power requirements, requirements on space for customer
equipment, and carrier configurations.

Table 1-39 Cabinet configurations of a triple-mode base station

ent t
110 V AC No backup ≤ 10 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 APM30Hs+2 RFCs

or 220 V power
AC ≤ 21 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 APM30Hs+2 RFCs+1
TMC11H
Backup ≤ 10 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 APM30Hs+2 RFCs+2

power IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
provided
by two ≤ 21 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 APM30Hs+2 RFCs+2
battery IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts+1
cabinets TMC11H
Backup ≤ 10 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 APM30Hs+2 RFCs+4

provided
by four ≤ 21 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 APM30Hs+2 RFCs+4
battery IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts+1
cabinets TMC11H
-48 V DC - ≤ 18 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs
1.2.3.2.2 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs


● A BTS3900A can be configured with a maximum of 12 RFUs.
● A BTS3900A can be configured with a maximum of two cabinet combinations
(one cabinet combination consists of one APM30H and one RFC). The two
cabinet combinations must be installed side by side with a clearance of 40
mm (1.57 in.) between them.
● When a site is configured with more than six RFUs and only one IBBS200D/
IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T, the IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T
must be configured with at least two battery packs consisting of 100 Ah
batteries to avoid overcurrent of a single battery pack during discharging.
● An IBBS200D/IBBS200T can be stacked only with an IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
TMC11H. When being stacked with a TMC11H, an IBBS200D/IBBS200T must
be placed under the TMC11H. When two IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts are stacked,
an IBBS200D/IBBS200T can only be stacked on another cabinet of the same
type. An IBBS200D cannot be stacked with an IBBS200T.

● An IBBS300D/IBBS300T can be stacked only with an IBBS300D/IBBS300T/

TMC11H. When being stacked with a TMC11H, an IBBS300D/IBBS300T must
be placed under the TMC11H. When two IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts are stacked,
an IBBS300D/IBBS300T can only be stacked on another cabinet of the same
type. An IBBS300D cannot be stacked with an IBBS300T.
● An IBBS200D or IBBS200T cannot be used together with an IBBS300D or
IBBS300T.
● An RFC can be stacked only under an APM30H or TMC11H.
● If auxiliary cabinets, such as the battery cabinet IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
IBBS300D/IBBS300T or transmission cabinet TMC11H, are required during
initial site deployment, the auxiliary cabinets are positioned on the left side of
basic cabinets. If both a battery cabinet and a transmission cabinet are
required, the battery cabinet is positioned on the left side of the basic cabinet,
and the transmission cabinet is stacked on the battery cabinet or positioned
on the left side of the battery cabinet.
● During initial site deployment, space must be reserved for capacity expansion
in the future. Unless otherwise stated, new cabinets are added to the right
side of original cabinets for capacity expansion and the original cabinets are
not relocated. In a special scenario, new cabinets can be added to the left side
of original cabinets.
● A cabinet combination of one APM30H and one RFC is configured with one
BBU by default. This cabinet combination can be configured with a maximum
of two BBUs, and the power consumption of all BBU boards cannot exceed
1000 W. This principle applies to new site deployment or capacity expansion.

A single- or dual-mode base station is configured with only one BBU, which is
installed in the APM30H or TMC11H. When 7 to 12 RFUs need to be configured,
two RFCs are required.
backup power, the cabinet configurations of a single- or dual-mode base station
with different requirements on space for customer equipment and carrier

Figure 1-61 Cabinet configurations of a single- or dual-mode base station when

backup power is not required
NOTE
The preceding figure shows two configurations: (A) and (B). (A) refers to the initial
configuration of 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1 TMC11H. (B) refers to the initial configuration of 1
APM30H+1 RFC+1 TMC11H expanded to 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1 TMC11H.
When backup power is provided by one battery cabinet, the cabinet configurations
of a single- or dual-mode base station with different requirements on space for
customer equipment and carrier configurations are shown in Figure 1-62 and
Figure 1-63.
NOTE
IBBS in the following figure represents the IBBS200D/IBBS200T, and the IBBS300D/IBBS300T is
used when the base station needs to be configured with two battery cabinets.


backup power is provided by one battery cabinet


backup power is provided by one IBBS700D/IBBS700T
When backup power is provided by two battery cabinets, the cabinet

configurations of a single- or dual-mode base station with different requirements
on space for customer equipment and carrier configurations are shown in the
following figure.


backup power is provided by two battery cabinets
NOTE
configuration of 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts+1 TMC11H.
(B) refers to the initial configuration of 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/
IBBS300Ts+1 TMC11H expanded to 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/
IBBS300Ts+1 TMC11H.

single- or dual-mode base station with different requirements on space for
customer equipment and carrier configurations are shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-65 Cabinet configurations of a single- or dual-mode base station

supplied with -48 V DC power
NOTE
configuration of 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs. (B) refers to the initial configuration of 2 TMC11Hs+1
RFC expanded to 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs.
Power Backup Space for Carrier Cabinet Configuration

Supply Power Customer Configurati
Requirem Equipmen on
ent t
110 V AC No backup ≤5U ≤ 6 RFUs 1 APM30H+1 RFC

or 220 V power
AC ≤5U ≤ 12 RFUs 1 APM30H+2 RFCs
≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RFUs 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1

TMC11H
≤ 16 U ≤ 12 RFUs 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1

TMC11H


ent t
Backup ≤5U ≤ 6 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1

power IBBS200D/IBBS200T
provided ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
by one IBBS700D/IBBS700T
battery
cabinet ≤5U ≤ 12 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
IBBS200D/IBBS200T
● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
IBBS700D/IBBS700T
≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1

IBBS200D/IBBS200T+1
TMC11H
● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1
TMC11H
≤ 16 U ≤ 12 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1

IBBS200D/IBBS200T+1
TMC11H
IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1
TMC11H
Backup ≤5U ≤ 6 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2

by two IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
battery
cabinets ≤5U ≤ 12 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2
IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2

IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
+1 TMC11H
● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H
≤ 16 U ≤ 12 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2

IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
+1 TMC11H
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H


ent t
-48 V DC - ≤9U ≤ 6 RFUs 1 TMC11H+1 RFC
≤ 20 U ≤ 6 RFUs 2 TMC11Hs+1 RFC
≤ 12 RFUs 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs
Cabinet Configurations of a Triple- or Quadruple-Mode Base Station

The principles for configuring a triple- or quadruple-mode base station are as
follows:
● When one BBU is configured for a triple- or quadruple-mode base station, the
position of the BBU is indicated by BBU0 in the following figure.
● If two BBUs are configured during initial deployment, both the BBUs are
installed in an APM30H, and transmission equipment is installed in a
TMC11H.
● During the capacity expansion, if there is space for a second BBU in the
APM30H, the BBU is installed in the APM30H. Otherwise, the BBU is installed
in a TMC11H.
backup power, the cabinet configurations of a triple- or quadruple-mode base
station with different requirements on space for customer equipment are shown in
the following figure.

Figure 1-66 Cabinet configurations of a triple- or quadruple-mode base station

when backup power is not required
When a site is configured with one battery cabinet, the cabinet configurations of a
triple- or quadruple-mode base station with different requirements on space for
NOTE


when backup power is provided by one battery cabinet
When a site is configured with two battery cabinets, the cabinet configurations of
a triple- or quadruple-mode base station with different requirements on space for


when backup power is provided by two battery cabinets

triple- or quadruple-mode base station are shown in the following figure.


The following table lists the cabinet configurations of a triple- or quadruple-mode

base station in the case of different backup power requirements, spaces for
Table 1-41 Cabinet configurations of a triple- or quadruple-mode base station

ent t
110 V AC No backup ≤3U ≤ 12 RFUs 1 APM30H+2 RFCs

or 220 V power
AC ≤ 14 U ≤ 12 RFUs 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
TMC11H
Backup ≤3U ≤ 12 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1

power IBBS200D/IBBS200T
provided ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
battery
cabinet


ent t
≤ 14 U ≤ 12 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1

IBBS200D/IBBS200T+1
TMC11H
IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1
TMC11H
Backup ≤3U ≤ 12 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2

provided ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2
battery
cabinets ≤ 14 U ≤ 12 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2
IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
+1 TMC11H
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H
-48 V DC - ≤7U ≤ 12 RFUs 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
≤ 18 U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs
1.2.3.2.3 BTS3900A (Ver.E) or BTS3900A (Ver.D+Ver.E) Configured with RFUs but

Without RRUs
Cabinet Configuration Principles for a BTS3900A (Ver.E)

● A site can be configured with a maximum of 12 RFUs.
● Cabinets in a site must be installed side by side with a clearance of 40 mm
(1.57 in.) between them.
● When a site is configured with more than six RFUs and only one IBBS200D,
IBBS200T, IBBS300D, or IBBS300T, the IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, or
IBBS300T must be configured with at least two battery packs consisting of
100 Ah storage batteries to avoid overcurrent of a single battery pack during
discharging.
● When an IBBS200D/IBBS200T/BBC5200D-L is stacked with a TMC11H, the
IBBS200D/IBBS200T/BBC5200D-L must be placed under the TMC11H. When
two IBBS200D/IBBS200T/BBC5200D-L cabinets are stacked, only cabinets of

the same type can be stacked. That is, an IBBS200D can only be stacked with
another IBBS200D. An IBBS200T can only be stacked with another IBBS200T. A
BBC5200D-L can only be stacked with another BBC5200D-L.
● When an IBBS300D/IBBS300T is stacked with a TMC11H, the IBBS300D/
IBBS300T must be placed under the TMC11H. When two IBBS300D/IBBS300T
cabinets are stacked, only cabinets of the same type can be stacked. That is,
an IBBS300D can only be stacked with another IBBS300D. An IBBS300T can
only be stacked with another IBBS300T.
IBBS300T.
● An RFC can be stacked only with an APM30H or TMC11H, and the RFC must
be placed under the APM30H or TMC11H.
IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5200D-L or transmission cabinet TMC11H, are
required during initial site deployment, the auxiliary cabinets are positioned
on the left, and the basic cabinets are positioned on the right. If both a
battery cabinet and a transmission cabinet are required, the battery cabinet is
positioned on the left side of the basic cabinet, and the transmission cabinet
is stacked on the battery cabinet or positioned on the left side of the battery
cabinet.
● During initial site deployment, space must be reserved for capacity expansion.
Unless otherwise stated, new cabinets are added to the right side of original
cabinets for capacity expansion and the original cabinets are not relocated. In
a special scenario, new cabinets can be added to the left side of original
cabinets.
Configuration principles in single-, dual-, triple-, and quadruple-mode base
stations
● In a single- or dual-mode base station, only one BBU is configured. In a triple-
or quadruple-mode base station, two BBUs can be configured, and the second
BBU is installed in the 2 U space under the first BBU.
of two BBUs, and the power consumption of the two BBUs cannot exceed
1200 W.
● If two BBUs are configured during the initial deployment, both the BBUs are
installed in an APM30H and transmission equipment is installed in a TMC11H.
● During capacity expansion, if there is space for a second BBU in an APM30H,
the second BBU is installed in the APM30H. If there is no space, the second
BBU is installed in a TMC11H.
NOTE
The cabinet configurations in a single-, dual-, triple-, or quadruple-mode base station

configured with one BBU are the same as those in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station
configured with two BBUs. This section describes the cabinet configurations in a base
station configured with two BBUs.

Cabinet Configuration Principles for a BTS3900A (Ver.D+Ver.E)

NOTE
Cabinet configuration principles for a base station (Ver.D+Ver.E) are the same as those for a
base station (Ver.E+Ver.E). For details, see Cabinet Configuration Principles for a
BTS3900A (Ver.E).
Restrictions on the cabinet configurations in a base station (Ver.D+Ver.E)

● If a Ver.E cabinet is installed on a Ver.D base, the cabling capability at the
bottom of the Ver.E cabinet is the same as that of a Ver.D cabinet.
● If an APM30H (Ver.E) supplies power to a Ver.D series battery cabinet, the
power distribution capability of the APM30H (Ver.E) is the same as that of an
APM30H (Ver.D).
● If an APM30H (Ver.E) is stacked on an RFC (Ver.D), the cabling capability at
the bottom of the APM30H (Ver.E) is the same as that of an APM30H (Ver.D).
● If an APM30H (Ver.D) supplies power to a Ver.E battery cabinet, the power
backup and monitoring capabilities of the Ver.E battery cabinet are the same
as those of a Ver.D battery cabinet.
● If an APM30H (Ver.D) is stacked on an RFC (Ver.E), the cabling capability at
the bottom of the RFC (Ver.E) is the same as that of an RFC (Ver.D).
Cabinet Configurations
● The following figure shows the cabinet configurations of a base station with
different space for customer equipment and carrier configurations but
without backup power in a 110 V or 220 V AC power supply scenario.

NOTE
backup power provided by one battery cabinet as well as different space for
customer equipment and carrier configurations.
Figure 1-71 Cabinet configurations of a base station with backup power

provided by one battery cabinet
backup power provided by two battery cabinets as well as different space for


provided by two battery cabinets
● The following figure shows the cabinet configurations of a base station

supplied with -48 V DC power.

Figure 1-73 Cabinet configurations of a base station supplied with -48 V DC

power
The following table lists the cabinet configurations in the case of different power
inputs, backup power requirements, spaces for customer equipment, and carrier
configurations.
Table 1-42 Cabinet configurations

ent t
110 V AC No backup Single ≤ 6 RFUs 1 APM30H+1 RFC

or 220 V power BBU: ≤ 5 U
AC Two BBUs:
≤3U
Single ≤ 12 RFUs 1 APM30H+2 RFCs

BBU: ≤ 5 U
Two BBUs:
≤3U


ent t
Single ≤ 6 RFUs 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1

BBU: ≤ 16 TMC11H
U
Two BBUs:
≤ 14 U
Single ≤ 12 RFUs 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1

BBU: ≤ 16 TMC11H
U
Two BBUs:
≤ 14 U
Backup Single ≤ 6 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1

power BBU: ≤ 5 U IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
provided Two BBUs: BBC5200D-L
by one ≤3U ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
battery IBBS300D/IBBS300T
cabinet
Single ≤ 12 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
BBU: ≤ 5 U IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
Two BBUs: BBC5200D-L
≤3U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T
Single ≤ 6 RFUs ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1

BBU: ≤ 16 IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
U BBC5200D-L+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T+1
TMC11H

U BBC5200D-L+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T+1
TMC11H

power BBU: ≤ 5 U IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
provided Two BBUs: BBC5200D-Ls
by two ≤3U ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2
battery IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
cabinets


ent t

BBU: ≤ 5 U IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
Two BBUs: BBC5200D-Ls
≤3U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts

BBU: ≤ 16 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
U BBC5200D-Ls+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H

U BBC5200D-Ls+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H
-48 V DC - Single ≤ 6 RFUs 1 TMC11H+1 RFC

BBU: ≤ 9 U
Two BBUs:
≤7U
Single ≤ 6 RFUs 2 TMC11Hs+1 RFC

BBU: ≤ 20
U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs
Two BBUs:
≤ 18 U
1.2.3.2.4 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Configured with RFUs and RRUs

When a BTS3900A is configured with RFUs and RRUs, different configurations of
cabinets can be used for the BTS3900A with 110 V AC/220 V AC power supply or
-48 V DC power supply in single-, dual-, quadruple-, and triple-mode scenarios.

A BTS3900A can be configured with a maximum of six RFUs and six RRUs.


is installed in the APM30H.

of a site, the cabinet configurations of a single- or dual-mode base station with
different requirements on space for customer equipment and carrier



station with different requirements on space for customer equipment and carrier





NOTE
APM30Hs listed in the Cabinet Configuration column of the following table include the
APM30H used in the BTS3900A (AC) and the extension APM30H used in the distributed
base station.

ent t
110 V AC No backup ≤ 12 U ≤ 6 RFUs+6 2 APM30Hs+1 RFC

or 220 V power RRUs
AC
≤ 23 U ≤ 6 RFUs+6 2 APM30Hs+1 RFC+1
RRUs TMC11H
Backup ≤ 12 U ≤ 6 RFUs+6 2 APM30Hs+1 RFC+2

power RRUs IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
provided
by one ≤ 23 U ≤ 6 RFUs+6 2 APM30Hs+1 RFC+2
battery RRUs IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts+1
cabinet in TMC11H
the initial
configurati
on

provided
by two ≤ 23 U ≤ 6 RFUs+6 2 APM30Hs+1 RFC+4
cabinets in TMC11H
the initial
configurati
on
-48 V DC - ≤9U ≤ 6 RFUs+6 1 TMC11H+1 RFC

RRUs
≤ 20 U ≤ 6 RFUs+6 2 TMC11Hs+1 RFC

RRUs

The principles for configuring a triple-mode base station cabinet are as follows:
● Two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured for a triple-mode base station.
BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H or TMC11H, which is on the left side.

BBU 1 is installed in the extension APM30H or TMC11H, which is on the right

side.
● A triple-mode base station can be configured with only one BBU, which is
installed in the position of BBU 0 in the following figure.



When a site is configured with four battery cabinets, the cabinet configurations of


when backup power is provided by four battery cabinets





ent t
110 V AC No backup ≤ 10 U ≤ 6 RFUs+6 2 APM30Hs+1 RFC

or 220 V power RRUs
AC
≤ 21 U ≤ 6 RFUs+6 2 APM30Hs+1 RFC+1
RRUs TMC11H

provided
by two ≤ 21 U ≤ 6 RFUs+6 2 APM30Hs+1 RFC+2
cabinets TMC11H

provided
by four ≤ 21 U ≤ 6 RFUs+6 2 APM30Hs+1 RFC+4
cabinets TMC11H
-48 V DC - ≤ 18 U ≤ 6 RFUs+6 2 TMC11Hs+1 RFC

RRUs
1.2.3.2.5 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Configured with RFUs and RRUs

When a BTS3900A is configured with RFUs and RRUs, different configurations of
cabinets can be used for the BTS3900A with 110 V AC/220 V AC power supply or
-48 V DC power supply in single-, dual-, quadruple-, and triple-mode scenarios.

● A BTS3900A can be configured with a maximum of six RFUs and nine RRUs.
● When a BTS3900A is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the maximum
configuration of RRUs is six RRUs of 2x60 W and three RRUs of 2x40 W.

A single- or dual-mode base station is configured with only one BBU, which is
installed in the APM30H or TMC11H.



of a site, the cabinet configurations of a single- or dual-mode base station with
configurations are shown in Figure 1-83.
NOTE








ent t
110 V AC No backup ≤5U ≤ 6 RFUs+9 1 APM30H+1 RFC

or 220 V power RRUs
AC
≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RFUs+9 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
RRUs TMC11H
Backup ≤5U ≤ 6 RFUs+9 ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1

power RRUs IBBS200D/IBBS200T
battery
cabinet in ≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RFUs+9 ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
the initial RRUs IBBS200D/IBBS200T+1
configurati TMC11H
on ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1
TMC11H

battery
cabinets in


ent t
the initial ≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RFUs+9 ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2

configurati RRUs IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
on +1 TMC11H
● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H

RRUs
≤ 20 U ≤ 6 RFUs+9 2 TMC11Hs+1 RFC

RRUs

The principles for configuring a triple- or quadruple-mode base station are as
follows:
TMC11H.
● During the capacity expansion, if there is space for a second BBU in the
APM30H, the BBU is installed in the APM30H. Otherwise, the BBU is installed
in a TMC11H.


When a site is configured with one battery cabinet, the cabinet configurations of a
customer equipment and carrier configurations are shown in Figure 1-87 and
Figure 1-88.
NOTE


when backup power is provided by one battery cabinet

when backup power is provided by one IBBS700D/IBBS700T







ent t
110 V AC No backup ≤3U ≤ 6 RFUs+9 1 APM30H+1 RFC

or 220 V power RRUs
AC
≤ 14 U ≤ 6 RFUs+9 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
RRUs TMC11H

power RRUs IBBS200D/IBBS200T
battery
cabinet


ent t
≤ 14 U ≤ 6 RFUs+9 ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1

RRUs IBBS200D/IBBS200T+1
TMC11H
● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1
TMC11H

battery
cabinets ≤ 14 U ≤ 6 RFUs+9 ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2
RRUs IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
+1 TMC11H
● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H

RRUs
≤ 18 U ≤ 6 RFUs+9 2 TMC11Hs+1 RFC

RRUs
1.2.3.2.6 BTS3900A (Ver.E) or BTS3900A (Ver.D+Ver.E) Configured with RFUs and

RRUs
When RFUs and RRUs are configured, different cabinet configurations can be used
for single-, dual-, triple-, and quadruple-mode BTS3900A base stations supplied
with 110 V AC/220 V AC power and -48 V DC power.

Maximum configuration principles for a BTS3900A (Ver.E)
● A single BTS3900A supports a maximum of 6 RFUs and 15 RRUs or 12 RFUs
and 9 RRUs.
● If a BTS3900A is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the RRU specifications
supported by the BTS3900A are listed in the following table.

Table 1-47 RRU specifications supported by a BTS3900A configured with RFUs and
RRUs
RF Module Configuration RRU Specifications
6 RFUs+15 RRUs 6 RRUs (2x80 W power per RRU)+9

RRUs (2x40 W power per RRU)
12 RFUs+9 RRUs 9 RRUs (2x40 W power per RRU)
Maximum configuration principles for a BTS3900A (Ver.D+Ver.E)

● If a Ver.D cabinet and a Ver.E cabinet are installed side by side or stacked in a
base station, the base station supports a maximum of six RFUs and nine
RRUs.
● A maximum of six 2x60 W RRUs and three 2x40 W RRUs can be configured.
stations
1200 W.
NOTE

Cabinet Configuration








power
configurations.


ent t

or 220 V power BBU: ≤ 5 U +15 RRUs
AC Two BBUs:
≤3U

BBU: ≤ 5 U +9 RRUs
Two BBUs:
≤3U

BBU: ≤ 16 +15 RRUs TMC11H
U
Two BBUs:
≤ 14 U

U
Two BBUs:
≤ 14 U

power BBU: ≤ 5 U +15 RRUs IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
cabinet
BBU: ≤ 5 U +9 RRUs IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
≤3U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T

BBU: ≤ 16 +15 RRUs IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
U BBC5200D-L+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T+1
TMC11H


ent t

U BBC5200D-L+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T+1
TMC11H

power BBU: ≤ 5 U +15 RRUs IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
cabinets
BBU: ≤ 5 U +9 RRUs IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
≤3U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts

BBU: ≤ 16 +15 RRUs IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
U BBC5200D-Ls+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H

U BBC5200D-Ls+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H

Two BBUs:
≤6U
Single ≤ 12 RFUs 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs

Two BBUs:
≤7U


ent t

BBU: ≤ 19 +15 RRUs
U
Two BBUs:
≤ 17 U
Single ≤ 12 RFUs 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs

BBU: ≤ 20 +9 RRUs
U
Two BBUs:
≤ 18 U
1.2.3.3 Power Requirements of a BTS3900A

equipment and cross-sectional areas of power cables in a BTS3900A (Ver.C), a
BTS3900A (Ver.D), and a BTS3900A (Ver.E). The power requirements of a reused
base station with the same capability as a BTS3900A (Ver.D) are the same as
those of the BTS3900A (Ver.D). The power requirements of a reused base station
with the same capability as a BTS3900A (Ver.E) are the same as those of the
BTS3900A (Ver.E).
1.2.3.3.1 Power Requirements of a BTS3900A (Ver.C)

This section describes the power requirements of base stations with different
power supplies and configurations.
NOTE

● In the following tables, P is short for Pole, indicating the number of switches
AC Input Scenario
The following table lists the power requirements when AC power is supplied to a
BTS3900A.


Power Supply Minimum Cross-Sectional Cable Length
Requirement for Area of the Input Requirement
on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC three- 1x25 A/3 P 4 mm2 (0.0062 in. ≤ 15 m (49.21 ft)

phase 2)
220 V AC single- 1x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

phase 2)
110 V AC dual- 1x63 A/2 P

live-wire

to a BTS3900A configured with RFUs but without RRUs.
Table 1-50 Power requirements in DC input scenarios configured with RFUs but
without RRUs
Product Minimum Requirements for the Cable
Configuration(1) Requirement Input Power Cable(3) Length
for Circuit Requirement
Breakers on
Customer
Equipment(2)
● 4 to 6 high- 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one ≤ 15 m

power RFUs group of DC input power (49.21 ft)
● 0 or 1 BBU cables (low smoke zero
halogen)
● Power
consumption 2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
of transmission default) groups of DC input
equipment ≤ power cables
350 W
● 4 to 6 low- 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

power RFUs group of DC input power
halogen)
● Power
consumption 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
of transmission groups of DC input
350 W


Configuration(1) Requirement Input Power Cable(3) Length
for Circuit Requirement
Breakers on
Customer
Equipment(2)

● 0 or 1 BBU cables
● Power
consumption
of the BBU
and
transmission
equipment ≤
650 W
● 1 to 3 high- 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

halogen)
● Power
consumption 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
of transmission groups of DC input
350 W
● 1 to 3 high- 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one

● Power
consumption
of the BBU
and
transmission
equipment ≤
650 W

● Power
consumption
of transmission
equipment ≤
350 W

NOTE

RFUs.
CRFUe.
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

When -48 V DC power is supplied to a BTS3900A configured with RFUs and RRUs,
a DCDU-11A/DCDU-11B/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S is used to provide
power for the equipment in the BTS3900A.
● The DCDU-11A provides power for the RFUs and FAN 01B in the RFC. Table
1-50 lists the power requirements of the DCDU-11A.
● The DCDU-11B/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S provides power for
RRUs only. A DCDU-11B/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S is configured
as required. Table 1-51 lists the power requirements of the DCDU-11B. Table
1-52 lists the power requirements of the EPU02D/EPU02B/EPU02S.
Table 1-51 Power requirements in DC input scenarios configured with RFUs and
RRUs

Configuration(1) Requirement for Input Power Cable(3)(4) Length
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
3 RRUs (power 1x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one ≤ 10 m

consumption per group of DC input power (32.81 ft)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)





halogen)
2x63 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables

RRU ≤ 400 W)+3 cables
RRUs (power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W)

RRU ≤ 560 W)+3 cables (low smoke zero
RRUs (power halogen)
consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W) 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables

on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
● 560–650 W: RRU5301, RRU5305 (1.4G), RRU5901, RRU5901N, RRU5901w, RRU5903,
RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 1100–1400 W: RRU5502, RRU5502w, RRU5502N, RRU5513, RRU5513w, RRU5513t,
RRU5810, RRU5818, RRU5862, RRU5865
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
● 400–560 W: RRU3229, RRU3232, RRU3251, RRU3252, RRU3253, RRU3256, RRU3259,
RRU3262, RRU3841, RRU3942, RRU3929, RRU3952, RRU3952m, RRU3959, RRU3959a,
RRU3959w, RRU3961
● 560–650 W: RRU3249, RRU3262 (850M), RRU3269, RRU3939, RRU3953, RRU3953w,
RRU3971, RRU3971a, RRU5305 (1.4G), RRU5301
● 650–800 W: RRU3276, RRU3278, RRU3278u, RRU3279, RRU3281, RRU3962, RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
● 800–1100 W: AAU5271, AAU5281, AAU5339w, AAU5711, AAU5711a, AAU5972, AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
● The circuit breakers with high-load capabilities can be used in a scenario where the circuit
breakers with low-load capabilities are required. The circuit breakers are arranged based on
their load capabilities in descending order as follows: 160 A, 2x80 A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A,
and 63 A.
● When a base station uses both high-power RRUs and low-power RRUs, the specifications
of circuit breakers are determined by the high-power RRUs.
● If the customer power supply is sufficient, configure the circuit breakers based on the full
configuration of high-power RRUs. If the originally configured circuit breakers do not meet
the requirements for the full configuration of high-power RRUs, replace the circuit breakers
during base station capacity expansion.

● When the power consumption of the transmission equipment exceeds 350 W, the circuit
breakers corresponding to the exceeding part of the actual power consumption need to be
added to the circuit breakers that support 350 W.
If an AC heater is installed when -48 V DC power is used, one more AC power

input must be added. In this scenario, the power requirements are listed in the
following table.
Table 1-53 Power requirements of an AC heater

Power Input Minimum Requirement for Cable Length
Type Requirement for an Input Power Requirement
Circuit Breakers Cable
on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC single- 1x10 A/1 P 1.5 mm2 (0.002 ≤ 15 m (49.21 ft)

phase/three- in.2)
phase
110 V AC dual-
live-wire
1.2.3.3.2 Power Requirements of a BTS3900A (Ver.D)

NOTE

AC Input Scenario
BTS3900A.


Power Number of Minimum Requirements for the Input Cable
Suppl PSUs Requirem Power Cable Lengt
y ent for h
Circuit Requir
Breakers ement
on
Customer
Equipmen
t
220 V 4 or 5 1x40 A/3 P Cable with a black jacket and four ≤ 15

AC (by core wires, two insulation layers, m
three- default) and a cross-sectional area of 6 (49.21
phase mm2 (0.0093 in.2) ft)
2 or 3 1x25 A/3 P
(by
default)
220 V 5 1x100 A/1 Two wires (L and N), each with a

AC P (by single core wire, two insulation
single- default) layers, and a cross-sectional area
phase of 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)
4 1x80 A/1 P
3 1x63 A/1 P
110 V 5 1x100 A/2 Three wires (L1, L2, and N), each
AC or P (by with a single core wire, two
120 V default) insulation layers, and a cross-
AC sectional area of 25 mm2 (0.039
dual- 4 1x80 A/2 P
in.2)
live- 3 1x63 A/2 P
wire

to a BTS3900A configured with RFUs only.

Table 1-55 Power requirements in DC input scenarios configured with RFUs only
Product Configuration(1) Minimum Requirements for the Cable

Requirem Input Power Cable(3) Length
ent for Requireme
Circuit nt
Breakers
on
Customer
Equipmen
t(2)
● 4 to 6 high-power RFUs 1x160 A/1 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), ≤ 15 m

● 0 to 2 BBUs P one group of DC input (49.21 ft)
power cables (low
● Power consumption of
smoke zero halogen)
transmission equipment
≤ 350 W 2x80 A/1 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),
P (by two groups of DC input
default) power cables
● 4 to 6 low-power RFUs 2x63 A/1 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),

● 2 BBUs P two groups of DC input
power cables
transmission equipment 1x100 A/1 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),
≤ 350 W P one group of DC input
power cables

● 0 or 1 BBU P one group of DC input
power cables
≤ 350 W
● 0 to 3 high-power RFUs 1x100 A/1 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

● 0 to 2 BBUs P one group of DC input
power cables
≤ 350 W P two groups of DC input
power cables

power cables
≤ 350 W

● 0 BBU P one group of DC input
power cables (low
smoke zero halogen)


ent for Requireme
Circuit nt
Breakers
on
Customer
Equipmen
t(2)
2x80 A/1 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),


power cables

power cables

power cables
NOTE

RFUs.
CRFUe.
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.


When -48 V DC power is supplied to a BTS3900A configured with RFUs and RRUs,
a DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/
EPU02S/EPU02S-02 is used to provide power for the equipment in the BTS3900A.
● The DCDU-12A provides power for the RFUs and FAN 01C in the RFC. Table
1-55 lists the power requirements of a DCDU-12A.

on Customer ent
Equipment(2)






2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

RRUs (power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W)

consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W) 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W) 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
cables


halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W) 2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
cables


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

consumption per
cables

(5) Circuit Breakers Require
on Customer ment
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

1400 W)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1000 W)
halogen)

1400 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)

1100 W)


on Customer ment
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 BBU (power 2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two

consumption ≤ groups of DC input power
1000 W) cables (low smoke zero
halogen)

1100 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)

on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

halogen)

on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5910
RRU5810, RRU5818, RRU5862, RRU5865
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3971, RRU3971a, RRU5305 (1.4G), RRU5301
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
and 63 A.


following table.

on Customer
Equipment

phase/three- in.2)
phase
110 V AC dual-
live-wire
1.2.3.3.3 Power Requirements of a BTS3900A (Ver.E)

AC Input Scenario
NOTE

The following table lists the power requirements when AC power is supplied to the
base station.
Power Number of Minimum Requirement Cable Length

Supply PSUs Requirement s for the Requirement
for Circuit Input Power
Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 4 or 5 1x40 A/3 P Cable with a ≤ 15 m (49.21

three-phase (by default) black jacket ft)


Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment
2 or 3 1x32 A/3 P and four core

(by default) wires, two
insulation
layers, and a
cross-
sectional area
of 6 mm2
(0.0093 in.2)
220 V AC 5 1x100 A/1 P Two wires (L

single-phase (by default) and N), each
with a single
4 1x80 A/1 P core wire, two
3 1x63 A/1 P insulation
layers, and a
cross-
sectional area
of 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)
110 V AC or 5 1x100 A/2 P Three wires

120 V AC (by default) (L1, L2, and
dual-live-wire N), each with
4 1x80 A/2 P a single core
3 1x63 A/2 P wire, two
insulation
layers, and a
cross-
sectional area
of 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)

to a base station configured with RFUs only.


ent for Requireme
Circuit nt
Breakers
on
Customer
Equipmen
t(2)

power cables (low
smoke zero halogen)
≤ 350 W 2x80 A/1 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),

power cables
power cables

power cables
≤ 350 W

power cables
power cables

power cables
≤ 350 W

power cables (low
smoke zero halogen)


ent for Requireme
Circuit nt
Breakers
on
Customer
Equipmen
t(2)
2x80 A/1 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),


power cables

power cables

power cables
NOTE

RFUs.
CRFUe.
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.


When a base station uses -48 V DC power and is configured with RFUs and RRUs,
external power equipment supplies power to the DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B/
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02, as
shown below.
● The DCDU-12A provides power for the RFUs and FAN 01D in the RFC. Table
1-62 describes the power requirements of a DCDU-12A.

on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)

consumption per
cables

halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

RRUs (power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)

halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables

halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables





(5) Circuit Breakers Power Cable
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), ≤ 10 m (32.81

(power one group of DC ft)
consumption input power cables
per RRU ≤ (low smoke zero
1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
consumption ≤
two groups of DC
1200 W)
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

(power one group of DC
1400 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
two groups of DC
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1100 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
consumption ≤
two groups of DC
1200 W)
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1100 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),

two groups of DC
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

halogen)

on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5910
RRU5810, RRU5818, RRU5862, RRU5865
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3971, RRU3971a, RRU5305 (1.4G), RRU5301
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
and 63 A.


following table.

on Customer
Equipment

phase/three- in.2)
phase
110 V AC dual-
live-wire
Power Supply Minimum Requirements for Cable Length

Requirement for the Input Power Requirement
on Customer
Equipment

phase/three- in.2)
phase
110 V AC dual-
live-wire
1.2.3.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS3900A

This section describes power distribution schemes for a BTS3900A (Ver.C), a
BTS3900A (Ver.D), and a BTS3900A (Ver.E) supplied with different power. The
power distribution scheme for a reused base station with the same capability as a
BTS3900A (Ver.D) is the same as that of the BTS3900A (Ver.D). The power
distribution scheme for a reused base station with the same capability as a
BTS3900A (Ver.E) is the same as that of the BTS3900A (Ver.E).

1.2.3.4.1 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cabinets

This section describes power distribution schemes for a BTS3900A supplied with
110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power.
Power Distribution Scheme in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios

If 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is supplied to a BTS3900A, the AC power is
converted to DC power and distributed by the embedded power subrack unit
(EPU) in an APM30H.
The EPU converts one AC power input into two AC power outputs:
● One output is provided for the service outlet unit (SOU).
● One output is connected to the junction box on the left side of the cabinet,
and divided into four AC power outputs, which are then provided for the
heater or heating film.
The AC power input is converted by PSUs into DC power, which is supplied to the
battery cabinet, RFC, TMC11H, and other equipment.
Figure 1-95 and Figure 1-96 show the power distribution schemes in 220 V AC
and 110 V AC scenarios, respectively. Table 1-69 lists the specifications of the
circuit breakers and fuses.
NOTE
Figure 1-95 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H in a BTS3900A supplied
with 220 V AC single-phase power

with 110 V AC dual-live-wire power
Table 1-69 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in the APM30H in an
AC-powered BTS3900A
Power Specifications Specifications Specifications of the
Supply of the Upper- of the AC Circuit Breaker/Fuse for
Level Circuit Output Circuit the DC Output
Breaker for the Breaker
PSU
220 V AC 3x20 A (MCBa) Heater and SOU: ● BATb: 1x160 A (MCB)

single-phase/ 1x15 A (MCB) ● RFC 1: 1x125 A (MCB)
three-phase
● RFC 2: 1x125 A (MCB)
110 V AC 1x63 A (MCB) ● Heater: 1x15 ● TMC: 1x30 A (MCB)
dual-live-wire A (MCB)
● BBU_0: 1x25 A (MCB)
● SOU: 1x15 A
(MCB) ● BBU_1: 1x25 A (MCB)
● TMc: 2x5 A (FUSEd)
● TM or TMC: 1x15 A
(FUSE)
● FAN or TECe: 1x15 A
(FUSE)
● TM or EMUA: 1x15 A
(FUSE)
● FAN: 1x15 A (FUSE)

Power Specifications Specifications Specifications of the

Supply of the Upper- of the AC Circuit Breaker/Fuse for
Level Circuit Output Circuit the DC Output
Breaker for the Breaker
PSU
a. MCB: miniature circuit breaker

b. BAT: storage battery
c. TM: transmission equipment
d. FUSE: fuse
e. TEC: air conditioner
When AC power is supplied to a BTS3900A, the APM30H distributes three DC

outputs to RFC 1, RFC 2, and the TMC11H, as shown in Figure 1-95 and Figure
1-96. The DCDU-11A distributes power to the RFUs, fan assembly, and other
modules in an RFC. The DCDU-11C distributes power to the transmission
equipment, fan assembly, and other modules in the TMC11H.
NOTE
When the RFC is configured with DRFUs, 12 DRFUs are required, that is, two RFCs are
configured.
Figure 1-97 shows the power distribution scheme for the RFC and TMC11H. Table
1-70 lists the specifications of the circuit breakers in the RFC and TMC11H.

Figure 1-97 Power distribution scheme for the RFC and TMC11H in an AC-
powered BTS3900A
Table 1-70 Specifications of the circuit breakers in the RFC and TMC11H in an AC-
powered BTS3900A
Cabinet Type Specifications of the Circuit Breaker for
the DC Output
RFC ● RFU 0 to RFU 5: 6x25 A (MCB)

● FAN: 1x25 A (MCB)
● Reserved: 3x25 A (MCB)

Cabinet Type Specifications of the Circuit Breaker for

the DC Output
TMC11H ● TM: 2x25 A (MCB)+2x12 A (MCB)+2x6 A

(MCB)
● TM or BBU: 2x25 A (MCB)
● TM or EMUA: 1x25 A (MCB)
Power Distribution Scheme in -48 V DC Scenarios

If -48 V DC power is supplied to a BTS3900A, external power is directly supplied to
an RFC. -48 V DC power is directly supplied to the DC junction box in an RFC,
which then distributes the power to the DCDU-11A in the RFC and the DCDU-11C
in a TMC. The DCDU-11A distributes power to the RFUs, fan assembly, and other
modules in the RFC. The DCDU-11C distributes power to the BBU, fan assembly,
and other modules in the TMC11H.
Figure 1-98 shows the power distribution scheme for the RFC and TMC11H. The
specifications of the circuit breakers in this scenario are the same as those in AC
scenarios, as listed in Table 1-70.

Figure 1-98 Power distribution scheme for the RFC and TMC11H in a BTS3900A
1.2.3.4.2 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cabinets


If 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is supplied to a BTS3900A, the AC power is
converted to DC power and distributed by the embedded power subrack unit
(EPU) in an APM30H.
The EPU converts one AC power input into two AC power outputs:

NOTE
with 220 V AC single-phase power

with 110 V AC dual-live-wire power
AC-powered BTS3900A
Power Specifications of Specifications of Specifications of
Supply the Upper-Level the Circuit Breaker the Circuit
Circuit Breaker for for the AC Output Breaker/Fuse for
the PSU the DC Output
220 V AC 2x40 A+1x25 A Heater and SOU: ● BATb: 1x125 A/2

single-phase/ (MCBa) 1x16 A/2 P (MCB) P (MCB)
three-phase ● RFC 1: 1x125 A
110 V AC 1x100 A/2 P (MCB) ● Heater: 1x16 A (MCB)
dual-live-wire (MCB) ● RFC 2: 1x125 A
● SOU: 1x16 A (MCB)
(MCB) ● FAN: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● BBU_0: 1x30 A
(FUSEc)
● BBU_1: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● TMd: 4x30 A
(FUSE)
● TMCe: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● IBBSf: 1x30 A
(FUSE)

Power Specifications of Specifications of Specifications of

Supply the Upper-Level the Circuit Breaker the Circuit
Circuit Breaker for for the AC Output Breaker/Fuse for
the PSU the DC Output

b. BAT: storage battery
c. FUSE: fuse
d. TM: transmission equipment
e. TMC: TMC11H
f. IBBS: fan in an IBBS200D/IBBS700D or TEC in an IBBS200T/IBBS700T
If AC power is supplied to a BTS3900A, an APM30H distributes three DC outputs

to RFC 1, RFC 2, and a TMC11H, as shown in Figure 1-99 and Figure 1-100. The
DCDU-12A distributes power to the RFUs, fan assembly, and other components in
an RFC. The DCDU-12C distributes power to the transmission equipment, fan
assembly, and other components in the TMC11H.
The following figure shows the power distribution scheme for an RFC and a
TMC11H. The following table lists the specifications of the fuses in an RFC and a
TMC11H.

powered BTS3900A
Table 1-72 Specifications of the fuses in the RFC and TMC11H in an AC-powered
BTS3900A
Cabinet Type Specifications of the DC Output Fuse
RFC ● RFU 0 to RFU 5: 6x30 A (FUSE)

● Reserved: 3x30 A (FUSE)
TMC11H ● TM: 7x30 A (FUSE)

● TM/BBU: 2x30 A (FUSE)


If -48 V DC power is supplied to a BTS3900A, external power is directly supplied to
an RFC. -48 V DC power is directly supplied to the DC junction box in an RFC,
which then distributes the power to the DCDU-12A in the RFC and the DCDU-12C
in a TMC. The DCDU-12A distributes power to the RFUs, fan assembly, and other
components in the RFC. The DCDU-12C distributes power to the BBU, transmission
equipment, fan assembly, and other components in the TMC11H.
TMC11H. The specifications of the fuses in this scenario are the same as those in
AC scenarios, as listed in Table 1-72.
Figure 1-102 Power distribution scheme for the RFC and TMC11H in a BTS3900A

1.2.3.4.3 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cabinets


If 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is supplied, the AC power is converted to DC power
and distributed by the embedded power subrack unit (EPU05A) in an APM30H.
The EPU05A converts one AC power input into two AC power outputs:
NOTE
Figure 1-103 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H supplied with 220 V AC
single-phase power and configured with a PDU03D-02

dual-live-wire power and configured with a PDU03D-02
AC-powered scenario
Power Supply Specifications of Specifications of Specifications of
the Upper-Level the Circuit the Circuit
Circuit Breaker Breaker for the Breaker/Fuse for
for the PSU AC Output the DC Output
220 V AC single- 5x32 A/1 P Heater and SOU: ● RFC 1: 1x100 A

phase/three- (MCBa) 1x16 A (MCB) (MCB)
phase ● RFC 2: 1x100 A
(MCB)
● FAN: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● BBU_0: 1x30 A
(FUSEb)
● BBU_1: 1x30 A
(FUSE)


110 V AC dual- 5x32 A/1 P (MCB) Heater and SOU: ● TMc: 4x30 A
live-wire 1x16 A (MCB) (FUSE)
● TMCd: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● IBBSe: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● RRU: 9x30 A
(FUSE)

b. FUSE: fuse
d. TMC: TMC11H
e. IBBS: fan in an IBBS200D/IBBS300D or TEC in an IBBS200T/IBBS300T
When the cabinet requires an EPU02D/EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, the

EPU05A must be configured with two PDU01D-01 modules, which get the DC
power from the EPU05A and distribute it to the EPU02D/EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/
DCDU16D-02. The power distribution schemes are shown in Figure 1-105 and
Figure 1-106. The following table lists specifications of circuit breakers and fuses.
NOTE
The DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 and EPU02D/EPU02D-02 are connected in a similar way. The

following figure uses the EPU02D as an example.

Figure 1-105 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H in 220 V AC single-phase
scenarios (configured with an EPU02D or EPU02D-02)

Figure 1-106 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H in 110 V AC dual-live-
wire scenarios (configured with an EPU02D or EPU02D-02)
AC-powered scenario

(MCB)


110 V AC dual- 5x32 A/1 P (MCB) Heater and SOU: ● FAN: 1x30 A
● BBU_0: 1x30 A
(FUSEb)
● BBU_1: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● TMc: 4x30 A
(FUSE)
● TMCd: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● IBBSe: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● RRU (slot 7):
3x30 A (FUSE)
● EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D (slot
8): 1x100 A
(MCB)
● EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D (slot
9): 1x100 A
(MCB)

b. FUSE: fuse
d. TMC: TMC11H
The following figure shows power distribution scheme for an EPU02D/EPU02D-02.

Figure 1-107 Power distribution scheme for an EPU02D/EPU02D-02


Equipmen
t


(BBU)


(RRU)
The following figure shows the power distribution scheme for a DCDU16D/
DCDU16D-02.

Figure 1-108 Power distribution scheme for a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02


(BBU/FAN/TM) (FUSE)

an RFC. The DCDU-12B distributes power to the transmission equipment, fan
assembly, and other components in a TMC11H.
TMC11H.

powered scenario
scenario




If -48 V DC power is supplied, external power is directly supplied to an RFC. -48 V
DC power is directly supplied to the DC junction box in an RFC, which then
distributes the power to the DCDU-12A in an RFC and the DCDU-12C in a
TMC11H. A DCDU-12A distributes power to the RFUs, fan assembly, and other
components in an RFC. A DCDU-12C distributes power to the BBU, transmission
equipment, fan assembly, and other components in a TMC11H.
Figure 1-110 Power distribution scheme for the RFC and TMC11H supplied with
-48 V DC power

1.2.3.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS3900A

cables and cable connections in a BTS3900A.
Cable List
For cables in a BTS3900A, see the following sections:
● BTS3900A (Ver.C): BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List
● BTS3900A (Ver.D): BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List
● BTS3900A (Ver.E): BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List
Cable Connections
For cable connections for a BTS3900A, see topics related to Cable Connections in
Bas Power Monitorin Transmiss BBU CPRI RF Cable

e Cable g Signal ion Cable Interconn Cable Connecti
Sta Connecti Cable Connecti ection Connecti ons
tio ons Connecti ons Signal ons
n ons Cable
Connecti
ons
BTS BTS3900A BTS3900A Transmissi BBU CPRI RF Cable

390 (Ver.C) (Ver.C) on Cable Interconn Cable Connectio
0A Power Monitorin Connectio ection Connectio ns
(Ve Cable g Signal ns for Signal ns for
r.C) Connectio Cable 3900 Cable 3900
ns Connectio Series Connectio Series
ns Base ns Base
Stations Stations
BTS BTS3900A BTS3900A
390 (Ver.D) (Ver.D)
0A Power Monitorin
(Ve Cable g Signal
r.D) Connectio Cable
ns Connectio
ns
BTS BTS3900A BTS3900A

390 (Ver.E) (Ver.E)
0A Power Monitorin
(Ve Cable g Signal
r.E) Connectio Cable
ns Connectio
ns

1.2.4 BTS3900AL
distribution schemes, cables, and cable connections of a BTS3900AL.
1.2.4.1 Cabinets Supported by a BTS3900AL

A BTS3900AL, outdoor macro base station, supports the following cabinets:
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet, IBBS700D, IBBS700T, IBBS300D, IBBS300T, and
TMC11H (Ver.D).
The following table lists the cabinets supported by a BTS3900AL.
Table 1-79 Cabinets supported by a BTS3900AL

Cabinet Name Cabinet Description Components in the
Cabinet
BTS3900AL The BTS3900AL cabinet, basic For details, see

(Ver.A) cabinet in a BTS3900AL, houses Components in
the BBU, power equipment, RFUs, BTS3900AL Cabinets.
transmission equipment, and
storage batteries. Different power
equipment can be installed in
BTS3900AL cabinets to support
the AC or DC power supply.
● The BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet
supplied with AC power is
referred to as a BTS3900AL AC
cabinet.
● The BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet
supplied with DC power is
referred to as a BTS3900AL DC
cabinet.
● IBBS700D or The storage battery cabinets ● For details, see

IBBS700T provide backup power for a base Components in an
● IBBS300D or station. IBBS700D.
IBBS300T ● For details, see
Components in an
IBBS700T.
● For details, see
Components in
IBBS300Ds.
Components in
IBBS300Ts.

Cabinet Name Cabinet Description Components in the

Cabinet
TMC11H As the transmission cabinet in a For details, see

(Ver.D) BTS3900AL, it is installed when Components in
more transmission space is TMC11Hs.
required to provide power supplies
and installation space for
transmission equipment.
The following figure shows the exteriors of BTS3900AL, IBBS700D, IBBS700T, and
TMC11H (Ver.D) cabinets.
Figure 1-111 Exteriors of BTS3900AL, IBBS700D, IBBS700T, and TMC11H (Ver.D)

cabinets
The following figure shows the exteriors of an IBBS300D (Ver.A) and an IBBS300T
(Ver.A). IBBS300D (Ver.A) is shortened to IBBS300D and IBBS300T (Ver.A) is
shortened to IBBS300T in this section.

Figure 1-112 Exteriors of an IBBS300D and an IBBS300T
1.2.4.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS3900AL

Various cabinets can be configured for a BTS3900AL to meet different
requirements for RF module configurations, backup power capacity, and spaces for
customer equipment. A BTS3900AL can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs
or configured with RFUs and RRUs depending on different scenarios.
1.2.4.2.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs

In a BTS3900AL configured with RFUs but without RRUs, the BTS3900AL can be
configured as a single-, dual-, triple-, or quadruple-mode base station and
supports different combinations of cabinets.

● A BTS3900AL can be configured with a maximum of 18 RFUs. If there are
more than 18 RFUs, one or more sites need to be added.
● A BTS3900AL can be configured with a maximum of one BTS3900AL AC
cabinet and one BTS3900AL DC cabinet, and the two cabinets must be
installed side by side with the BTS3900AL DC cabinet on the right.
● A BTS3900AL can be configured with a maximum of one IBBS700D or
IBBS700T.
● A BTS3900AL can be configured with a maximum of two IBBS300Ds or
IBBS300Ts.
● A BTS3900AL can be configured with a maximum of one TMC11H (Ver.D).
IBBS300D/IBBS300T or transmission cabinet TMC11H (Ver.D), are required

during an initial site construction, the auxiliary cabinets should be positioned

on the left, and the basic cabinet on the right.

One BBU is configured in a single- or dual-mode base station. If six to nine RFUs
are configured, one BTS3900AL AC cabinet or BTS3900AL DC cabinet is configured
with the BBU installed in the cabinet. If more than nine RFUs are configured, one
BTS3900AL AC cabinet and one BTS3900AL DC cabinet are configured with the
BBU installed in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet.
The following figure shows the cabinet configurations of a single- or dual-mode
base station in the case of different spaces for customer equipment and RF
configurations when -48 V DC power is supplied.

-48 V DC power is supplied

configurations when 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is supplied and backup power is
not required.



configurations when 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is supplied and short-term
backup power is required.

short-term backup power is required

Figure 1-116 and Figure 1-117 show the cabinet configurations of a single- or
dual-mode base station in the case of different spaces for customer equipment
and RF configurations when 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is supplied and medium-
to long-term backup power is required.

medium- to long-term backup power is provided by an IBBS700D or IBBS700T


station in the case of different backup power requirements, spaces for customer
equipment, and RF configurations.

Power Backup Space for RF Cabinet Configuration
Supply Power Customer Configur
Requireme Equipme ation
nt nt
-48 V DC N/A ≤ 11 U ≤ 9 RFUs 1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet
110 V AC No backup ≤ 11 U ≤ 9 RFUs 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet

or 220 V power
AC ≤ 22 U ≤ 18 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1
RFUs BTS3900AL DC cabinet


nt nt
Short-term ≤4U ≤ 9 RFUs 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet

backup
power ≤ 15 U ≤ 9 RFUs 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)
Medium- ≤ 11 U ≤ 9 RFUs 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1

to long- IBBS700D/IBBS700T
term 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1
backup IBBS300D/IBBS300T
power
1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
≤ 22 U ≤ 18 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1
RFUs IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1
BTS3900AL DC cabinet
IBBS300D/IBBS300T+1
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts+1
NOTICE
(1) When short-term backup power is required, a pack of four storage batteries
needs to be installed in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet. The prerequisites for
configuring the built-in storage batteries are as follows:
● The ambient temperature in the cabinet is below 40°C (104°F).
● The storage batteries must be used in the first class power grid. In the first
class power grid, the average power-off time of AC power supply every month
is less than ten hours.
● It is recommended that a pack of Northstar 100 Ah storage batteries be used
to meet the high-current discharge requirements.
● The maximum power consumption of a base station is 10,000 W.
(2) When medium- to long-duration backup power is used, an external battery
cabinet needs to be configured. It is recommended that the battery cabinet be
configured with a minimum of 300 Ah, that is, a minimum of two 150 Ah battery
packs.
(3) A base station cannot be configured with both the built-in storage batteries
and the external battery cabinet.
(4) When an IBBS700D or IBBS300D is configured, reduce the ambient
temperature to 40°C (104°F). When an IBBS700T or IBBS300T is configured, the
ambient temperature can remain unchanged.


A triple- or quadruple-mode base station can be configured with one or two BBUs.
When a triple- or quadruple-mode base station is configured with one BBU,
cabinet configurations in the triple- or quadruple-mode base station are the same
as those in a single- or dual-mode base station.
When a triple- or quadruple-mode base station is configured with two BBUs and
six to nine RFUs, one BTS3900AL AC cabinet or BTS3900AL DC cabinet is
configured with the two BBUs installed in the cabinet. When more than nine RFUs
are configured, one BTS3900AL AC cabinet and one BTS3900AL DC cabinet are
configured with the two BBUs installed in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet.
In the case of different backup power requirements, spaces for customer
equipment, and RF configurations, the cabinet configurations of a triple- or
quadruple-mode base station are the same as those of a single- or dual-mode
base station, as described in Table 1-81.
The following figure shows the cabinet configurations of a triple- or quadruple-
mode base station in the case of different spaces for customer equipment and RF

when -48 V DC power is supplied

not required.




when short-term backup power is required

Figure 1-121 and Figure 1-122 show the cabinet configurations of a triple- or
quadruple-mode base station in the case of different spaces for customer
equipment and RF configurations when 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is supplied
and medium- to long-term backup power is required.

when medium- to long-term backup power is provided by an IBBS700D or
IBBS700T


IBBS300T

customer equipment, and RF configurations.

nt nt
-48 V DC N/A ≤9U ≤ 9 RFUs 1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet
110 V AC No backup ≤9U ≤ 9 RFUs 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet

or 220 V power
AC ≤ 20 U ≤ 18 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1
RFUs BTS3900AL DC cabinet


nt nt
Short-term ≤2U ≤ 9 RFUs 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet

backup
power ≤ 13 U ≤ 9 RFUs 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)
Medium- ≤9U ≤ 9 RFUs 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1

to long- IBBS700D/IBBS700T
term 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1
backup IBBS300D/IBBS300T
power
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
≤ 20 U ≤ 18 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1
RFUs IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T+1
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts+1
NOTICE
packs.

1.2.4.2.2 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Configured with RFUs and RRUs

In a BTS3900AL configured with RFUs and RRUs, the BTS3900AL can be
configured as a single-, dual-, triple-, or quadruple-mode base station and
supports different combinations of cabinets.

● A BTS3900AL can be configured with a maximum of 9 RFUs and 12 RRUs and
with a maximum of one BTS3900AL AC cabinet or one BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
● A BTS3900AL can be configured with a maximum of one IBBS700D or
IBBS700T.
● A BTS3900AL can be configured with a maximum of two IBBS300Ds or
IBBS300Ts.
● A BTS3900AL can be configured with a maximum of one TMC11H (Ver.D).
IBBS300D/IBBS300T or transmission cabinet TMC11H (Ver.D), are required
during an initial site construction, the auxiliary cabinets should be positioned
on the left, and the basic cabinet on the right.

is installed in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet or BTS3900AL DC cabinet.


-48 V DC power is supplied



not required.




short-term backup power is required
Figure 1-126 and Figure 1-127 show the cabinet configurations of a single- or
dual-mode base station in the case of different spaces for customer equipment
and RF configurations when 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is supplied and medium-
to long-term backup power is required.



station in the case of different backup power requirements, spaces for customer
equipment, and RF configurations.
Power Supply Backup Space for Cabinet Configuration

Power Customer
Requirement Equipment
-48 V DC N/A ≤ 11 U 1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet


Power Customer
110 V AC or No backup ≤ 11 U 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet

220 V AC power
Short-term ≤4U 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet

backup power
≤ 15 U 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)
Medium- to ≤ 11 U 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1

long-term IBBS700D/IBBS700T
backup power 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
NOTICE
packs.

If a triple- or quadruple-mode base station is configured with two BBUs, both of
them are installed in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet or BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
If a triple- or quadruple-mode base station is configured with one BBU, a filler
panel should be installed in the position illustrated by BBU1 in the following
figure.

In the case of different backup power requirements, spaces for customer

equipment, and RF configurations, the cabinet configurations of a triple- or
quadruple-mode base station are the same as those of a single- or dual-mode
base station, as described in Table 1-83.

when -48 V DC power is supplied

not required.




when short-term backup power is required
Figure 1-131 and Figure 1-132 show the cabinet configurations of a triple- or
quadruple-mode base station in the case of different spaces for customer

equipment and RF configurations when 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is supplied

and medium- to long-term backup power is required.

IBBS700T

IBBS300T

customer equipment, and RF configurations.


Power Customer
-48 V DC N/A ≤9U 1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet
110 V AC or No backup ≤9U 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet

220 V AC power
Short-term ≤2U 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet

backup power
≤ 13 U 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)
Medium- to ≤9U 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1

long-term IBBS700D/IBBS700T
backup power 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
NOTICE
packs.

1.2.4.3 Power Requirements of a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

NOTE

AC Input Scenario
BTS3900AL.
Power Product Minimum Cross- Cable Length

Supply Configuration Requirement Sectional Requirement
for Circuit Area of the
Breakers on Input Power
Customer Cable
Equipment(2)
220 V AC 7 PSUs+1 SOU 1x63 A/3 P 10 mm2 ≤ 15 m (49.21

three-phase (recommended) (0.016 in.2) ft)
4 to 6 PSUs+1 1x40 A/3 P

SOU
4 to 7 PSUs+1 1x63 A/3 P

HAU+1 SOU
220 V AC 7 PSUs+1 SOU 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2

single- (recommended) (0.054 in.2)
phase
6 PSUs+1 SOU 1x125 A/1 P
6 PSUs+1 HAU 1x125 A/1 P

+1 SOU

+1 SOU

+1 SOU
110 V AC 7 PSUs+1 SOU 1x125 A/2 P 35 mm2

dual-live- (recommended) (0.054 in.2)
wire


Supply Configuration Requirement Sectional Requirement
for Circuit Area of the
Customer Cable
Equipment(2)
DC Input Scenario
The following table lists the power requirements when DC power is supplied to a
BTS3900AL.
Table 1-85 Power requirements in DC scenarios

Power Power Product Minimum Cross- Cable
Supply Equipme Configurati Requiremen Sectional Length
nt on(1) t for Circuit Area of Requireme
Breakers on the Input nt
Customer Power
Equipment(2 Cable
)
-48 V DC PDU03D- 9 high- 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 ≤ 15 m

01_INPUT power RFUs (recommend (0.039 in.2) (49.21 ft)
0 ed) (low smoke
zero
6 high- 2x100 A/1 P
halogen)
power RFUs
+3 low-
power RFUs
3 high- 2x100 A/1 P

power RFUs
+6 low-
power RFUs
9 low- 1x125 A/1 P

power RFUs 2x63 A/1 P
PDU03D- 12 RRUs 2x125 A/1 P

01_INPUT (power
1 consumptio
n per RRU ≤
560 W)

Power Power Product Minimum Cross- Cable

Supply Equipme Configurati Requiremen Sectional Length
nt on(1) t for Circuit Area of Requireme
Breakers on the Input nt
Customer Power
Equipment(2 Cable
)
9 RRUs 2x100 A/1 P

(power
consumptio
n per RRU ≤
560 W)
6 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P

(power (recommend
consumptio ed)
n per RRU ≤ 2x63 A/1 P
560 W)
3 RRUs 1x63 A/1 P

(power
consumptio
n per RRU ≤
560 W)
PDU03D- 2 BBUs 1x63 A/1 P

01_INPUT +transmissi (recommend
2 on ed)
equipment
NOTE

● If high-power RF modules and low-power RF modules are configured in one base
station, the specifications of the circuit breakers are based on the full configuration of
high-power RF modules.
full configuration of high-power RF modules. If the originally configured circuit
breakers do not meet the requirements for the full configuration of high-power RF
modules, replace the circuit breakers during base station capacity expansion.
CRFUe.
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.2.4.4 Power Distribution Schemes for BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cabinets

This section describes power distribution schemes for BTS3900AL cabinets.
Power Distribution Scheme for a BTS3900AL AC Cabinet

When a BTS3900AL AC cabinet is supplied with 220 V AC or 110 V AC power, the
input AC power is distributed by the PDU05A-01 and converted into DC power by
the ETP48400 in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet. The DC power is distributed by the
DCDU-12C to components in the cabinet.
After going through the PDU05A-01, the AC power input is divided into five AC
power outputs:
● One AC output is connected to the junction box on the right side of the
cabinet door, and divided into four AC outputs, which are then provided for
the HAU01A-01.
● Three AC power outputs are connected to the PSUs (R4850G2) and converted
by the PSUs (R4850G2) into DC power outputs, which are then provided for
the DCDU-12C and storage batteries.
● One AC output is provided for the SOU.
Figure 1-133 shows the power distribution scheme for a BTS3900AL AC cabinet
supplied with 220 V AC three-phase power. The power distribution scheme in 220
V AC single-phase or 110 V AC dual-live-wire scenarios is the same as that in 220
V AC three-phase scenarios. To support different types of power supply, the power
input terminals need to be connected to different short-circuiting bars, as shown
in Figure 1-134.
NOTE
If RFUs and RRUs are configured, LOAD3 and LOAD5 ports on the ETP48400 provide DC
power for the DCDU-11B/DCDU-12C/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02B/EPU02S/
EPU02S-02. The following uses the DCDU-12C as an example.

Figure 1-133 Power distribution scheme for a cabinet supplied with 220 V AC
three-phase power
The following table lists the specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses.
Table 1-86 Specifications of the circuit breakers

Power Distribution Specifications of the Specifications of the
Device Circuit Breaker for the Circuit Breaker/Fuse for
AC Output the DC Output
PDU05A-01 ● PSU1/5: 1x40 A -

● PSU2/6: 1x40 A
● PSU3/4/7: 1x63 A
● HEATER: 1x25 A
● SOU: 1x10 A
ETP48400 - ● DCDU-12C 0#: 1x100 A

● DCDU-12C 1#: 1x200 A
● Storage battery: 1x400
A
DCDU-12C 0# - 10x30 A
DCDU-12C 1# - 10x30 A

Figure 1-134 Configuration of short-circuiting bars
Power Distribution Scheme for a BTS3900AL DC Cabinet

A BTS3900AL DC cabinet is supplied with external DC power, which is distributed
by the PDU03D-01 to the DCDU-12C. The following figure shows the power
distribution scheme for a BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
NOTE
If RFUs and RRUs are configured, the INPUT1 port on the PDU03D-01 provides DC power
for the DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02S-02.
The following uses the DCDU-12C as an example.
Figure 1-135 Power distribution scheme for a BTS3900AL DC cabinet

The following table lists the specifications of fuses.
Table 1-87 Fuse specifications
Power Distribution Device Fuse Specifications
DCDU-12C 0# 10x30 A
DCDU-12C 1# 10x30 A
1.2.4.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS3900AL

cables and cable connections in a BTS3900AL.
Cable List
For cables in a BTS3900AL, see BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List.
Cable Connections
For cable connections for a BTS3900AL, see topics related to Cable Connections in
Power Monitorin Transmissi BBU CPRI Cable RF Cable

Cable g Signal on Cable Interconne Connectio Connectio
Connectio Cable Connectio ction ns ns
ns Connectio ns Signal
ns Cable
Connectio
ns
BTS3900AL BTS3900AL Transmissio BBU CPRI Cable RF Cable

(Ver.A) (Ver.A) n Cable Interconne Connection Connection
Power Monitoring Connection ction s for 3900 s
Cable Signal s for 3900 Signal Series Base
Connection Cable Series Base Cable Stations
s Connection Stations Connection
s s
1.2.5 DBS3900
This section describes cabinets and racks, applications of cabinets and racks, power
requirements, power distribution schemes, and cable connections of a DBS3900.

1.2.5.1 Cabinets and Racks Used by a DBS3900

A DBS3900 is a distributed base station, which is composed of cabinets (such as
APM5950H series cabinets, APM5950H-L series cabinets, IBC10, APM30H series
cabinets, TMC11H series cabinets, battery cabinets, OMB series cabinets,
MRE1000, and IMB03) and racks (such as IFS06 and INS12).
Cabinets and Racks

With the improvement in designing cabinets, Huawei has many types of cabinets
and racks applicable to a DBS3900. These cabinets meet the requirements of
power distribution, module configuration, and space for customer equipment. The
following table describes the cabinets and racks used by a DBS3900 configured
with a BBU3900 or BBU3910.

Table 1-89 Cabinets and racks used by a DBS3900 configured with a BBU3900 or
BBU3910
Cabinet Cabinet/ Cabinet/Rack Cabinet/Rack Cabinet/Rack
/Rack Rack Name Description Configuration Exterior
Type
APM59 ● APM595 ● In AC For details, see For details, see

50H 0H scenarios, an Configurations of APM5950H/
series (Ver.A), APM5950H the APM5950H APM5900H.
cabinets which is (Ver.A) and APM5900H.
shortene supplies
d to power to the
APM595 BBUs, RRUs,
0H and other
● APM590 components,
0H as well as
(Ver.A), other
which is cabinets.
shortene ● In DC
d to scenarios, an
APM590 APM5900H
0H (Ver.A) can
be used as a
power
cabinet to
supply
power to the
BBUs or
RRUs.
Alternatively,
this cabinet
can be used
as a
transmission
cabinet to
provide
space for
transmission
equipment.


Type

50H-L 0H-L scenarios, an Configurations of Figure 1-343.
series (Ver.A), APM5950H- the APM5950H-L
cabinets which is L (Ver.A) and APM5900H-L.
shortene supplies
d to power to the
APM595 BBUs, RRUs,
0H-L and other
0H-L as well as
(Ver.A), other
which is cabinets.
shortene ● In DC
d to scenarios, an
APM590 APM5900H-
0H-L L (Ver.A) can
be used as a
power
cabinet to
supply
power to the
BBUs or
RRUs.
Alternatively,
this cabinet
can be used
as a
transmission
cabinet to
provide
space for
transmission
equipment.


Type

30 0(AC) scenarios, an Components in APM5930.
cabinets (Ver.A), APM5930(A APM5930s.
which is C) (Ver.A)
shortene supplies
d to power to the
APM593 BBUs, RRUs,
0(AC) and other
0(DC) as well as
(Ver.A), other
which is cabinets.
shortene ● In DC
d to scenarios, an
APM593 APM5930(D
0(DC) C) (Ver.A)
can be used
as a power
cabinet to
supply
power to the
BBUs or
RRUs.
Alternatively,
this cabinet
can be used
as a
transmission
cabinet to
provide
space for
transmission
equipment.
APM30 ● APM30H The APM30H ● For details, see For details, see
Ha (Ver.C) provides power Components in Figure 1-136.
series ● APM30H for components APM30Hs.
cabinets (Ver.D) in it and to
other cabinets
● APM30H in AC scenarios.
(Ver.E)


Type
TMC11 ● TMC11H The TMC11H ● For details, see For details, see
Hb (Ver.C) can serve as a Components in Figure 1-136.
series ● TMC11H power cabinet TMC11Hs.
cabinets (Ver.D) in DC scenarios
or as a
● TMC11H transmission
(Ver.E) cabinet based
on the
transmission
space
requirement.


Type
IBBSc ● IBBS700 The IBBS is a ● For details, see ● For details,

series D and battery cabinet Components in see Figure
cabinets IBBS700T that provides an IBBS700D 1-146.
● IBBS200 backup power and ● For details,
D (Ver.C) for a site. Components in see Figure
and an IBBS700T. 1-147.
IBBS200T ● For details, see ● For details,
(Ver.C) Components in see Figure
● IBBS200 IBBS200Ds and 1-148.
D (Ver.D) Components in
IBBS200Ts. ● For details,
and see Figure
IBBS200T ● For details, see 1-149.
(Ver.D) Components in
IBBS200Ds and ● For details,
● IBBS200 see Figure
D (Ver.E) Components in
IBBS200Ts. 1-150.
and
(Ver.E) Components in
● IBBS300 IBBS200Ds and
D (Ver.A) Components in
and IBBS200Ts.
(Ver.A) Components in
● IBBS20L( IBBS200Ds and
10) Components in
IBBS200Ts.
Components in
IBBS300Ds and
Components in
IBBS300Ts.
Components in
an IBBS20D.
IBBS20L
Hardware
Description.


Type
OMBd ● OMB The OMB series For details, see For details, see
series (Ver.C) cabinets are Components in Figure 1-152.
cabinets mini power OMBs (Ver.C).
cabinets used in
outdoor
distributed base
stations to
provide AC or
DC power.
IMBe ● IMB03 The IMB series For details, see For details, see
series ● IMB05 subracks are Components in Figure 1-153.
cabinets mini subracks IMB03s and
used in an Components in an
indoor IMB05.
distributed base
station to
provide AC or
DC power.


Type
IFS06f IFS06 ● An IFS06 is ● For components For details, see

an indoor of an IFS06, see Figure 1-153.
floor- Components of
mounted an IFS06.
rack for ● For details
installing about
RRUs components
indoors in a and
centralized configurations
manner. of an ICR, see
● The the following
combination path: 3900 &
of an IMB03 5900 Series
and an Base Station
IFS06, which Product
is called Documentatio
indoor n (Hardware
centralized Installation) >
rack (ICR), Installation
can support and
the Commissioning
centralized > Base Station
installation Installation
of a Guide >
distributed DBS3900 &
base station. DBS5900
Installation
Guide > IFS06
Installation
Guide.
19-inch ● INS12g The INS12 is an For details, see For details, see
rack ● 19-inch indoor Components of an Figure 1-153.
rack medium- INS12.
provided capacity rack
by an that provides
operator 12 U space for
19-inch
equipment.
IBC10h IBC10 An IBC10 For details, see For details, see

provides power Components in an Figure 1-154.
for components IBC10.
in it and to
other cabinets
in DC scenarios.


Type
MRE100 MRE1000 An MRE1000 For details, see For details, see

0i supplies power Components in an Figure 1-154.
to Book RRUs MRE1000 Cabinet.
and AAU5940s
when being
used in AC
power supply
scenarios such
as streets and
residential
areas.
ILC29j ILC29 An ILC29 is an For details, see For details, see

(Ver.E) indoor cabinet Components in an Figure 1-156.
used in an ILC29.
indoor
distributed base
station. The
cabinet of this
type can be
supplied with
DC power and
provides DC
power for the
BBU, fan
assembly, RRU,
and other
modules.


Type
BBC ● BBC5200 The BBC series For details, see: ● For details,
series D cabinets are ● Components in see Exterior
cabinets ● BBC5200 battery cabinets a BBC5200D of a
T and are used BBC5200D.
together with ● Components in
● BBC5300 a BBC5200T ● For details,
APM5950H-L/ see Exterior
D APM5950H/ ● Components in of a
● BBC5300 APM5930/ a BBC5300D BBC5200T.
T APM30H series ● Components in
cabinets to ● For details,
● BBC5200 a BBC5300T see Exterior
D-L supply backup
power for sites. ● Components in of a
● BBC5600 a BBC5200D-L BBC5300D.
D ● Components in ● For details,
● BBC5600 a BBC5600D see Exterior
D-V ● Components in of a
● BBC5600 a BBC5600D-V BBC5300T.
A ● Configurations ● For details,
● BBC5600 of a BBC5600A see
A-V BBC5200D/
● Configurations BBC5200T/
of a BBC5600A- BBC5200D-
V L.
● For details,
see
BBC5200D/
BBC5200T/
BBC5200D-
L.
● For details,
see
BBC5600D/
BBC5600D-
V.
● For details,
see
BBC5600A/
BBC5600A-
V.


Type

c. IBBS200T/IBBS300T/IBBS700T: integrated backup battery system with TEC;
IBBS200D/IBBS300D/IBBS700D: integrated backup battery system with direct
ventilation
d. OMB: outdoor mini box
e. IMB: indoor mini box
f. IFS06: indoor floor installation support 06
g. INS12: indoor normal support 12
h. IBC10: indoor BBU cabinet 10
i. MRE1000: multifunctional radio enclosure
j. ILC29: indoor large cabinet
The following table describes the devices used by a DBS3900 configured with a
BBU3910A.
Table 1-90 Devices used by a DBS3900 configured with a BBU3910A
Device Device Name Device Device Description

Type Introduction
Battery IBBS20Da (Ver.A) It is a direct- For details, see IBBS20D

cabinet (shortened to ventilation battery Hardware Description.
IBBS20D in this cabinet, which
section) provides backup
power.
Power ● IBBS20Lb They are ● For details on an

backup ● IBBS20L-E integrated power IBBS20L, see IBBS20L
module backup modules Hardware Description.
using lithium ● For details on an
batteries, which IBBS20L-E, see IBBS20L-E
provide backup Hardware Description.
power.
Power ● OPM15M They are outdoor ● For details on an

module ● OPM50M power modules, OPM15M, see OPM15M
which convert User Guide.
● OPM30M external input ● For details on an
power into -48 V OPM50M, see OPM50M
DC power and User Guide.
distribute the
power to BBUs ● For details on an
and RRUs. OPM30M, see OPM30M
User Guide.

Device Device Name Device Device Description

Type Introduction
a. IBBS20D: integrated backup battery system with direct ventilation

b. IBBS20L: integrated backup battery system with Li
APM30H/TMC11H
The following figure shows the exteriors of APM30H and TMC11H series cabinets.
Figure 1-136 Exteriors of APM30Hs and TMC11Hs
APM5950H/APM5900H
The following figure shows the exterior of an APM5950H or an APM5900H.

Figure 1-137 Exterior of an APM5950H/APM5900H
APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L
The following figure shows the exterior of an APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L.

Figure 1-138 Exterior of an APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L
APM5930
The following figure shows the exterior of an APM5930(AC) or an APM5930(DC).

Figure 1-139 Exterior of an APM5930
BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V
The following figure shows the exterior of a BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V.
Figure 1-140 Exterior of a BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V

BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V
Figure 1-141 Exterior of a BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V
BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5200D-L
The following figures show the exteriors of a BBC5200D/BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T.
Figure 1-142 Exterior of a BBC5200D/BBC5200D-L

Figure 1-143 Exterior of a BBC5200T
BBC5300D/BBC5300T
The following figures show the exteriors of a BBC5300D and a BBC5300T.
Figure 1-144 Exterior of a BBC5300D

IBBS700D/IBBS700T
The following figure shows the exteriors of an IBBS700D and an IBBS700T.

IBBS200D/IBBS200T
The following figure shows the exteriors of IBBS200Ds and IBBS200Ts.
Figure 1-147 Exteriors of IBBS200Ds and IBBS200Ts
IBBS300D/IBBS300T

IBBS20D
The following figure shows the exterior of an IBBS20D.
Figure 1-149 Exterior of an IBBS20D
IBBS20L/IBBS20L-E
The following figures show the exteriors of an IBBS20L and an IBBS20L-E.

Figure 1-150 Exterior of an IBBS20L
Figure 1-151 Exterior of an IBBS20L-E
OMB (Ver.C)
The following figure shows the exterior of an OMB (Ver.C).

Figure 1-152 Exterior of an OMB (Ver.C)
IMB05/IMB03/IFS06/INS12
The following figure shows the exteriors of an IMB03, an IMB05, an IFS06, and an
INS12.
Figure 1-153 Exteriors of an IMB03, an IMB05, an IFS06, and an INS12

IBC10
The following figure shows the exterior of an IBC10.
Figure 1-154 Exterior of an IBC10
MRE1000
The following figure shows the exterior of an MRE1000.

Figure 1-155 Exterior of an MRE1000
ILC29 (Ver.E)
The following figure shows the exterior of an ILC29 (Ver.E).

Figure 1-156 Exterior of an ILC29 (Ver.E)
1.2.5.2 Application Scenarios of a DBS3900 Configured with the BBU3900 or

BBU3910
This section describes the application scenarios of a DBS3900 configured with
different cabinets and a BBU3900 or BBU3910, including the outdoor AC scenario,
outdoor DC scenario, indoor AC scenario, and indoor DC scenario.
1.2.5.2.1 Outdoor AC Scenarios

This section describes the scenarios where the DBS3900 is installed outdoors and
supplied with AC power.
The following table describes the scenarios where BBUs are installed outdoors and
the DBS3900 is supplied with AC power.

Table 1-91 BBU installation scenarios

BBU Installation Scenario Description Remarks
Scenario
APM5950H/APM5900H BBU 0 is installed in an BBU Installed in an

APM5950H, BBU 1 is APM5950H/APM5900H
installed in an
APM5950H or
APM5900H, and RRUs
are installed remotely.
The APM5950H supplies
power to the BBUs and
RRUs.
APM5950H-L/ BBU 0 is installed in an BBU Installed in an

APM5900H-L APM5950H-L, BBU 1 is APM5950H-L/
installed in an APM5900H-L
APM5950H-L or
APM5900H-L, and RRUs
The APM5950H-L
supplies power to the
BBUs and RRUs.
APM5930(AC)/ BBU 0 is installed in an BBU Installed in an

APM5930(DC) APM5930(AC), BBU 1 is APM5930(AC)/
installed in an APM5930(DC)
APM5930(AC) or
APM5930(DC), and RRUs
The APM5930(AC)
BBUs and RRUs.
APM30H (Ver.E)/ BBU 0 is installed in an BBU Installed in an

TMC11H (Ver.E) APM30H (Ver.E), BBU 1 APM30H (Ver.E)/
is installed in an TMC11H (Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.E) or
TMC11H (Ver.E), and
RRUs are installed
remotely. The APM30H
(Ver.E) or TMC11H
(Ver.E) supplies power to
the BBUs, and the
APM30H (Ver.E) supplies
power to the RRUs.

BBU Installation Scenario Description Remarks

Scenario
APM30H (Ver.D)/ BBU 0 is installed in an BBU Installed in an

TMC11H (Ver.D) APM30H (Ver.D), BBU 1 APM30H (Ver.D)/
is installed in an TMC11H (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D) or
TMC11H (Ver.D), and
RRUs are installed
(Ver.D) or TMC11H
(Ver.D) supplies power to
the BBUs, and the
APM30H (Ver.D) supplies
power to the RRUs.
APM30H (Ver.C) The BBU is installed in BBU Installed in an

an APM30H (Ver.C), and APM30H (Ver.C)
RRUs are installed
(Ver.C) supplies power to
the BBU and RRUs.
TP48600A The BBU is installed in a BBU Installed in a

TP48600A, and RRUs are TP48600A
installed remotely. The
TP48600A supplies
power to the BBU and
RRUs.
OMB (Ver.C) The BBU is installed in BBU Installed in an

an OMB (Ver.C) and OMB (Ver.C)
RRUs are installed
remotely. The OMB
the BBU and RRUs.
MRE1000 When a BBU is installed BBU Installed in an

in an MRE1000 or MRE1000
multiple BBUs are
installed indoors in a
centralized manner, the
AAU5940s or Book RRUs
are installed remotely
and the MRE1000
provides power for the
BBU and Book RRUs or
AAU5940s.
Cabinet Configuration Principles for a DBS3900

The general configuration principles for a DBS3900 are as follows:

● A DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.E) supports a maximum of 21

RRUs. A DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.D) supports a maximum
of 15 RRUs. A DBS3900 configured with Ver.D and Ver.E cabinets supports a
maximum of 15 RRUs. A DBS3900 configured with an OMB (Ver.C) supports a
maximum of 6 RRUs. A DBS3900 configured with other cabinets supports a
maximum of 12 RRUs.
● In initial deployment scenarios, the auxiliary cabinet such as the battery
cabinet or transmission cabinet, if required, is positioned on the left side of
the cabinet housing main equipment. In capacity expansion scenarios, unless
otherwise specified, the original cabinets remain in the original positions and
new cabinets are added to the right side of the original cabinets. In special
scenarios, new cabinets can be added to the left side of the original cabinets.
The configuration principles for a DBS3900 using an APM30H series cabinet
are as follows:
● An APM30H can be installed side by side with only one TMC11H or stacked
on a maximum of two IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts. (An
IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T can be stacked on another cabinet
of the same type.)
● An APM30H/TMC11H can be installed on the ground or stacked on an
IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T.
● An APM30H (Ver.D) can be installed side by side with only one IBBS700D/
IBBS700T.
● If both a battery cabinet and a transmission cabinet are configured, the
battery cabinet is preferentially positioned on the left side of the cabinet
housing main equipment, and the transmission cabinet is stacked on the
battery cabinet or positioned on the left side of the battery cabinet.
The configuration principles for a DBS3900 using a TP48600A are as follows:
● A TP48600A can be installed together with a TMC11H (Ver.D)/TMC11H
(Ver.E) side by side.
● A TP48600A can be installed together with an IBB300D/IBBS300T/IBBS700D/
IBBS700T side by side.
Restrictions on the cabinet configurations in a base station (Ver.D+Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.D).
NOTE
For details about the configuration principles of a DBS3900 base station using APM5950H/
APM5950H-L/APM5930 series cabinets, see Combination Principles of APM5950H Series
Cabinets/Combination Principles of APM5950H-L Series Cabinets/Combination
Principles of APM5930 Series Cabinets.

Configuration Principles of BBUs in Applicable Cabinets

● When a DBS3900 is configured with an APM or TMC series cabinet and a
TP48600A, the DBS3900 can be a single-, dual-, triple-, or quadruple-mode
base station. When a DBS3900 is configured with an OMB series cabinet, the
DBS3900 can be only a single- or dual-mode base station.
● When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with only one BBU,
the BBU is installed in the basic cabinet.
● When a triple- or quadruple-mode base station is configured with one BBU,
● When a triple- or quadruple-mode base station is configured with two BBUs:
– If two BBUs are configured during initial deployment, both the BBUs are
installed in an APM30H/APM5930(AC)/APM5950H/APM5950H-L, and
transmission equipment is installed in a TMC11H/APM5930(DC)/
APM5900H/APM5900H-L.
– If there is space for a second BBU in the APM30H/APM5930(AC)/
APM5950H/APM5950H-L during capacity expansion, the BBU is
preferentially installed in the APM30H/APM5930(AC)/APM5950H/
APM5950H-L. Otherwise, the BBU is installed in a TMC11H/
APM5930(DC)/APM5900H/APM5900H-L.
BBU Installed in an APM5950H/APM5900H

An APM5950H that is installed side by side with or stacked with BBC series
cabinets can supply power to a maximum of 27 RRUs. The following table
describes the mapping between the number of RRUs and power equipment.
Table 1-92 RRU power distribution scheme
Number of RRUs Power Equipment Remarks
First to sixth RRUs LOAD12 to LOAD17 -

(power consumption per ports on the
RRU ≤ 800 W) EPU07A-01/02
Seventh to twenty- 4 PDU06D-01 modulesa One PDU06D-01 can

seventh RRUs (power supply power to 6 RRUs.
consumption per RRU ≤
800 W)
Seventh to twenty- ● 2 PDU06D-01 ● One PDU06D-01 can

seventh RRUs modules: 12 RRUs supply power to 6
● 12 RRUs (power (power consumption RRUs.
consumption per RRU per RRU ≤ 800 W) ● One PDU03D-03 can
≤ 800 W) ● 3 PDU03D-03 supply power to 3
● 9 RRUs (800 W < modulesa: 9 RRUs RRUs.
power consumption (800 W < power
per RRU ≤ 1400 W) consumption per RRU
≤ 1400 W)
a: The PDU06D-01/PDU03D-03 is configured in the EPU07A-01/02.

The following table lists the cabinet configurations given different backup power
requirements, requirements on space for customer equipment, and carrier
configurations.
Power Backu Space for Carrier Cabinet Combination

Supply p Customer Configurat
Power Equipment ion
Requir
ement
110 V No Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H

AC or backup 7U
220 V power Two BBUs: ≤
AC 4U
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H+1 APM5900H

21 U
Two BBUs: ≤
18 U
APM59 Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H+1 BBC5600D/

50Hs 7U BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/
and Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5600A-V/BBC5200D/
BBC 4U BBC5200T/BBC5300D/
series BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/
cabinet IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
s IBBS300D/IBBS300Ta
initially
configu Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H+1 APM5900H+1
red on 21 U BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
a 1:1 Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/
ratio 18 U BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
BBC5200D-L/IBBS200D/
IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T
APM59 Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H+2 BBC5600Ds/

50Hs 7U BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/
and Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5600A-Vs/BBC5200Ds/
BBC 4U BBC5200Ts/BBC5300Ds/
series BBC5300Ts/BBC5200D-Ls/
cabinet IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
s IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
initially
red on 21 U BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/
a 1:2 Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs/
ratio 18 U BBC5200Ds/BBC5200Ts/
BBC5300Ds/BBC5300Ts/
BBC5200D-Ls/IBBS200Ds/
IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/
IBBS300Ts


Power Equipment ion
Requir
ement
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H+1 BBC5600D-V/

7U BBC5600A-V+1 BBC5600Db/
Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5600A
4U
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H+1 APM5900H+1

21 U BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A-V/
Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
18 U BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
IBBS300D/IBBS300T+1
BBC5600D/BBC5600A/
BBC5200D-L
a: When the APM5950H series cabinets are used with the BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T, the carrier
configuration capability depends on the circuit breaker capability of the old
battery cabinet. When the APM5950H series cabinets are used with the
BBC5200D-L, the carrier configuration capability depends on the backup power
capability of the old battery cabinet.
b: In lead-acid and lithium mixed configuration scenarios, it is recommended
that the discharge power of the lithium batteries be greater than the total
power of the entire base station. This prevents the lithium battery protection
due to insufficient power supply capacity of lead-acid batteries in the later
period of the discharge which causes the entire base station to be powered off.
When backup power is not required in a base station, the cabinet configurations
given different requirements on space for customer equipment and carrier

Figure 1-157 Cabinet configurations when backup power is not required

When backup power is required in a base station and APM5950Hs and

BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs/BBC5200Ds/BBC5200Ts/
BBC5300Ds/BBC5300Ts/BBC5200D-Ls/IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
are initially configured on a 1:1 ratio, the cabinet configurations given different
requirements on space for customer equipment and carrier configurations are
shown in the following figures. These figures use the BBC5600D as an example.

Figure 1-158 Configurations of cabinets when APM5950Hs and BBC/IBBS series

cabinets are initially configured on a 1:1 ratio



shown in the following figures. These figures use the single-or dual-mode base
station and BBC5600D as an example.
NOTE
Lead-acid and lithium mixed configuration of 1 BBC5600D/BBC5600A and 1 BBC5600D-V/

BBC5600A-V/BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/
IBBS300T or 1 BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A-V and 1 BBC5200D-L can be used to provide backup
power for the APM5950H.

Figure 1-159 APM5950Hs and BBC/IBBS series cabinets initially configured on a

1:2 ratio


BBU Installed in an APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L

An APM5950H-L that is installed side by side with or stacked with BBC series
First to sixth RRUs LOAD8 to LOAD13 ports -

(power consumption per on the EPU04A-01/02
RRU ≤ 800 W)
Seventh to fifteenth 2 PDU06D-01 modulesa One PDU06D-01 can

RRUs (power supply power to 6 RRUs.
800 W)

RRUs (800 W < power supply power to 3 RRUs.
1400 W)
configurations.
Power Backu Space for Carrier Cabinet Configuration

Supply p Customer Configuratio
Power Equipment n
Requir
ement
110 V No Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM5950H-L

AC or backup 7U
220 V power
AC Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM5950H-L+1
21 U APM5900H-L
APM59 Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM5950H-L+1

50H-Ls 7U BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
and BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/
BBC BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
series BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
cabinet BBC5200D-L/IBBS200D/
s IBBS200T/IBBS300D/
initially IBBS300T
configu


Power Equipment n
Requir
ement
red on Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM5950H-L+1

a 1:1 21 U APM5900H-L+1 BBC5600D/
ratio BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/
BBC5600A-V/BBC5200D/
BBC5200T/BBC5300D/
BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/
IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
IBBS300D/IBBS300T

50H-Ls 7U BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/
and BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs/
BBC BBC5200Ds/BBC5200Ts/
series BBC5300Ds/BBC5300Ts/
cabinet BBC5200D-Ls/IBBS200Ds/
s IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/
initially IBBS300Ts
configu
a 1:2 21 U APM5900H-L+2
ratio BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/
BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs/
IBBS300Ts
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM5950H-L+1

7U BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A-V+1
BBC5600D/BBC5600Aa

21 U APM5900H-L+1 BBC5600D-
V/BBC5600A-V/BBC5200D/
BBC5200T/BBC5300D/
BBC5300T/IBBS200D/
IBBS200T/IBBS300D/
IBBS300T+1 BBC5600D/
BBC5600A/BBC5200D-L
a: In lead-acid and lithium mixed configuration scenarios, it is recommended



When backup power is required in a base station and APM5950H-Ls and

shown in the following figures. These figures use the BBC5600A as an example.

Figure 1-162 Configurations of cabinets when APM5950H-Ls and BBC/IBBS series





station and BBC5600A as an example.
NOTE

power for the APM5950H-L.

Figure 1-164 APM5950H-Ls and BBC/IBBS series cabinets initially configured on a

1:2 ratio


1:2 ratio

BBU Installed in an APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC)

An APM5930(AC) that is installed side by side with or stacked with BBC series

RRU ≤ 800 W) EPU05A-11/12
Seventh to twenty-first 3 PDU06D-01 modules One PDU06D-01 can

800 W)
Seventh to twenty-first ● 2 PDU06D-01 ● One PDU06D-01 can

RRUs modules: 9 RRUs supply power to 6
consumption per RRU per RRU ≤ 800 W) ● One EPU02D-02/
≤ 800 W) ● 2 EPU02D-02/ DCDU16D/
● 6 RRUs (800 W < DCDU16D/ PDU03D-03/
power consumption PDU03D-03/ BDU70-03 can supply
per RRU ≤ 1400 W) BDU70-03 modules/3 power to 3 RRUs. One
SDU60-02 modulesa: SDU60-02 can supply
6 RRUs (800 W < power to 2 RRUs. The
power consumption EPU02D-02 is used as
per RRU ≤ 1400 W) an example in figures.
a: The BDU70-03 and SDU60-02 are configured in the EPU05A subrack.
configurations.

Power Equipment n
Requir
ement
110 V No Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM5930(AC)

AC or backup 5U
AC 3U


Power Equipment n
Requir
ement
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM5930(AC)+1

16 U APM5930(DC)
Two BBUs: ≤
14 U
APM59 Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM5930(AC)+1

30(AC) 5U BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
cabinet Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
s and 3U BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/
BBC BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/
series BBC5600A-V
cabinet
s Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM5930(AC)+1
initially 16 U APM5930(DC)+1
configu Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
red on 14 U BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
a 1:1 BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/
BBC5600A-V

30(AC) 5U BBC5200Ds/BBC5200Ts/
cabinet Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5300Ds/BBC5300Ts/
s and 3U BBC5200D-Ls/BBC5600Ds/
BBC BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/
series BBC5600A-Vs
cabinet
configu Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5200Ds/BBC5200Ts/
red on 14 U BBC5300Ds/BBC5300Ts/
a 1:2 BBC5200D-Ls/BBC5600Ds/
ratio BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/
BBC5600A-Vs

5U BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
BBC5200D-L/BBC5600Da/
BBC5600A


Power Equipment n
Requir
ement

16 U APM5930(DC)+1
14 U BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A-V+1
BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/
BBC5600A

configurations are shown in the following figures.


When backup power is required in a base station and APM5930(AC) cabinets and
BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs cabinets are initially configured on a 1:1 ratio, the
cabinet configurations given different requirements on space for customer
equipment and carrier configurations are shown in the following figures.

Figure 1-167 Configurations of cabinets when APM5930(AC) cabinets and BBC

series cabinets are initially configured on a 1:1 ratio

BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V cabinets are initially configured on a 1:2 ratio, the cabinet
configurations given different requirements on space for customer equipment and

carrier configurations are shown in the following figures. These figures use a
single- or dual-mode base station as an example.
NOTE
● Lead-acid and lithium mixed configuration 1 BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/

BBC5300T and 1 BBC5200D-L is supported to provide backup power for the
APM5930(AC) cabinet.

Figure 1-168 APM5930(AC) cabinets and BBC series cabinets initially configured
on a 1:2 ratio


BBU Installed in an APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E)

An APM30H (Ver.E) that is installed side by side with or stacked with a Ver.E
cabinet can supply power to a maximum of 21 RRUs. The following table describes
the mapping between the number of RRUs and power equipment.

First to sixth LOAD9 to LOAD14 ports -

RRUs on the EPU05A-07/09
Seventh to 3 PDU03D-02 modules One PDU03D-02 can supply

fifteenth RRUs power to three RRUs.
Sixteenth to 1 PDU01D-01+1 ODM One PDU01D-01 and one ODM

twenty-first RRUs can be used together to supply
power to six RRUs.
NOTE
For details about BBU installation in a single-, dual-, triple-, or quadruple-mode base
station, see Configuration Principles of BBUs in Applicable Cabinets. The following
figures use a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.
The APM30H (Ver.E) can be used with Ver.D cabinets to power a maximum of 15
RRUs. For details about cabinet configurations, see BBU Installed in an APM30H
(Ver.D)/TMC11H (Ver.D).

When backup power is required in a base station and APM30Hs and IBBS200Ds/
IBBS200Ts/BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs are initially
configured on a 1:1 ratio, the cabinet configurations given different requirements
following figure.

Figure 1-170 Cabinet configurations when backup power is required and

APM30Hs and IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/
BBC5600A-Vs are initially configured on a 1:1 ratio
IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts/BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/
BBC5600A-Vs are initially configured on a 1:2 ratio, the cabinet configurations
configurations are shown in the following figure. This figure uses the single- or
dual-mode base station as an example.


APM30Hs and IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts/BBC5600Ds/
BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs are initially configured on a 1:2 ratio
The following table lists the cabinet configurations of a base station given
different backup power requirements, requirements on space for customer
equipment, and carrier configurations.


Supply Power Custome Configur
Require r ation
ment Equipme
nt
110 V AC No Single ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM30H + 1 ODM

or 220 V backup BBU: ≤ 5
AC power U
Two
BBUs: ≤ 3
U
Single ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM30H + 1 TMC11H + 1

BBU: ≤ 6 ODM
U
Two
BBUs: ≤ 4
U
APM30Hs Single ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM30H + 1 IBBS200D/

and BBU: ≤ 5 IBBS200T/IBBS300D/
IBBS200D U IBBS300T/BBC5600D/
s/ Two BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/
IBBS200T BBUs: ≤ 3 BBC5600A-V + 1 ODM
s initially U
configure
d on a Single ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM30H + 1 TMC11H + 1
1:1 ratio BBU: ≤ 6 IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
U BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
Two BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V + 1
BBUs: ≤ 4 ODM
U

IBBS200T BBUs: ≤ 3 BBC5600A-V + 1 ODM
s/ U
IBBS300D
s/ Single ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM30H + 1 TMC11H + 2
IBBS300T BBU: ≤ 16 IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
s initially U IBBS300D/IBBS300T/
configure Two BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
d on a BBUs: ≤ BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V + 1
1:2 ratio 14 U ODM

BBU Installed in an APM30H (Ver.D)/TMC11H (Ver.D)

NOTE
APM30H (Ver.D) is shortened to APM30H, and TMC11H (Ver.D) is shortened to TMC11H.
Single- or dual-mode base station
An APM30H can supply power to a maximum of 15 RRUs. When a base station is

configured with 7 to 12 RRUs, another DCDU-12B must be added to the APM30H.
When a base station is configured with 13 to 15 RRUs, an ODM and an OFD must
be configured.
When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with only one BBU, the
BBU is installed in the APM30H.
When backup power is not required, the cabinet application scenarios of a single-
or dual-mode base station given different spaces for customer equipment and
carrier configurations are shown in the following figure.

following figure. This figure uses the single- or dual-mode base station as an
example.


backup power is required and APM30Hs and IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/BBC5600Ds/
BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs are initially configured on a 1:1 ratio


backup power is required and APM30Hs and IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/
configured on a 1:2 ratio
IBBS700Ts are initially configured on a 1:1 ratio, the cabinet configurations given


backup power is required and APM30Hs and IBBS700Ds/IBBS700Ts are initially
station given different backup power requirements, requirements on space for
Power Backup Space Carrier Cabinet Configuration

Supply Power for Configur
Require Custom ation
ment er
Equipm
ent
110 V AC or No ≤5U ≤ 6 RRUs 1 APM30H

220 V AC backup
power ≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RRUs 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H
≤4U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 APM30H (with one DCDU)


ment er
Equipm
ent
≤ 15 U ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM30H (with one DCDU)

+1 ODM+1 OFD

+1 TMC11H

+1 TMC11H+1 ODM+1 OFD
APM30H ≤5U ≤ 6 RRUs 1 APM30H + 1 IBBS200D/

s and IBBS200T/BBC5600D/
IBBS200 BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/
Ds/ BBC5600A-V
IBBS200
Ts ≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RRUs 1 APM30H + 1 TMC11H + 1
initially IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
configur BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
ed on a BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V
1:1 ratio ≤4U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 APM30H (with one DCDU)
+ 1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V
≤4U ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM30H (with one DCDU)

+ 1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V + 1
ODM + 1 OFD

+ 1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200D/
IBBS200T/BBC5600D/
BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/
BBC5600A-V

+ 1 TMC11H + 1 IBBS200D/
IBBS200T/BBC5600D/
BBC5600A-V + 1 ODM + 1
OFD


ment er
Equipm
ent
● APM ≤5U ≤ 6 RRUs ● 1 APM30H + 2 IBBS200D/

30Hs IBBS200T/IBBS300D/
and IBBS300T/BBC5600D/
IBBS2 BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/
00Ds/ BBC5600A-V
IBBS2 ● 1 APM30H + 1 IBBS700D/
00Ts/ IBBS700T
IBBS3
00Ds/ ≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RRUs ● 1 APM30H + 1 TMC11H
IBBS3 + 2 IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
00Ts IBBS300D/IBBS300T/
initial BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
ly BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V
confi ● 1 APM30H + 1 TMC11H
gured + 1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T
on a
1:2 ≤4U ≤ 12 RRUs ● 1 APM30H (with one
ratio DCDU) + 2 IBBS200Ds/
● APM IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/
30Hs IBBS300Ts/BBC5600Ds/
and BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/
IBBS7 BBC5600A-Vs
00Ds/ ● 1 APM30H (with one
IBBS7 DCDU) + 1 IBBS700D/
00Ts IBBS700T
initial
ly ≤4U ≤ 15 RRUs ● 1 APM30H (with one
confi DCDU) + 2 IBBS200Ds/
gured IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/
on a IBBS300Ts/BBC5600Ds/
1:1 BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/
ratio BBC5600A-Vs + 1 ODM+1
OFD
● 1 APM30H (with one
DCDU) + 1 IBBS700D/
IBBS700T + 1 ODM + 1
OFD


ment er
Equipm
ent
≤ 15 U ≤ 12 RRUs ● 1 APM30H (with one

DCDU) + 1 TMC11H+2
IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/
BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs
DCDU) + 1 TMC11H + 1
IBBS700D/IBBS700T
≤ 15 U ≤ 15 RRUs ● 1 APM30H (with one

BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/
BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs
+ 1 ODM + 1 OFD\
IBBS700D/IBBS700T + 1
ODM + 1 OFD
NOTE
When APM30Hs and IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/

BBC5600A-Vs are initially configured on a 1:1 ratio and more than six RRUs are configured,
ensure that two or more 100 Ah battery packs are configured in each IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V to avoid overcurrent of a single battery
pack.
Triple- or quadruple-mode base station

When two BBUs are configured for a triple- or quadruple-mode base station, the
BBUs are installed as follows:
TMC11H.
● If there is space for a second BBU in the APM30H during capacity expansion,
the BBU is installed in the APM30H. Otherwise, the BBU is installed in a
TMC11H.
When one BBU is configured for a triple- or quadruple-mode base station, the
given different requirements on space for customer equipment are shown in the

following figure. This figure uses the triple- or quadruple-mode base station as an
example. In the following figure, illustrations a and b show the scenarios of new
site deployment and illustration c shows a capacity expansion scenario.

different requirements on space for customer equipment are shown in the


when backup power is required and APM30Hs and IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts are
initially configured on a 1:1 ratio


when backup power is required and APM30Hs and IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts/BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs are
on space for customer equipment are shown in the following figure. This figure
uses the triple- or quadruple-mode base station as an example.


when backup power is required and APM30Hs and IBBS700Ds/IBBS700Ts/
BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs are initially configured on a
1:1 ratio

base station given different backup power requirements, requirements on space
for customer equipment, and carrier configurations.

Require r ation
ment Equipme
nt
110 V AC No ≤2U ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM30H (with one DCDU)

or 220 V backup +1 ODM+1 OFD
AC power
+1 TMC11H+1 ODM+1 OFD


Require r ation
ment Equipme
nt
APM30Hs ≤2U ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM30H (with one DCDU)

and + 1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
IBBS200D IBBS300D/IBBS300T/
s/ BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
IBBS200T BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V + 1
s initially ODM + 1 OFD
configure
d on a ≤ 13 U ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM30H (with one DCDU)
1:1 ratio + 1 TMC11H + 1 IBBS200D/
IBBS200T/BBC5600D/
BBC5600A-V + 1 ODM + 1
OFD
● APM3 ≤2U ≤ 15 RRUs ● 1 APM30H (with one

0Hs DCDU) + 2 IBBS200Ds/
and IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/
IBBS20 IBBS300Ts/BBC5600Ds/
0Ds/ BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/
IBBS20 BBC5600A-Vs + 1 ODM + 1
0Ts/ OFD
IBBS30 ● 1 APM30H (with one
0Ds/ DCDU) + 1 IBBS700D/
IBBS30 IBBS700T + 1 ODM + 1
0Ts OFD
initiall
y ≤ 13 U ≤ 15 RRUs ● 1 APM30H (with one
config DCDU) + 1 TMC11H + 2
ured IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
on a IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts/
1:2 BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/
ratio BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs
● APM3 + 1 ODM + 1 OFD
0Hs ● 1 APM30H (with one
and DCDU) + 1 TMC11H + 1
IBBS70 IBBS700D/IBBS700T + 1
0Ds/ ODM + 1 OFD
IBBS70
0Ts
initiall
y
config
ured
on a
1:1
ratio

BBU Installed in an APM30H (Ver.C)

When backup power is not required, the cabinet configurations of a single- or
dual-mode base station given different spaces for customer equipment and carrier





A single DBS3900 can be configured with a maximum of 12 RRUs. An APM30H

can be connected to a maximum of 6 RRUs with 6 groups of RRU power cables,
which contain 12 groups of 2-wire fiber optic cables.
is installed in the APM30H. When 7 to 12 RRUs are configured, two APM30Hs are
required. The BBU is installed in the basic APM30H, which is on the left.


Requir Equipmen on
ement t
110 V AC or No ≤5U ≤ 6 RRUs 1 APM30H

220 V AC backup
power ≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RRUs 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H
≤ 12 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 APM30Hs
≤ 23 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 APM30Hs+1 TMC11H
APM30 ≤5U ≤ 6 RRUs 1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D/

Hs and IBBS200T
IBBS20
0Ds/ ≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RRUs 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1
IBBS20 IBBS200D/IBBS200T
0Ts ≤ 12 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds/
initially IBBS200Ts
configu
red on ≤ 23 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 APM30Hs+1 TMC11H+2
a 1:1 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
ratio
APM30 ≤5U ≤ 6 RRUs 1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds/

Hs and IBBS200Ts
IBBS20
0Ds/ ≤ 16 U ≤ 6 RRUs 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2
IBBS20 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
0Ts ≤ 12 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 APM30Hs+4 IBBS200Ds/
initially IBBS200Ts
configu
red on ≤ 23 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 APM30Hs+1 TMC11H+4
a 1:2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
ratio

The configuration principles for a triple- or quadruple-mode base station are as
follows:
● When two BBUs are configured for a triple- or quadruple-mode base station,
BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left, and BBU 1 is installed in
the extension APM30H on the right.
following figure. This figure uses the triple-mode base station as an example.


example.


example.




Requirem Equipme on
ent nt
110 V AC No ≤ 10 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 APM30Hs

or 220 V backup
AC power ≤ 21 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 APM30Hs+1 TMC11H
APM30Hs ≤ 10 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds/

and IBBS200Ts


Requirem Equipme on
ent nt
IBBS200D ≤ 21 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 APM30Hs+1 TMC11H+2

s/ IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
IBBS200Ts
initially
configure
d on a 1:1
ratio
APM30Hs ≤ 10 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 APM30Hs+4 IBBS200Ds/

and IBBS200Ts
IBBS200D
s/ ≤ 21 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 APM30Hs+1 TMC11H+4
IBBS200Ts IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts
initially
configure
d on a 1:2
ratio
BBU Installed in a TP48600A

A single- or dual-mode base station is configured with one BBU. A TP48600A
provides power to a maximum of 12 RRUs.
When no battery cabinet is configured initially, the cabinet configurations given
example.


no battery cabinet is configured initially
When backup power is required in a base station and TP48600As and IBBS700Ds/
example.


backup power is required and TP48600As and IBBS700Ds/IBBS700Ts are initially
example.


example.



Requirem Equipmen ation
ent t
110 V AC or No battery ≤5U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A

220 V AC cabinet is
configured ≤ 16 U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A+1 TMC11H
initially. (Ver.C)


ent t
TP48600A ≤5U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700T/

s and IBBS700D
IBBS700Ds
/ ≤ 16 U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700T/
IBBS700Ts IBBS700D+1 TMC11H
initially (Ver.C)
configured
on a 1:1
ratio

s and IBBS300D
IBBS300Ds
/ ≤ 16 U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS300T/
initially (Ver.C)
configured
on a 1:1
ratio
TP48600A ≤5U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ts/

s and IBBS300Ds
IBBS300Ds
/ ≤ 16 U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ts/
IBBS300Ts IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H
initially (Ver.C)
configured
on a 1:2
ratio

follows:
● When two BBUs are configured for a triple- or quadruple-mode base station,
BBU 0 is installed in the 2 U space under the DCDU-11C in the equipment
compartment, and BBU 1 is installed in the 2 U space under BBU 0.
When no battery cabinet is configured initially, the cabinet configurations given
example.


with 48 V 300 Ah backup power
example.


when backup power is required and TP48600As and IBBS700Ds/IBBS700Ts are
example.


example.




ent t
110 V AC or No battery ≤5U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A

220 V AC cabinet is
configured ≤ 16 U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A+1 TMC11H
initially. (Ver.C)


ent t

s and IBBS700D
IBBS700Ds
/ ≤ 16 U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700T/
initially (Ver.C)
configured
on a 1:1
ratio

s and IBBS300D
IBBS300Ds
/ ≤ 16 U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS300T/
initially (Ver.C)
configured
on a 1:1
ratio
TP48600A ≤5U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ts/

s and IBBS300Ds
IBBS300Ds
/ ≤ 16 U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ts/
IBBS300Ts IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H
initially (Ver.C)
configured
on a 1:2
ratio
BBU Installed in an OMB (Ver.C)

Each OMB configured in a DBS3900 can supply power to six RRUs. RRUs can be
installed on a pole, wall, angle steel, or U-steel.
The cabinet configurations of a DBS3900 using an OMB (Ver.C) are shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-194 Cabinet configurations of a base station in which the BBU is

installed in an OMB (Ver.C)
If OMBs are configured and backup power is required in a DBS3900, each OMB
can be configured together with one or two IBBS20Ds to supply power to three
RRUs.

installed in an OMB (Ver.C) and backup power is required
BBU Installed in an MRE1000

When the DBS3900 uses an MRE1000 boost voltage direct current (BVDC) cabinet,
each MRE1000 cabinet can be configured with an ODM03H-01 to provide power

for a maximum of 16 book RRUs and the RRUs can be installed on a pole, wall,
angle steel, or U-steel. This configuration scenario is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-196 BBU installed in an MRE1000 BVDC
When a DBS3900 is configured with an MRE1000 225–400 V DC cabinet, each

MRE1000 uses the ODM03H-02 to provide power for a maximum of eight Easy
Macros (AAUs). These AAUs can be installed on a pole, wall, or the top of a pole.
● Star topology: Four ODM03H-02s are configured to provide power for eight
Easy Macros (AAUs), as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-197 MRE1000 225–400 V DC cabinet in star topology
● Chain topology: A single chain can be configured with a maximum of three

ODM03H-02s to provide power for six AAU5940s, as shown in the following
figure on the left. A single site can be configured with two chains, which

support a maximum of eight AAU5940s, as shown in the following figure on

the right.
Figure 1-198 MRE1000 225–400 V DC cabinet in chain topology
● Star+chain topology: A single chain can be configured with a maximum of

three ODM03H-02s and a single site supports a maximum of eight AAU5940s,
as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-199 MRE1000 225–400 V DC cabinet in star+chain topology
1.2.5.2.2 Outdoor DC Scenarios

supplied with DC power.
the DBS3900 is supplied with DC power.


BBU Installation Scenario Description Reference
Position
APM5900H The BBU is installed in BBU Installed in an

an APM5900H and RRUs APM5900H
RRUs.
APM5900H-L The BBU is installed in BBU Installed in an

an APM5900H-L and APM5900H-L
RRUs are installed
remotely. The
APM5900H-L supplies
RRUs.
APM5930(DC) The BBU is installed in BBU Installed in an

an APM5930(DC) and APM5930(DC)
RRUs are installed
remotely. The
APM5930(DC) supplies
RRUs.
TMC11H (Ver.E) The BBU is installed in a BBU Installed in a

TMC11H (Ver.E) and TMC11H (Ver.E)
RRUs are installed
remotely. The TMC11H
the BBU and RRUs.
TMC11H (Ver.D) The BBU is installed in a BBU Installed in a

TMC11H (Ver.D) and TMC11H (Ver.D)
RRUs are installed
(Ver.D) supplies power to
the BBU and RRUs.
TMC11H (Ver.C) The BBU is installed in a BBU Installed in a

TMC11H (Ver.C) and TMC11H (Ver.C)
RRUs are installed
the BBU and RRUs.
OMB (Ver.C) The BBU is installed in BBU Installed in an

an OMB (Ver.C) and OMB (Ver.C)
RRUs are installed
remotely. The OMB
the BBU and RRUs.

NOTE
The following refers to the TMC11H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.C), and TMC11H (Ver.E) as
TMC11H.
Cabinet Configuration Principles for a DBS3900

For details, see Cabinet Configuration Principles for a DBS3900.
BBU Installed in an APM5900H

When -48 V DC power is provided, a single site supplies power to a maximum of
27 RRUs. The following table describes the mapping between the number of RRUs
and power equipment.

First to sixth RRUs DCDU15D (LOAD0 to -

(power LOAD5 ports)
consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
Seventh to twenty- 4 DCDU-12Bs One DCDU-12B can supply power

seventh RRUs to 6 RRUs.
(power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
Seventh to twenty- ● 2 DCDU-12Bs: 12 ● One DCDU-12B can supply

seventh RRUs RRUs (power power to 6 RRUs.
● 12 RRUs (power consumption per ● One DCDU16D-02 can supply
consumption per RRU ≤ 800 W) power to 3 RRUs.
RRU ≤ 800 W) ● 3 DCDU16D-02s: 9
● 9 RRUs (800 W RRUs (800 W <
< power power
consumption per consumption per
RRU ≤ 1400 W) RRU ≤ 1400 W)

27 RRUs and the cabinet configurations are shown in the following figures.

Figure 1-200 Cabinet configurations in the -48 V DC scenario

The following table lists the cabinet configurations of a base station supplied with
-48 V DC power.


Power Space for Carrier Cabinet Configuration
Supply Customer Configuration
Equipment
-48 V DC Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 18 RRUs 1 APM5900H-L (2 DCDU-12Bs

11 U (power +3 DCDU16D-02sa)
Two BBUs: ≤ 8 consumption
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)+9 RRUs
(800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 1400
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5900H-L (4 DCDU-12Bs)

11 U (power
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 18 RRUs 2 APM5900H-Ls (1 DCDU-12B

25 U (power +3 DCDU16D-02s)
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)+9 RRUs
(800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 1400
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 2 APM5900H-Ls (3 DCDU-12Bs)

25 U (power
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)
a: The DCDU-12B and DCDU16D-02 to be added for capacity expansion must be

installed in the space for customer equipment.
BBU Installed in an APM5900H-L




(power LOAD5 ports)
consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
Seventh to 2 DCDU-12Bs One DCDU-12B can supply power

fifteenth RRUs to 6 RRUs.
(power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
Seventh to 3 DCDU16D-02s: 9 One DCDU16D-02 can supply

fifteenth RRUs (800 RRUs (800 W < power to 3 RRUs.
W < power power consumption
consumption per per RRU ≤ 1400 W)
RRU ≤ 1400 W)


Figure 1-201 Cabinet configurations in the -48 V DC scenario (single cabinet)

Figure 1-202 Cabinet configurations in the -48 V DC scenario (two cabinets)
-48 V DC power.


Equipment
-48 V DC Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 6 RRUs 1 APM5900H-L (3

11 U (power DCDU16D-02sa)
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)+9 RRUs
(800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 1400
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM5900H (2 DCDU-12Bs)

11 U (power
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 6 RRUs 2 APM5900Hs (3

25 U (power DCDU16D-02s)
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)+9 RRUs
(800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 1400
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 15 RRUs 2 APM5900Hs (1 DCDU-12B)

25 U (power
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)

BBU Installed in an APM5930(DC)




(power LOAD5 ports)
consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)

first RRUs (power to 6 RRUs.
consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)

first RRUs RRUs (power power to 6 RRUs.
● 9 RRUs (power consumption per ● One EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/
consumption per RRU ≤ 800 W) DCDU16D-02 can supply
RRU ≤ 800 W) ● 2 EPU02D-02s/ power to 3 RRUs.
● 6 RRUs (800 W DCDU16Ds/
< power DCDU16D-02s: 6
consumption per RRUs (800 W <
RRU ≤ 1100 W) power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 1100 W)



-48 V DC power.

Equipment
-48 V DC Single BBU: ≤ 5 ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM5930(DC) cabinet (3

U (power DCDUs+2 EPU02D-02s/
Two BBUs: ≤ 3 consumption DCDU16Ds/DCDU16D-02s)
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)+6 RRUs
(800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 1100
W)


Equipment
Single BBU: ≤ 6 ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM5930(DC) cabinet (4

U (power DCDUs)
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 15 RRUs 2 APM5930(DC) cabinets (3

16 U (power DCDUs+2 EPU02D-02s/
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)+6 RRUs
(800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 1100
W)

17 U (power DCDUs)
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)
BBU Installed in a TMC11H (Ver.E)

When -48 V DC power is provided, the cabinet configurations of a base station are
NOTE
station, see Configuration Principles of BBUs in Applicable Cabinets. The following
figures use a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

-48 V DC power.
Power Supply Space for Carrier Cabinet

Customer Configuratio Configuration
Equipment n
-48 V DC ≤6U ≤ 21 RRUs 1 TMC11H (with two

DCDUs)
≤ 17 U ≤ 21 RRUs 2 TMC11Hs (with

three DCDUs)
BBU Installed in a TMC11H (Ver.D)

BBU is installed in the TMC11H.
When -48 V DC power is provided, the cabinet configurations of a single- or dual-

mode base station with different spaces for customer equipment and carrier


A single DBS3900 can be configured with a maximum of 12 RRUs. A TMC11H can

provide power for a maximum of 12 RRUs with 12 groups of RRU power cables,
configurations are listed in the following table.

Equipment
-48 V DC ≤9U ≤ 6 RRUs 1 TMC11H (with one

DCDU)
≤8U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TMC11H (with two

DCDUs)

When two BBUs are configured for a triple- or quadruple-mode base station, the
BBUs are installed as follows:
● In the initial deployment scenario, two BBUs are configured. The BBUs are
installed in a TMC11H (with a BBU3900 and -48 V DC power input) and
transmission equipment is installed in another TMC11H (only providing
transmission space).
● In the capacity expansion scenario, if there is space for a second BBU in a
TMC11H (with the BBU3900 and -48 V DC power input), the BBU is
preferentially installed in the TMC11H (with the BBU3900 and -48 V DC
power input). Otherwise, it is installed in a TMC11H (only providing
transmission space).
When one BBU is configured for a triple- or quadruple-mode base station, the

When -48 V DC power is provided, the cabinet configurations of a triple- or

quadruple-mode base station are shown in the following figure. In the following
figure, illustrations a and b show the scenarios of new site deployment and
illustration c shows a capacity expansion scenario.


quadruple-mode base station are listed in the following table.

Equipment n
-48 V DC ≤6U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TMC11H (with two

DCDUs)
≤ 17 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 TMC11Hs (with

three DCDUs)
BBU Installed in a TMC11H (Ver.C)

BBU is installed in the TMC11H. When -48 V DC power is provided, the cabinet

configurations of a single- or dual-mode base station with different spaces for


A single DBS3900 can be configured with a maximum of 12 RRUs. A TMC11H can

provide power for a maximum of 12 RRUs with 12 groups of RRU power cables,
configurations are listed in the following table.

Equipment
-48 V DC ≤9U ≤ 6 RRUs 1 TMC11H (with one

DCDU)
≤8U ≤ 12 RRUs 1 TMC11H (with two

DCDUs)

follows:
● When two BBUs are configured, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC11H,
which is on the left; BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC11H, which is on
the right.
quadruple-mode base station are shown in the following figure and are listed in
the following table.



Equipment n
-48 V DC ≤ 18 U ≤ 12 RRUs 2 TMC11Hs
BBU Installed in an OMB (Ver.C)

Each OMB configured in a DBS3900 can supply power to six RRUs. RRUs can be
installed on a pole, wall, U-steel, or angle steel.
The cabinet configurations of a DBS3900 using an OMB (Ver.C) are shown in the
following figure.

installed in an OMB (Ver.C)

1.2.5.2.3 Indoor AC Scenarios

This section describes the scenarios where the DBS3900 is installed indoors and
The following table describes the scenarios where the DBS3900 is supplied with
AC power and the BBU is installed indoors.
Table 1-118 Installation scenarios

BBU Scenario Description Reference
Installation
Position
IMB03 The BBU is installed in an BBU Installed in an IMB03

IMB03 and the RRUs are
installed remotely. The IMB03
supplies power to the BBU and
RRUs.

RRUs.
IFS06 The BBU is installed in an IMB03 Installation Guide

IMB03. The IMB03 and RRUs
are installed on an IFS06.
BBU Installed in an IMB03

When external 110 V or 220 V AC power is provided, an AC/DC power device or
ETP48100-B1 is required to supply power to the BBU and RRUs, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 1-210 BBU installed in an IMB03 (without backup power)

The following table lists the cabinet and module configurations when the BBU is
installed in an IMB03 and there is no backup power.
Table 1-119 Cabinet and module configurations when the BBU is installed in an
IMB03 (without backup power)
Power Supply Cabinet and Module Configuration
110 V/220 V 1 IMB03+1 AC/DC power device+1

RRU
1 IMB03+1 ETP48100-B1+3 RRUs

When external 220 V AC power is provided, an ETP48100-B1 can be configured to
supply power to the BBU and RRUs, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-211 BBU installed in an IMB05

IMB05
220 V single-phase 1 IMB05+1 BBU+1 ETP48100-B1+2

RRUs (power consumption per RRU ≤
800 W)
1 IMB05+1 BBU+1 ETP48100-B1+1

RRU (800 W < power consumption per
RRU ≤ 1100 W)
1.2.5.2.4 Indoor DC Scenarios

The following table describes the scenarios where the BBU is installed indoors and

Installation
Position
19-inch rack The 19-inch rack can be BBU Installed in a 19-Inch

provided by Huawei or the Rack
customer. The 19-inch rack
provided by Huawei is an
INS12.
The BBU and DCDU-11B/
DCDU-12B are installed in a
19-inch rack, and RRUs are
installed outdoors. The
DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B supplies
power to the BBU and outdoor
RRUs.
Wall The BBU and DCDU-11B/ BBU Installed on a Wall

DCDU-12B are installed on a
wall, and RRUs are installed
outdoors. The DCDU-11B/
DCDU-12B supplies power to
the BBU and outdoor RRUs.


Installation
Position
Indoor The BBU is installed indoors. BBU Installed Indoors and

RRUs are remotely installed RRUs Installed Outdoors
outdoors. The APM30H (Ver.C)/ (Powered by an APM30H)
APM30H (Ver.D)/APM30H
(Ver.E) monitors and supplies
power to the RRUs only.

installed outdoors. The IMB03
outdoor RRUs.
The BBU is installed in an

IMB03. The IMB03 and RRUs
are installed in an IFS06.

outdoor RRUs.
IBC10 The BBU is installed in an BBU Installed in an IBC10

IBC10. The DCDU-12C supplies
power to the BBU.
ILC29 The BBUs are installed in an BBU Installed in an ILC29

(Ver.E) ILC29 (Ver.E) and RRUs are (Ver.E)
installed outdoors. The ILC29
(Ver.E) supplies power to the
BBUs and RRUs.
BBU Installed in a 19-Inch Rack

When -48 V DC power is provided, the BBU and DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B can be
installed in a 19-inch rack, and RRUs can be remotely installed outdoors. In this
scenario, the DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B supplies power to the BBU and RRUs.
base station.


mode base station configured with two BBUs. A triple- or quadruple-mode base
station can also be configured with a single BBU, and the cabinet configurations in
this scenario are the same as those in the preceding figure.
BBU Installed on a Wall

When -48 V DC power is provided, the BBU and DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B can be
installed indoors on a wall, and RRUs can be remotely installed outdoors. In this
scenario, the DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B supplies power to the BBU and RRUs, as

Figure 1-214 BBU installed on a wall
BBU Installed Indoors and RRUs Installed Outdoors (Powered by an

APM30H)
When the BBU is installed indoors and supplied with -48 V DC power, RRUs can be
installed outdoors and powered and monitored by an APM30H (Ver.C)/APM30H
(Ver.D)/APM30H (Ver.E). The APM30H (Ver.C)/APM30H (Ver.D)/APM30H (Ver.E)
can be supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. The following figure shows the
installation scenarios.

Figure 1-215 BBU installed indoors and RRUs installed outdoors

When -48 V DC power is supplied, the BBU can be installed in an IMB03, which
supplies power to the BBU and six outdoor RRUs, as shown in the following figure.


When the external input power is -48 V DC, the BBU can be installed in an IMB05,
which supplies power to the BBU and RRUs, as shown in the following figure.


installed in an IMB05.
IMB05
Power Cabinet and Module Configuration
Supply
-48 V DC 1 IMB05+1 BBU+2 DCDU-12Bs+12 RRUs (power consumption

per RRU ≤ 800 W)
1 IMB05+1 BBU+2 EPU02D-02s/DCDU16Ds+6 RRUs (800 W <

power consumption per RRU ≤ 1100 W)
1 IMB05+1 BBU+1 DCDU-12B+1 EPU02D-02/DCDU16D+9 RRUs

(6 RRUs: power consumption per RRU ≤ 800 W; 3 RRUs: 800 W
< power consumption per RRU ≤ 1100 W)
BBU Installed in an IBC10

When -48 V DC power is supplied, the BBU can be installed in an IBC10. The IBC10
supplies power to the BBU and universal switching unit (USU), as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-218 BBU installed in an IBC10
BBU Installed in an ILC29 (Ver.E)

The cabinet configurations of an ILC29 (Ver.E) are described as follows:
● A single cabinet supports a maximum of two BBUs.
● A single cabinet supports a maximum of 36 optical fibers.
When the external input power is -48 V DC, the BBU can be installed in an ILC29
(Ver.E), which supplies power to the BBU and RRUs, as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 1-219 BBU installed in an ILC29 (Ver.E)
installed in an ILC29 (Ver.E).
ILC29 (Ver.E)
-48 V DC 1 ILC29 (Ver.E)+2 BBUs+3 EPU02D-02s/DCDU16Ds/

DCDU16D-02s+5 DCDU-12Bs+9 RRUs (800 W < power
consumption per RRU ≤ 1100 W)+21 RRUs (power
consumption per RRU ≤ 800 W)

1.2.5.3 Application Scenarios of a DBS3900 Configured with the BBU3910A

This section describes outdoor AC and DC scenarios for a DBS3900 configured with
the BBU3910A.
1.2.5.3.1 Outdoor AC Scenario

is supplied with AC power.
The following table describes BBU3910A installation scenarios of a DBS3900 in

which BBU3910As are installed outdoors and AC power is supplied.
Table 1-124 BBU3910A installation scenarios
BBU Installation Scenario Scenario Description
On a wall or pole The BBU and OPM50M are installed

on a pole or wall, RRUs are remotely
installed, and the OPM50M supplies
power to the BBU and RRUs.
The following table describes the configurations of a base station with different
requirements for backup power capacities and carrier configurations.
Table 1-125 Configurations of a DBS3900
Power Back Carrie Base Station Illustration

Supply up r Configuration
Powe Config
r uratio
Requi n
reme
nt
110 V No 3 1 OPM50M+1 BBU3910A Figure 1-220

AC or backu RRUs +3 RRUs
220 V p
AC powe 6 2 OPM50Ms+1
r RRUs BBU3910A+6 RRUs
The 3 1 OPM50M+1 BBU3910A Figure 1-221

OPM RRUs +3 RRUs+1 IBBS20D/
50Ms IBBS20L
and
IBBS2
0Ds/
IBBS2
0Ls
are
config

Power Back Carrie Base Station Illustration

Supply up r Configuration
Powe Config
r uratio
Requi n
reme
nt
ured 6 2 OPM50Ms+1
on a RRUs BBU3910A+6 RRUs+2
1:1 IBBS20Ds/IBBS20Ls
ratio.
The 3 1 OPM50M+1 BBU3910A

OPM RRUs +3 RRUs+2 IBBS20Ds/
50Ms IBBS20Ls
and
IBBS2 6 2 OPM50Ms+1
0Ds/ RRUs BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4
IBBS2 IBBS20Ds/IBBS20Ls
0Ls
are
config
ured
on a
1:2
ratio.
The following figure shows the application scenario of a DBS3900 when no

Figure 1-220 Application scenario of a DBS3900 (without backup power)
The following figure shows the application scenario of a DBS3900 when backup
power is required.

Figure 1-221 Application scenario of a DBS3900 (with backup power)
1.2.5.3.2 Outdoor DC Scenario

is supplied with DC power.
The following table describes the installation scenario of the BBU3910A for an
outdoor DBS3900 site that is supplied with DC power.
Table 1-126 BBU3910A installation scenario

BBU Installation Position Scenario Description
On a wall or pole The BBU and RRUs are separately

installed on different poles or on the
same or different walls. The DCDU is
installed in a third-party cabinet and
provides DC power for the BBU and
RRUs.
When supplied with -48 V DC power, the DBS3900 can use two configurations, as
described in the following table.

Table 1-127 Configurations of a DBS3900
Power Supply Base Station Illustration

Configuration
-48 V DC ● 1 BBU3910A+3 RRUs Figure 1-222

● 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs
The following figure shows the application scenario of the DBS3900 configured
with one BBU3910A and six RRUs.
Figure 1-222 DBS3900 application scenarios
1.2.5.4 Application Scenario of a DBS3900 Configured with the BBU3910C

This section describes the installation scenario of the BBU3910C for an outdoor
DBS3900.
The following table and Figure 1-223 describe the installation scenario of the
BBU3910C for an outdoor DBS3900.
Table 1-128 BBU3910C installation scenarios
On a wall or pole The BBU and RRU are separately

installed on different poles or on the
same or different walls. An ICC100
provides power for the BBU and RRU.
When supplied with -48 V DC power, the DBS3900 configured with the BBU3910C
can use the configurations described in the following table.

Table 1-129 Configurations of a DBS3900 configured with a BBU3910C
Power Supply Base Station Configuration
-48 V DC 1 BBU3910C+1 RRU
Figure 1-223 BBU3910C installation scenario
1.2.5.5 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Configured with the BBU3900 or

BBU3910
This section describes the power requirements of a DBS3900 using different
cabinets and configured with a BBU3900 or BBU3910. If the existing cabinets of a
DBS3900 have been restructured to possess the same capabilities as APM30H
(Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D) cabinets, the power requirements of these cabinets
must be the same as those of APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D) cabinets used
by a DBS3900. If the existing cabinets of a DBS3900 have been restructured to
possess the same capabilities as APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E) cabinets, the
power requirements of these cabinets must be the same as those of APM30H
(Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E) cabinets used by a DBS3900.
The following table describes the power requirements when customer's equipment
is used to supply power to the BBU.
Table 1-130 Power requirements

on Customer
Equipment
-48 V 1x20 A/1 P 2x2.5 mm2 ≤ 15 m (49.21 ft)

(0.0039 in.2)

1.2.5.5.1 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM5950H

equipment and cross-sectional areas of power cables in a fully configured
DBS3900 using the APM5950H and having the peak power.
AC Input
NOTE

The following table describes the power requirements of an outdoor DBS3900

supplied with AC power and using an APM5950H.

Supply PSUs Circuit s for the Requirement
Breaker Input Power
Requirement Cable
on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 6 or 7 PSUs 1x80 A/3 P ● Cable with ≤ 15 m (49.21

three-phase (default) a black ft)
jacket and
4 or 5 PSUs 1x50 A/3 P four core
2 or 3 PSUs 1x32 A/3 P wires, two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 16
mm2
(0.025 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 16
mm2
(0.025 in.2)
220 V AC 5 to 7 PSUs 1x125 A/1 P ● Two wires

single-phase (by default) (L and N),
each with
4 PSUs 1x100 A/1 P a single
3 PSUs 1x80 A/1 P core wire,
two
insulation


Breaker Input Power
Requirement Cable
on Customer
Equipment
2 PSUs 1x50 A/1 P layers, and

a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
110 V AC or 5 PSUs 1x125 A/2 P ● Three

120 V AC (by default) wires (L1,
dual-live-wire L2, and N),
4 PSUs 1x100 A/2 P each with
core wire,
2 PSUs 1x50 A/2 P two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)


DC Input
NOTE

An APM5900H is configured with one DCDU15D by default in outdoor DC

scenarios. In capacity expansion scenarios, additional DCDU-12B/DCDU16D-02 can
be configured. Table 1-132, Table 1-133 and Table 1-134 describe the power
requirements of a DCDU15D, DCDU-12B, and DCDU16D-02, respectively.
Table 1-132 Power requirements of a DCDU15D

Maximum Minimum Cross-Sectional Cable
Configuration(1)(5) Requirement for Area of the Input Length
Circuit Breakers Power Cable Requirement
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 6 RRUs (power 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in. ≤ 10 m

consumption per 2),two groups of (32.81 ft)
● 1 or 2 BBUs (total cables
power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)
● 1 FAN02I

consumption per 2), two groups of
power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

consumption per 2),two groups of
power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)

consumption per 2), one group of DC
RRU ≤ 300 W) input power cables
● 1 or 2 BBUs (total
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
power
2), two groups of
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W) DC input power
cables

2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
power
2), two groups of
consumption of
cables

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1420 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1420 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

consumption per 2),one group of DC
power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1420 W)

Circuit Breakers Power Cable Requiremen
on Customer t
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 6 RRUs (power 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) ≤ 10 m

consumption per (32.81 ft)
RRU ≤ 800 W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
● 2 BBUs
DC input power
cables
● 6 RRUs (power 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

consumption per
RRU ≤ 560 W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
● 2 BBUs
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W) 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
● 2 BBUs
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W)
● 2 BBUs


on Customer t
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 560 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W)
● 1 BBU
Table 1-134 Power requirements of a DCDU16D-02 (2x100 A/1 P circuit breakers

are recommended)
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

(power 2),one group of DC (32.81 ft)
consumption per input power cables
RRU ≤ 1400 W) (low smoke zero
● 1 BBU (power halogen)
consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

(power 2),one group of DC
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

(power 2), one group of DC
consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.2.5.5.3 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM5950H-L

DBS3900 using the APM5950H-L and having the peak power.
AC Input
NOTE

The following table describes the power requirements of a DBS5900 using an

APM5950H-L.

Breaker Input Power
Requirement Cable
on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 4 PSUs 1x50 A/3 P ● Cable with ≤ 15 m (49.21

three-phase a black ft)
2 or 3 PSUs 1x32 A/3 P jacket and
four core
wires, two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 16
mm2
(0.025 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 16
mm2
(0.025 in.2)


Breaker Input Power
Requirement Cable
on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 4 PSUs 1x100 A/1 P ● Two wires

single-phase (L and N),
core wire,
two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)

120 V AC wires (L1,
dual-live-wire 3 PSUs 1x80 A/2 P L2, and N),
a single
core wire,
two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 25
mm2
(0.039 in.2)


DC Input
NOTE

An APM5900H-L is configured with one DCDU15D by default in outdoor DC


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1200 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1200 W)

2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
power
2), two groups of
consumption of
cables


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1200 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1200 W)

on Customer t
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

RRU ≤ 800 W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
● 1 BBU
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 560 W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
● 1 BBU
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)
● 1 BBU


on Customer t
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

2),two groups of
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 560 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W)
● 1 BBU


are recommended)
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1200 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1200 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2),two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.2.5.5.5 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM5930(AC)

DBS3900 using the APM5930(AC) and having the peak power.
AC Input
NOTE


supplied with AC power and using an APM5930(AC).

Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 4 or 5 1x50 A/3 P ● Cable with ≤ 15 m (49.21

three-phase (by default) a black ft)
jacket and
2 or 3 1x32 A/3 P four core
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 10
mm2
(0.016 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 10
mm2
(0.016 in.2)


Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 5 1x125 A/1 P ● Two wires

each with
4 1x100 A/1 P a single
3 1x80 A/1 P core wire,
two
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 25
mm2
(0.039 in.2)
110 V AC or 5 1x125 A/2 P ● Three

4 1x100 A/2 P each with
core wire,
2 1x50 A/2 P two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 25
mm2
(0.039 in.2)

1.2.5.5.6 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM5930(DC)

DBS3900 using the APM5930(DC) and having the peak power.
DC Input
NOTE

An APM5930(DC) is configured with a DCDU15D by default in outdoor DC power

scenarios. In capacity expansion scenarios, additional DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/
EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S modules can be configured. Table 1-140, Table
1-142, and Table 1-141 describe the power requirements of a DCDU15D,
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, and EPU02D-02/EPU02B, respectively. Table 1-143 lists
the power requirements of an EPU02S. Table 1-351 lists the power requirements
of an EPU02S-02.

on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)
● 1 FAN02G

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)

2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
power
2), two groups of
consumption of
cables

2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
power
2), two groups of
consumption of
cables

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1420 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1420 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1420 W)
Table 1-141 Power requirements of an EPU02D-02/EPU02B

on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 3 RRUs (800 W < 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

power 2),one group of DC (32.81 ft)
halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption per 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1420 W) 2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
3 RRUs (800 W < 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2), one group of DC
power consumption
per RRU ≤ 1100 W) input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2),two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

(power 2), one group of DC (32.81 ft)
consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
Table 1-143 Power requirements of an EPU02S

on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 3 RRUs (1100 W < 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

power 2), one group of DC (32.81 ft)
halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs (1400 2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

W < power default) 2), two groups of
● 1 BBU (power zero halogen)
consumption per
BBU ≤ 1420 W)
3 RRUs (1100 W < 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2), one group of DC
power consumption
(low smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 W 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

< power consumption 2), two groups of
per RRU ≤ 1600 W) DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 3 RRUs (1100 W < 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

RRU ≤ 1400 W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption per
BBU ≤ 1420 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

consumption per
BBU ≤ 1420 W)
3 RRUs (1100 W < 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

power consumption 2), one group of DC
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 W 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.2.5.5.7 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

distributed base station using the APM30H (Ver.E) and having the peak power.
AC Input
NOTE

The following table describes the power requirements of an outdoor distributed

base station supplied with AC power and using the APM30H (Ver.E).
Table 1-145 Power requirements of a distributed base station using the APM30H
(Ver.E)

Breaker Input Power
Requirement Cable
on Customer
Equipment

and four core
2 or 3 1x32 A/3 P wires, two
insulation
layers, and a
cross-
sectional area
of 6 mm2
(0.0093 in.2)

single-phase and N), each
4 1x80 A/1 P with a single
core wire, two
insulation
layers, and a
cross-


Breaker Input Power
Requirement Cable
on Customer
Equipment
3 1x63 A/1 P sectional area

of 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)

120 V AC (L1, L2, and
dual-live-wire 4 1x80 A/2 P N), each with
wire, two
insulation
layers, and a
cross-
sectional area
of 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)
1.2.5.5.8 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)

DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.D) and having the peak power.
NOTE

AC Input Scenario
supplied with AC power and using the APM30H (Ver.D).
Table 1-146 Power requirements when the APM30H (Ver.D) is used

on Customer
Equipment

phase 2)


on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC single- 1x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

phase 2)
110 V AC dual- 1x100 A/2 P

live-wire
1.2.5.5.9 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.C)

DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.C) and having the peak power.
NOTE

AC Input Scenario
supplied with AC power and using the APM30H (Ver.C).
Table 1-147 Power requirements when the APM30H (Ver.C) is used

on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC single- 1x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in. ≤ 40 m (131.23 ft)

phase 2)
110 V AC dual- 1x63 A/2 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

live-wire 2)

phase 2)
1.2.5.5.10 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)

DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.E) and having the peak power.

NOTE

DC Input Scenario
When an outdoor DBS3900 is supplied with DC power and uses the TMC11H
(Ver.E), a DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/
EPU02S/EPU02S-02 can be configured in the TMC11H (Ver.E). Table 1-148 lists
the power requirements of a DCDU-12B. Table 1-149 lists the power requirements
of a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02. Table 1-150 lists the power requirements of an
EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B. Table 1-151 lists the power requirements of an
EPU02S. Table 1-152 lists the power requirements of an EPU02S-02.
Table 1-148 Power requirements when the TMC11H (Ver.E) is used

Product Minimum Cross-Sectional Area of Cable
(4)(5) Circuit Breakers Requirem
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)

consumption per
cables

RRUs (power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)

W) halogen)
● 2 BBUs


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables

W) halogen)
● 0 or 1 BBU
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
cables

W)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 2 BBUs
cables

W) halogen)
● 0 or 1 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
cables

W)
● 2 BBUs

W)
● 0 or 1 BBU

W)
● 0 or 1 BBU


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), ≤ 10 m (32.81

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
consumption ≤
two groups of DC
1200 W)
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1400 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
two groups of DC
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1100 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
consumption ≤
two groups of DC
1200 W)
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1100 W) halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 0 BBU 2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),

two groups of DC
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
Table 1-150 Power requirements of an EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B

(5) Circuit Breakers Power Cable(3)(4)
on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m (32.81 ft)

per RRU ≤ cables (low
1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1200 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

RRU ≤ 1100 W) cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
2x63 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)

(1100 W < 2), one group of
power DC input power
consumption cables (low
per RRU ≤ smoke zero
1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1200 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

(1400 W < default) 2), two groups of
1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1200 W)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1200 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1200 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.2.5.5.11 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D)

DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.D) and having the peak power.
NOTE

DC Input Scenario
(Ver.D), a DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02
can be configured in the TMC11H (Ver.D). Table 1-153 lists the power
requirements of a DCDU-12B. Table 1-154 lists the power requirements of a
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02. Table 1-155 lists the power requirements of an EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02.

(4) Circuit Breakers Requirem
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

(400 W < group of DC input power
power cables (low smoke zero
consumption halogen)
per RRU ≤ 560
W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
cables
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
● Transmission 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
equipment groups of DC input power
(power cables
consumption ≤
350 W)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 650
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

per RRU < 300 cables (low smoke zero
W) halogen)
● 3 RRUs (300 W
< power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
consumption ≤ 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
350 W) groups of DC input power
cables

W) halogen)
● 3 RRUs (400 W
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
< power
consumption
cables
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

W)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 3 RRUs (400 W
< power
cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

W)
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 1 or 2 BBUs
cables


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
● 7 to 9 RRUs 1x80 A/1 P+1x63 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

(power A/1 P groups of DC input power
consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 or 2 BBUs

(300 W < +1x63 A/1 P group of DC input power
power cables
consumption
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one
per RRU ≤ 400
group of DC input power
W)
cables
● 1 or 2 BBUs
2x63 A/1 P+1x63 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), three
A/1 P groups of DC input power
cables

(power +1x80 A/1 P group of DC input power
W)
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one
● 1 or 2 BBUs group of DC input power
cables
2x80 A/1 P+1x80 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), three

A/1 P (by groups of DC input power
default) cables
● 12 RRUs 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

(power groups of DC input power
consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 or 2 BBUs
● 12 RRUs (300 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

W < power +1x80 A/1 P group of DC input power
consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 400
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one
W)
● 1 or 2 BBUs cables


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
2x63 A/1 P+1x80 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), three

cables
● 12 RRUs 2x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), two

W)
4x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), four
● 1 or 2 BBUs
cables

on Customer ment
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

1400 W)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1000 W)
halogen)

1400 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)


on Customer ment
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

1100 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1000 W)
halogen)

1100 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)
Table 1-155 Power requirements of an EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/

EPU02S-02
on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

● When more than six RRUs are configured, another DCDU-12B is required.
1.2.5.5.12 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.C)

DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.C) and having the peak power.
NOTE

DC Input Scenario
Table 1-156 describes the power requirements of the DCDU in an outdoor
DBS3900 supplied with DC power and using the TMC11H (Ver.C).

on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
● 4 to 6 RRUs 1x80 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one ≤ 10 m

consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x63 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one

consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

per RRU ≤ 560
W) 2x80 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
cables
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)
● 3 RRUs (power 1x100 A 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

W) halogen)
● 3 RRUs (300 W
2x63 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
< power
consumption
cables
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

W) halogen)
● 3 RRUs (400 W
2x63 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
< power
consumption
cables
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)
● 3 RRUs (300 W 1x160 A 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

W)
2x63 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 3 RRUs (400 W
< power
cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 650
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

per RRU ≤ 650
W) 2x80 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
cables
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)
In an outdoor DBS3900 supplied with DC power, a heater must be installed in a

TMC11H, and one more AC input must be added. The following table describes
the power requirements of the heater.

Table 1-157 Power requirements of a heater

P Minimum Requirement for Cross-Sectional Area of the Input C
o Circuit Breakers on Customer Power Cable a
w Equipment b
e l
r e
S L
u e
p n
p g
l t
y h
R
e
q
u
i
r
e
m
e
n
t
2 1x10 A/1 P 1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2) ≤

2 1
0 5
V m
A (
C 4
si 9
n .
g 2
l 1
e f
- t
p )
h
a
s
e

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5910
RRU5810, RRU5818, RRU5862, RRU5865
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3971, RRU3971a, RRU5305 (1.4G), RRU5301
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
and 63 A.

● When more than six RRUs are configured, another DCDU-11B is required.
1.2.5.5.13 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the MRE1000

DBS3900 using the MRE1000 and having the peak power.
AC Input Scenario
NOTE


supplied with AC power and using the MRE1000.
Table 1-158 Power requirements of the MRE1000

Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 3 1x63 A/1 P Two wires (L ≤ 15 m (49.21

single-phase and N), each ft)
core, two
insulation
layers, and a
cross-
sectional area
of 16 mm2
(0.025 in.2)
110 V AC 3 1x63 A/2 P Three wires

dual-live-wire (L1, L2, and
N), each with
a single core,
two insulation
layers, and a
cross-
sectional area
of 16 mm2
(0.025 in.2)

1.2.5.5.14 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the OMB (Ver.C)

DBS3900 using the OMB (Ver.C) and having the peak power.
NOTE

AC Input Scenario
Table 1-159 describes the power requirements of a DBS3900 supplied with AC
power and using the OMB (Ver.C).
Table 1-159 Power requirements when the OMB (Ver.C) is used

Power Supply Product Minimum Cross- Cable
Configuration Requirement for Section Lengt
Circuit Breakers al Area h
on Customer of the Requir
Equipment Input ement
Power
Cable
220 V AC single- 1 PSU 20 A/1 P 4 mm2 ≤ 15

phase (0.0062 m
2 PSUs 32 A/1 P (49.21
in.2)
110 V AC dual- 1 PSU 20 A/2 P ft)
live-wire
2 PSUs 32 A/2 P
DC Input Scenario
Table 1-160, Table 1-161, and Table 1-162 describe the power requirements of a
DCDU-12B, DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, and EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/
EPU02S-02 in a DBS3900 using the OMB (Ver.C), respectively.

Table 1-160 Power requirements of a DCDU-12B when the OMB (Ver.C) is used
Product Minimum Cross-Sectional Cable Length
(4)(5) Circuit Breakers Power Cable(3)
on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 50 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in. ≤ 10 m (32.81 ft)

(power 2)
consumption
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
450 W)
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
200 W)
● 4 to 6 RRUs 80 A/1 P
(power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
450 W)
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
200 W)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 63 A/1 P
(power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
450 W)
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
200 W)
● 4 to 6 RRUs 100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

(power 2)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
consumption 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

per RRU ≤ 400 2)
W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
450 W)
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
200 W)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

(power 2)
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
450 W)
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
200 W)
● 4 to 6 RRUs 125 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

(power 2)
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
W) 2)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
450 W)
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
200 W)
● 3 RRUs (power 80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

consumption 2)
per RRU ≤ 300
W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 3 RRUs (300 W 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

< power 2)
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
450 W)
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
200 W)

consumption 2)
per RRU ≤ 300
W) 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2)
● 3 RRUs (400 W
< power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
450 W)
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
200 W)

consumption 2)
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 3 RRUs (400 W
< power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
450 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● Transmission 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
equipment 2)
(power
consumption ≤
200 W)
Table 1-161 Power requirements of a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 when the OMB

(Ver.C) is used (recommended circuit breaker specification: 2x100 A/1 P)
on Customer
Equipment(2)

(power 2), two groups of
per RRU ≤ cables
1400 W)
● 1 BBU
● 1 to 3 RRUs 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

per RRU ≤ cables
1100 W)
● 1 BBU
Table 1-162 Power requirements of an EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/

EPU02S-02
on Customer
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in. ≤ 10 m (32.81 ft)

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.2.5.5.15 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the IMB05, IMB03, IFS06, 19-
inch Rack, or Wall for Installation
DBS3900 (with the peak power) using the IMB05, IMB03, IFS06, 19-inch rack, or
wall for installation.
NOTE

AC Input Scenario
Power requirements of a DBS3900 configured with an IMB03 and supplied with AC
power are described in Table 1-163.
Table 1-163 Power requirements when the IMB05/IMB03 and ETP48100-B1 are
used
Circuit Breakers Require
on Customer ment
Equipment
220 V AC 1 PSU 1x20 A/1 P 2.5 mm2 (0.0039 in.2) ≤ 40 m

single- (131.23
phase 2 1x32 A/1 P ft)
PSUs
110 V AC 1 PSU 1x20 A/2 P

dual-live-
wire 2 1x32 A/2 P
PSUs
The following table describes the power requirements of an indoor DBS3900

supplied with AC power and using the IMB03+IFS06.
Table 1-164 Power requirements when the IMB03+IFS06 and EPS4890 are used
on Customer ment
Equipment
220 V AC three- 1x16 A/3 P 2.5 mm2 (0.0039 in.2) ≤ 15 m

phase (49.21 ft)


on Customer ment
Equipment
220 V AC single- 1x32 A/1 P 4 mm2 (0.0062 in.2)

phase

live-wire
DC Input Scenario
The following table describes the power requirements when customer's equipment
is used to supply power to the BBU.
Table 1-165 Power requirements when customer's equipment is used to supply

power
on Customer ment
Equipment
-48 V DC 1x20 A/1 P 2.5 mm2 (0.0039 in.2) ≤ 15 m

(49.21 ft)
A DBS3900 using a 19-inch rack, IMB03, or wall for installation can be supplied
with external DC power distributed by the DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/
DCDU16D-02. Table 1-166 lists the power requirements of a DCDU-11B. Table
1-167 lists the power requirements of a DCDU-12B. Table 1-168, Table 1-169,
and Table 1-170 list the power requirements of a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02.

Table 1-166 Power requirements when a DCDU-11B supplies power and a 19-inch
rack, IMB03, or wall is used for installation
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
● 4 to 6 RRUs 1x80 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one ≤ 10 m

consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

per RRU ≤ 560
W) 2x80 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
cables
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

W) halogen)
● 3 RRUs (300 W
< power


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
consumption 2x63 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

per RRU ≤ 400 groups of DC input power
W) cables
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

W) halogen)
● 3 RRUs (400 W
2x63 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
< power
consumption
cables
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)
● 3 RRUs (300 W 1x160 A 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

W)
2x63 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 3 RRUs (400 W
< power
cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 650
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

per RRU ≤ 650
W) 2x80 A 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
cables
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

Table 1-167 Power requirements when a DCDU-12B supplies power and a 19-inch
rack, IMB05, IMB03, or wall is used for installation
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

per RRU ≤ 560
W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
cables
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

per RRU ≤ 400
W) 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
cables
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

power cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 650
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

W) halogen)
● 3 RRUs (300 W
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
< power
consumption
cables
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

W) halogen)
● 3 RRUs (400 W
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
< power
consumption
cables
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

W)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 3 RRUs (400 W
< power
cables
consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

W)
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 1 or 2 BBUs
cables
● 7 to 9 RRUs 1x80 A/1 P+1x63 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

(power A/1 P groups of DC input power
consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 or 2 BBUs

(300 W < +1x63 A/1 P group of DC input power
power cables
consumption
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
cables
● 1 or 2 BBUs
2x63 A/1 P+1x63 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), three
cables


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

(power +1x80 A/1 P group of DC input power
W)
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one
● 1 or 2 BBUs group of DC input power
cables
2x80 A/1 P+1x80 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), three

A/1 P (by groups of DC input power
default) cables
● 12 RRUs 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 or 2 BBUs
● 12 RRUs (300 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

W < power +1x80 A/1 P group of DC input power
consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 400
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one
W)
● 1 or 2 BBUs cables
2x63 A/1 P+1x80 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), three

cables
● 12 RRUs 2x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), two

W)
4x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), four
● 1 or 2 BBUs
cables

Table 1-168 Power requirements of a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 when the IMB03 is

used (recommended circuit breaker specification: 2x100 A/1 P)
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

1400 W)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
halogen)

1400 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)

1100 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU
halogen)

1100 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)

Table 1-169 Power requirements of a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 when the IMB05 is

used (recommended circuit breaker specification: 2x100 A/1 P)
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

1400 W)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
halogen)

1400 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)

1100 W)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
halogen)

1100 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)

Table 1-170 Power requirements when a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 supplies power

and a 19-inch rack or wall is used for installation (recommended circuit breaker
specification: 2x100 A/1 P)
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

(power groups of DC input power (32.81 ft)
1400 W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
2100 W)

1400 W)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
halogen)

1400 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)

1100 W)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
2100 W)
halogen)

1100 W)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
● 1 BBU (power 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
consumption ≤ groups of DC input power
1420 W) cables (low smoke zero
halogen)

1100 W)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
● 0 BBU
halogen)
The following table describes the power requirements of a DBS3900 where an

EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S supplies power and a 19-inch rack is used
for installation.

on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

halogen)
The following table describes the power requirements of a DBS3900 where an

EPU02S-02 supplies power and a 19-inch rack or an indoor wall is used for
installation.


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), ≤ 10 m (32.81

(1100 W ≤ one group of DC ft)
power input power cables
consumption (low smoke zero
1400 W)
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
● 1 BBU (power
default) two groups of DC
consumption ≤
input power cables
1420 W)
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

(1100 W ≤ one group of DC
1400 W)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
● 0 BBU
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),

(1400 W < default) two groups of DC
1600 W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

(1400 W < one group of DC
1600 W)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
● 0 BBU
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),

(power default) two groups of DC
1100 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
2100 W)

supplied with DC power and using the IMB03+IFS06.
Table 1-173 Power requirements when the IMB03+IFS06 are used

on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V DC 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) ≤ 15 m

(49.21 ft)
+24 V DC 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)
1x160 A/1 P
For a DBS3900 using an IMB05 or wall for installation, there are two scenarios
when the DCDU-12E supplies power. Table 1-174 describes the power
requirements of a DCDU-12E in the BBU centralized installation scenarios. Table
1-175 describes the power requirements of a DCDU-12E in distributed BBU and
RRU installation scenarios.

Table 1-174 Power requirements of a DCDU-12E (BBU centralized installation

scenarios)
Product Minimum Circuit Cross-Sectional Cable Length
Configuration(1) Breaker Area of the Input Requirement
(4)(5) Requirement on Power Cable(3)
Customer
Equipment(2)
1 to 5 BBU5900s 2x100 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in. ≤ 10 m (32.81 ft)

BBU ≤ 1420 W) cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
Table 1-175 Power requirements of a DCDU-12E (distributed BBU and RRU

installation scenarios)
Product Minimum Circuit Cross-Sectional Cable Length
Configuration(1) Breaker Area of the Input Requirement
(4)(5) Requirement on Power Cable(3)
Customer
Equipment(2)

W)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
● 1 BBU (power
2),two groups of
consumption ≤
1420 W) DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 4 to 6 RRUs 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

per RRU ≤ 800 cables (low
W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2100 W)
4 to 6 RRUs 2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

smoke zero
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

● When more than six RRUs are configured, another DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B is required.
1.2.5.5.16 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A

DBS3900 using the TP48600A and having the peak power.
NOTE

The following table describes the power requirements of the AC-powered

TP48600A.

Supply Configuratio Requirement Sectional Requirement
n for Circuit Area of the
Customer Cable
Equipment
220 V AC 7 PSUs+1 63 A/3 P 10 mm2 ≤ 15 m (49.21

three-phase SOU (recommende (0.016 in.2) ft)
d)
4 to 6 PSUs+1 40 A/3 P
SOU
4 to 7 PSUs+1 63 A/3 P
HAU+1 SOU
220 V AC 7 PSUs+1 125 A/1 P 35 mm2 ≤ 15 m (49.21

single-phase SOU (recommende (0.054 in.2) ft)
d)
6 PSUs+1 125 A/1 P

SOU
5 PSUs+1 100 A/1 P

SOU
4 PSUs+1 80 A/1 P
SOU
6 PSUs+1 125 A/1 P

HAU+1 SOU


Supply Configuratio Requirement Sectional Requirement
n for Circuit Area of the
Customer Cable
Equipment
5 PSUs+1 125 A/1 P

HAU+1 SOU
4 PSUs+1 100 A/1 P

HAU+1 SOU
110 V AC 7 PSUs+1 125 A/2 P 35 mm2 ≤ 15 m (49.21

dual-live-wire SOU (recommende (0.054 in.2) ft)
d)
6 PSUs+1 125 A/2 P

SOU
5 PSUs+1 100 A/2 P

SOU
4 PSUs+1 80 A/2 P
SOU
1.2.5.5.17 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the IBC10

DBS3900 using the IBC10 and having the peak power.
NOTE

DC Input Scenario
supplied with DC power and using the IBC10.


Power Product Minimum Cross-Sectional Cable
Equipment Configuratio Requirement Area of the Input Length
n(3) for Circuit Power Cable(2) Require
Breakers on ment
Customer
Equipment(1)
0#DCDU-12C ● 2 first- 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

level USUs 2), one group of DC (32.81
(power input power cables ft)
consumpti
on of each 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
USU ≤ 850 2),two groups of
W) DC input power
● 1 second- cables
level USU
(power
consumpti
on ≤ 505
W)
● 2 fan
assemblies
(power
consumpti
on of each
fan
assembly ≤
300 W)
1#DCDU-12C 5 BBUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

per BBU ≤
700 W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables
2#DCDU-12C 5 BBUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

per BBU ≤
700 W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables

NOTE
(1) Remarks about minimum requirements for circuit breakers on the customer equipment:
arranged based on their load capabilities in descending order as follows: 160 A and
2x80 A.
(2) When two power inputs are used, the following requirements must be met:
1.2.5.5.18 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the ILC29 (Ver.E)

distributed base station (with the peak power) using an ILC29 (Ver.E).
NOTE

The following table describes the power requirements of the DCDU-12B in an

ILC29 (Ver.E) when the DCDU-12B provides power only for the BBUs and fan
assembly.

on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 or 2 BBUs 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in. ≤ 10 m (32.81 ft)

per BBU ≤ cables
1800 W)
● 1 FAN (power
consumption ≤
730 W)

ILC29 (Ver.E) when the DCDU-12B provides power only for the RRUs.


on Customer
Equipment(2)
3 RRUs (power 2x63 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in. ≤ 10 m (32.81 ft)
consumption per default) 2), two groups of
cables
1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2), one group of
DC input power
cables

cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

DC input power
cables

cables

cables

cables

cables

cables


on Customer
Equipment(2)

cables
The following table describes the power requirements of the DCDU16D in an

ILC29 (Ver.E) when the DCDU provides power only for the RRUs.
Table 1-180 Power requirements of a DCDU16D (recommended circuit breaker

Configuration(1) Requirement for Area of Input Requirement
on Customer
Equipment(2)

1100 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

(1100 W ≤ 2), one group of
1400 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

The following table describes the power requirements of the EPU02D-02 in an

ILC29 (Ver.E) when the EPU02D-02 is powered by external equipment.
Table 1-181 Power requirements of an EPU02D-02

on Customer
Equipment(2)

consumption per 2x80 A/1 P
DC input power
The following table describes the power requirements of the EPU02S in an ILC29
(Ver.E) when the EPU02S is powered by external equipment.

on Customer
Equipment(2)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m (32.81 ft)

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
The following table describes the power requirements of the EPU02S-02 in an

ILC29 (Ver.E) when the EPU02S-02 is powered by external equipment.

on Customer
Equipment(2)

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.2.5.6 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A

This section describes power requirements of a DBS3900 configured with a
BBU3910A.
AC Input Scenario
In AC power scenarios, an OPM50M (Ver.B) is configured to provide power for the
BBU and RRUs. The following table lists the power requirements.

Configuration Requirement for Area of the Input Requirement
on Customer
Equipment
● 3 RRUs (power 1x32 A/1 P 2.5 mm2 (0.0039 ≤ 100 m (328.08

consumption in.2) to 4 mm2 ft)
per RRU ≤ 800 (0.0062 in.2), one
W) group of DC input
● 1 BBU3910A power cables
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)
In AC power scenarios, an OPM15M (Ver.B) is configured to provide power for the

BBU and RRUs. The following table lists the power requirements.


Configuration Requirement for Area of the Input Requirement
on Customer
Equipment
● 1 RRU (power 1x16 A/1 P 1.3 mm2 (0.0023 ≤ 100 m (328.08

consumption in.2) to 2.5 mm2 ft)
per RRU ≤ 800 (0.0039 in.2), one
W) group of DC input
● 1 BBU3910A power cables
In AC power scenarios, an OPM50M is configured to provide power for the BBU

and RRUs. The following table lists the power requirements.

on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC single- 1x20 A 2.5 mm2 (0.0039 ≤ 100 m (328.08

phase in.2) ft)
110 V AC dual-
live-wire
DC Input Scenario
In DC power scenarios, a DCDU-12B is configured to provide power for the BBU
and RRUs. The following table lists the power requirements.


(4) Circuit Breakers Power Cable(3)
on Customer
Equipment(2)

W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)
● 4 to 6 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

per RRU ≤ 560 smoke zero
W) halogen)
● 1 BBU
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
● Transmission 2), two groups of
equipment
DC input power
(power
cables
consumption ≤
350 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)
● 4 to 6 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

per RRU ≤ 400 smoke zero
W) halogen)
● 1 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
● Transmission 2), two groups of
equipment
DC input power
(power
cables
consumption ≤
350 W)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

consumption cables
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

W) cables (low
● 3 RRUs (300 W smoke zero
< power halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
consumption 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

per RRU ≤ 400 2), two groups of
W) DC input power
● 1 BBU cables
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

W) cables (low
● 3 RRUs (400 W smoke zero
< power halogen)
consumption
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
per RRU ≤ 560
2), two groups of
W)
DC input power
● 1 BBU
cables
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)
● 3 RRUs (300 W 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

per RRU ≤ 400 cables (low
W) smoke zero
● 3 RRUs (400 W halogen)
< power
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
consumption
2), two groups of
per RRU ≤ 560
W) DC input power
cables
● 1 BBU
● Transmission
equipment
(power
consumption ≤
350 W)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.2.5.7 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910C

This section describes power requirements of a DBS3900 configured with a
BBU3910C.
If the BBU3910C is powered by an ICC100, see ICC100-N5 Solar Controller User

Manual for the power requirements.
If the BBU3910C is powered by customer equipment, the following table describes

the power requirements.
Table 1-188 Power requirements of a BBU3910C
Po Minimum Requirement for Cross-Sectional Area of the Ca

we Circuit Breakers on Customer Input Power Cable ble
r Equipment Le
Su ng
pp th
ly Re
qu
ire
m
en
t
-4 1x16 A/1 P 4 mm2 (0.0062 in.2) ≤

8 15
V m
DC (4
9.2
1
ft)
1.2.5.8 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Configured with a

BBU3900 or BBU3910
This section describes the power distribution scheme for a DBS3900 configured
with a BBU3900 or BBU3910 in different power supply scenarios. If the existing
cabinets of a DBS3900 have been restructured to possess the same capabilities as
APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D) cabinets, the power distribution schemes for
these cabinets must be the same as those for APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D)
cabinets used by a DBS3900. If the existing cabinets of a DBS3900 have been
restructured to possess the same capabilities as APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H
(Ver.E) cabinets, the power distribution schemes for these cabinets must be the
same as those for APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E) cabinets used by a
DBS3900.

1.2.5.8.1 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM5950H

This section describes the power distribution scheme for a DBS3900 using an
APM5950H in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios.

When 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is used, the EPU (EPU07A-01 or EPU07A-02)
in the cabinet converts the AC power into DC power and distributes power to
other components.
The EPU distributes two AC power outputs to the junction box on the left side of
the cabinet. The junction box then distributes four AC power outputs to the service
outlet unit (SOU) and heater.
The PSUs convert AC power into DC power, which is supplied to the battery
cabinet, transmission cabinet, BBUs, RRUs, and other equipment.
circuit breakers and fuses in a base station.
NOTE
Figure 1-224 Power distribution scheme for an APM5950H in a 220 V AC single-

phase or three-phase scenario (configured with the PDU06D-01/PDU03D-03/
PDU01D-02)

Figure 1-225 Power distribution scheme for an APM5950H in a 110 V AC dual-

live-wire scenario (configured with the PDU06D-01/PDU03D-03/PDU01D-02)
Table 1-189 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in an APM5950H in AC

scenarios
Power Specificatio Specifications Specifications of the Circuit

Supply ns of the of the Circuit Breaker/Fuse for the DC Output
Upper-Level Breaker for
Circuit the AC
Breaker for Output
the PSU
220 V AC ● 220 V AC Heater and ● RRU (LOAD12 to LOAD17,

single- three- SOU: 1x16 A power consumption per RRU ≤
phase/ phase: (MCB) 800 W): 6x30 A (FUSEa)
three- 1x80 A/3 ● RRU (2 PDU06D-01s, power
phase P consumption per RRU ≤ 800
● 220 V AC W): 12x30 A (FUSE)
single- ● RRU (3 PDU03D-03s, power
phase: consumption per RRU ≤ 1400
1x125 A/1 W): 9x50 A (MCB)
P
● BBU: 6x30 A (FUSE)
110 V AC 1x125 A/2 P Heater and ● FAN: 1x30 A (FUSE)
dual-live- SOU: 1x16 A
wire (MCB) ● TM: 1x30 A (FUSE)
● TM/EMUB: 1x30 A (FUSE)
● TM/TMC: 2x30 A (FUSE)
● BBC: 1x30 A (FUSE)
a: MCB: miniature circuit breaker

b: FUSE: fuse
When the AC input is used for an APM5950H, the PDU01D-02 provides two DC
outputs for the transmission cabinet APM5900H. The transmission cabinet
provides power for the transmission equipment, fan assembly, and other

components through the DC power distribution box. The following figure shows
the power distribution scheme.
Figure 1-226 Power distribution scheme for the transmission cabinet in AC

scenarios
The following table lists the specifications of the fuses in the transmission cabinet
in AC scenarios.
Table 1-190 Specifications of the fuses in the transmission cabinet in AC scenarios
Cabinet Type Power Equipment Specifications of the DC Output Fuse
APM5900H DCDU15D ● TM: 10x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD0 to

serving as a LOAD9)a
transmission ● FAN: 1x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD10)
cabinet
NOTE
When a second BBU is installed in the transmission cabinet, the second BBU obtains power
from the APM5950H.

APM5900H that serves as the power cabinet in -48 V DC scenarios.


An APM5900H can be configured when a DBS5900 base station is supplied with
-48 V DC power. The DCDU15D, DCDU-12B, or DCDU16D-02 provides DC power
to the BBUs, RRUs, fan assembly, and other components. Figure 1-227, Figure
1-228, and Figure 1-229 show the power distribution schemes of a DCDU15D,
DCDU-12B, and DCDU16D-02, respectively.
Figure 1-227 Power distribution scheme for an APM5900H (configured with a

DCDU15D)

DCDU-12B)


DCDU16D-02)
Table 1-191 Fuse specifications of the APM5900H in -48 V DC scenarios

Cabinet Type Power Specifications of the Circuit Breaker/Fuse for
Equipment the DC Output
APM5900H DCDU16D-0 ● RRU: 3x50 A (MCB) (LOAD0 to LOAD2)

serving as a 2 ● BBU/TM/FAN: 4x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD3 to
power LOAD6) a
cabinet
APM5900H DCDU15D ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD0 to LOAD5)

serving as a ● BBU/TM: 4x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD6 to LOAD9)
power
cabinet ● FAN: 1x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD10)
APM5900H DCDU-12B ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE)

serving as a ● BBU: 2x30 A (FUSE)
power
cabinet ● SPARE: 2x30 A (FUSE)
a: MCB:
miniature
circuit
breaker
b: FUSE: fuse
NOTE
The BBU preferentially obtains power from "LOAD6", "LOAD7", "LOAD8", and "LOAD9"
ports on a DCDU15D. When a second BBU is configured, the second BBU obtains power
from another DCDU.

1.2.5.8.3 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM5950H-L

APM5950H-L in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios.

other components.
NOTE
Figure 1-230 Power distribution scheme for an APM5950H-L in a 220 V AC single-

PDU01D-02)

Figure 1-231 Power distribution scheme for an APM5950H-L in a 110 V AC dual-

Table 1-192 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in an APM5950H-L in

AC scenarios

Circuit the AC
Breaker for Output
the PSU
220 V AC 4x32 A Heater and ● RRU (LOAD8 to LOAD13,

single- SOU: 1x16 A power consumption per RRU ≤
phase/ (MCBa) 800 W): 6x30 A (FUSEb)
three- ● RRU (2 PDU06D-01s, power
phase consumption per RRU ≤ 800
110 V AC 4x32 A Heater and W): 12x30 A (FUSE)
dual-live- SOU: 1x16 A ● RRU (3 PDU03D-03s, power
wire (MCB) consumption per RRU ≤ 1400
W): 9x50 A (MCB)
● TM: 1x30 A (FUSE)

b: FUSE: fuse
When the AC input is used for an APM5950H-L, the PDU01D-02 provides two DC
outputs for the transmission cabinet APM5900H-L. The transmission cabinet


scenarios
in AC scenarios.
APM5900H-L DCDU15D ● TM: 10x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD0 to

cabinet
NOTE
from the APM5950H-L.

APM5900H-L that serves as the power cabinet in -48 V DC scenarios.

DC Input
NOTE



on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1200 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1200 W)

2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
power
2), two groups of
consumption of
cables


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1200 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1200 W)

on Customer t
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

RRU ≤ 800 W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
● 1 BBU
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 560 W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
● 1 BBU
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)
● 1 BBU


on Customer t
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

2),two groups of
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 560 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W)
● 1 BBU


are recommended)
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1200 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1200 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2),two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.2.5.8.5 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM5930(AC)

APM5930(AC) in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios.
AC Input Scenario
NOTE



Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment

jacket and
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 10
mm2
(0.016 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 10
mm2
(0.016 in.2)


Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment

each with
two
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 25
mm2
(0.039 in.2)
110 V AC or 5 1x125 A/2 P ● Three

core wire,
2 1x50 A/2 P two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 25
mm2
(0.039 in.2)

1.2.5.8.6 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM5930(DC)

APM5930(DC) that serves as the power cabinet in -48 V DC scenarios.

An APM5930(DC) can be configured when a DBS5900 base station is supplied
with -48 V DC power. The power distribution box DCDU15D, DCDU-12B,
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, or EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S in the APM5930(DC) is
used to supply power to the BBUs, RRUs, fan assembly, and other components.
Figure 1-233, Figure 1-234, and Figure 1-235 show the power distribution
schemes for a DCDU15D, DCDU-12B, and DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, respectively.
Figure 1-236 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02D-02. Figure
1-237 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02B. Figure 1-238 shows
the power distribution scheme for an EPU02S. Figure 1-239 shows the power
Figure 1-233 Power distribution scheme for an APM5930(DC) (configured with

the DCDU15D)


the DCDU-12B)

the DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02)


the EPU02D-02)

the EPU02B)


the EPU02S)

the EPU02S-02)

Table 1-198 Fuse specifications of an APM5930(DC) in -48 V DC scenarios

APM5930(DC DCDU16D/ ● RRU: 3x50 A (MCB) (LOAD0 to LOAD2)

) serving as a DCDU16D-0 ● BBU/TM/FAN: 4x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD3 to
power 2 LOAD6)
cabinet
APM5930(DC DCDU15D ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD0 to LOAD5)

) serving as a ● BBU/TM: 4x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD6 to LOAD9)
power
APM5930(DC DCDU-12B ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE)

) serving as a ● BBU: 2x30 A (FUSE)
power
APM5930(DC EPU02D-02 ● RRU: -57 V 3x30 A (FUSE)

) serving as a ● BBU: -48 V 4x30 A (FUSE)
power
cabinet
APM5930(DC EPU02B ● RRU: -57 V 6x30 A (FUSE)

power
cabinet
APM5930(DC EPU02S ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A (FUSE)

power
cabinet
APM5930(DC EPU02S-02 ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A (FUSE)

power
cabinet
NOTE
from another DCDU or EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02.
1.2.5.8.7 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)
This section describes the power distribution scheme for a distributed base station
using the APM30H (Ver.E) in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios.


other components.
The EPU divides the AC input into two AC outputs.

NOTE
Figure 1-240 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H (Ver.E) in a 220 V AC
single-phase scenario (configured with the PDU03D-02)

dual-live-wire scenario (configured with the PDU03D-02)
Table 1-199 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in the APM30H (Ver.E)
in AC scenarios

220 V AC single- 2x40 A+1x25 A Heater and SOU: ● LOAD9 to

phase/three- 1x16 A (MCB) LOAD14: 6x30
phase A (FUSE)
● BBU: 2x30 A
(FUSE)
● FAN: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● TM: 4x30 A
(FUSE)
● TMC: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● IBBS: 1x30 A
(FUSE)


110 V AC dual- 1x100 A ● Heater: 1x16 A ● RRU (slot 7):

live-wire (MCB) 3x30 A (FUSE)
● SOU: 1x16 A ● RRU (slot 8):
(MCB) 3x30 A (FUSE)
● RRU (slot 9):
3x30 A (FUSE)
NOTE
The BBU is preferentially powered by the "LOAD0" and "LOAD1" ports on an EPU. If there is
a standby power board or a second BBU, the standby power board or second BBU obtains
power from "LOAD5" and "LOAD6" ports.
When the cabinet requires a DCDU16D/EPU02D/EPU02D-02, the EPU05A must be

configured with two PDU01D-01 modules that obtain power from the EPU05A
(converting AC input power into DC power) and distribute it to the DCDU16D/
EPU02D/EPU02D-02. The power distribution schemes are shown in Figure 1-242
and Figure 1-243. The specifications of circuit breakers and fuses are listed in the
following table.
NOTE
The scheme for the DCDU16D/EPU02D-02 to obtain power from the PDU01D-01 is similar
to that for the EPU02D. The following figure uses the EPU02D as an example.

single-phase scenario (configured with the EPU02D)

dual-live-wire scenario (configured with the EPU02D)
in AC scenarios

phase A (FUSE)
● BBU: 2x30 A
(FUSE)


110 V AC dual- 1x100 A ● Heater: 1x16 A ● FAN: 1x30 A

live-wire (MCB) (FUSE)
● SOU: 1x16 A ● TM: 4x30 A
(MCB) (FUSE)
● TMC: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● IBBS: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● RRU (slot 7):
3x30 A (FUSE)
● EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D (slot
8): 1x100 A
(MCB)
● EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D (slot
9): 1x100 A
(MCB)
NOTE
The following figure shows the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power distribution scheme.

Figure 1-244 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power distribution scheme
A DCDU16D supplies power to RRUs (power consumption per RRU ≤ 1400 W). The
following figure shows the power distribution scheme for a DCDU16D.
Figure 1-245 Power distribution scheme for a DCDU16D
The following table lists the circuit breaker or fuse specifications of a DCDU16D
providing DC power outputs.

Table 1-201 Specifications of circuit breakers or fuses for a DCDU16D
Power Circuit Breaker/Fuse Specifications

Equipment Terminal
DCDU16D LOAD0 to LOAD2 -48 V DC power output: 3x50

A (RRU)
LOAD3 to LOAD6 -48 V DC power output: 4x30

A (BBU)
When the APM30H (Ver.E) uses the AC power supply, one DC output is supplied to
the transmission cabinet. The transmission cabinet provides power supply for the
transmission equipment, fan assembly, and other components in the cabinet
through the DC power distribution box, as shown in the following figure.

scenarios
in AC scenarios.
TMC11H (Ver.E) serving as a ● TM: 7x30 A (FUSE)

transmission cabinet ● TM/BBU: 2x30 A (FUSE)

1.2.5.8.8 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)
This section describes the power distribution scheme for a DBS3900 using the
APM30H (Ver.D) in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios.

When 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is used, the EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 in the
cabinet converts the AC power into DC power and distributes power to other
components.
NOTE
Figure 1-247 and Figure 1-248 show the power distribution schemes for the
APM30H (Ver.D) in 220 V AC and 110 V AC scenarios. Table 1-203 lists the
specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in the APM30H (Ver.D) in 220 V AC
and 110 V AC scenarios.
Figure 1-247 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H (Ver.D) in 220 V AC
single-phase scenarios

Figure 1-248 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H (Ver.D) in 110 V AC
dual-live-wire scenarios
Table 1-203 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in the APM30H (Ver.D)
in AC scenarios

220 V AC single- 2x40 A+1x25 A Heater and SOU: ● BAT: 1x125 A/2
phase/three- 1x16 A (MCB) P (MCB)
phase ● RFC: 1x125 A
110 V AC dual- 1x100 A Heater: 1x16 A (MCB)
live-wire (MCB) ● RRU 0 to RRU
SOU: 1x16 A 5: 6x30 A
(MCB) (FUSE)
● BBU: 2x30 A
(FUSE)
● FAN: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● TM: 4x30 A
(FUSE)
● TMC: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● IBBS: 1x30 A
(FUSE)

When the APM30H (Ver.D) uses AC power supply, the AC power is converted into
several DC outputs. One DC output is supplied to the transmission cabinet. Then,
the DC power distribution box in the transmission cabinet provides the power for
the transmission equipment, fan assembly, and other components, as shown in the
following figure.

scenarios
in AC scenarios.

Cabinet Specifications of the DC Output Fuse
TMC11H (Ver.D) serving as a ● TM: 7x30 A (FUSE)

If voltage boosting power distribution is required, a DCDU16D/EPU02D/

EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02 can be configured to convert an external
-48 V DC power input. Figure 1-250 shows the power distribution scheme for an
EPU02D/EPU02D-02. Figure 1-251 shows the power distribution scheme for a
DCDU16D. Figure 1-252 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02B.
Figure 1-253 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02S. Figure 1-254
shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02S-02.


Figure 1-252 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC scenarios when an EPU02B is

configured
Figure 1-253 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC scenarios when an EPU02S is

configured

Figure 1-254 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC scenarios when an

EPU02S-02 is configured
1.2.5.8.9 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.C)
This section describes the power distribution schemes for a DBS3900 using the
APM30H (Ver.C) in 110 V AC, +24 V DC, and 220 V AC scenarios.

other components.
The EPU divides one AC input into two AC outputs.

cabinet, transmission cabinet, BBU, RRUs, and other equipment.
NOTE
Figure 1-255 and Figure 1-256 show the power distribution schemes for the
APM30H (Ver.C) in 220 V AC and 110 V AC scenarios. Table 1-205 lists the
specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in the APM30H (Ver.C) in 220 V AC
and 110 V AC scenarios.

Figure 1-255 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H (Ver.C) in 220 V AC
Figure 1-256 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H (Ver.C) in 110 V AC

Table 1-205 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in the APM30H (Ver.C)
in AC scenarios
for the EPS AC Output the DC Output
220 V AC single- 3x20 A (MCB) ● Heater and ● BAT: 1x160 A

phase/three- SOU: 1x15 A (MCB)
phase (MCB) ● RRU: 6x25 A
110 V AC dual- 1x63 A (MCB) ● Heater: 1x15 A (MCB)
live-wire (MCB) ● TMC: 1x30 A
● SOU: 1x15 A (MCB)
(MCB) ● FAN: 1x15 A
(FUSE)
● BBU: 2x25 A
(FUSE)
● TEC: 1x15 A
(FUSE)
● TM: 4x15 A
(FUSE)
The following table lists the specifications of the circuit breakers in the
transmission cabinet in AC scenarios.
Table 1-206 Specifications of the circuit breakers in the transmission cabinet in AC

scenarios
Cabinet Specifications of the Circuit Breaker
for the DC Output
Transmission cabinet ● TM: 7x12 A (MCB)+1x6 A (MCB)

When the APM30H (Ver.C) uses AC power supply, the AC power is converted into
several DC outputs. One DC output is supplied to the transmission cabinet. Then,
the DC power distribution box in the transmission cabinet provides the power for
the transmission equipment, fan assembly, and other components, as shown in the
following figure.


scenarios
The following table lists the specifications of the circuit breakers in the
transmission cabinet in AC scenarios.
Table 1-207 Specifications of the circuit breakers in the transmission cabinet in AC

scenarios
for the DC Output
Transmission cabinet ● TM: 2x6 A (MCB)+2x12 A (MCB)

+5x25 A (MCB)
1.2.5.8.10 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D) or
TMC11H (Ver.E)
using a TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.E) in -48 V DC scenarios.

When a distributed base station uses -48 V DC power, a TMC11H can be
configured and the DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/
EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02 in the TMC11H distributes the power to BBUs, RRUs,
fan assembly, and other components. Figure 1-258 shows the power distribution
scheme for a DCDU-12B. Figure 1-259 shows the power distribution scheme for a
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02. Figure 1-260 shows the power distribution scheme for
an EPU02D/EPU02D-02. Figure 1-261 shows the power distribution scheme for an

EPU02B. Figure 1-262 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02S.
Figure 1-263 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02S-02.
Figure 1-258 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC scenarios when a DCDU-12B

is configured in the TMC11H
Figure 1-259 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC scenarios when a DCDU16D/

DCDU16D-02 is configured in the TMC11H

Figure 1-260 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC scenarios when an EPU02D

or EPU02D-02 is configured in the TMC11H

configured in the TMC11H



EPU02S-02 is configured in the TMC11H
The following table lists the specifications of the fuses in the TMC11H in -48 V DC
scenarios.

Table 1-208 Specifications of the fuses in the TMC11H in -48 V DC scenarios
Cabinet Type Power Specifications of the Circuit Breaker/Fuse

Equipment for the DC Output
When the DCDU-12B ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE)

TMC11H is ● TM/BBU: 2x30 A (FUSE)
used as a
power cabinet ● TM: 1x30 A (FUSE)
When the DCDU16D/ ● RRU: 3x50 A (MCB)

TMC11H is DCDU16D-02 ● BBU/FAN/TM: 4x30 A (FUSE)
used as a
power cabinet
When the EPU02D ● RRU: -57 V 6x30 A (FUSE)

TMC11H is ● BBU: -48 V 2x30 A (FUSE)
used as a
power cabinet ● FAN: -48 V 1x30 A (FUSE)
● SPARE: -48 V 1x30 A (FUSE)
When the EPU02D-02 ● RRU: -57 V 3x30 A (FUSE)

used as a
When the EPU02B ● RRU: -57 V 6x30 A (FUSE)

used as a
power cabinet
When the EPU02S ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A

used as a
power cabinet
When the EPU02S-02 ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A

used as a
power cabinet
NOTE
The BBU preferentially obtains power from the "LOAD6" and "LOAD7" ports on the
DCDU-12B. If there is a standby power board or a second BBU, a second DCDU-12B must
be configured so that the standby power board or second BBU can obtain power from the
"LOAD6" and "LOAD7" ports on the second DCDU-12B.
1.2.5.8.11 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.C)
TMC11H (Ver.C) in -48 V DC scenarios.


When a DBS3900 uses -48 V DC power, the DCDU-11B in the TMC11H (Ver.C)
distributes the power to the BBU, RRUs, fan assembly, and other components, as
Figure 1-264 Power distribution scheme for the TMC11H (Ver.C) in -48 V DC
scenarios
The following table lists the specifications of the circuit breakers in the TMC11H
(Ver.C) in -48 V DC scenarios.
Table 1-209 Specifications of the circuit breakers in the TMC11H (Ver.C) in -48 V
DC scenarios

for the DC Output
TMC11H (Ver.C) ● RRU 0 to RRU 5: 6x25 A (MCB)

● BBU or TM: 2x25 A (MCB)
● TM: 1x25 A (MCB)
1.2.5.8.12 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the MRE1000

This section describes the power distribution scheme in a DBS3900 using the
MRE1000 in 220 V AC or 110 V AC scenarios.
When 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is used, the EPU03A-21 in the cabinet converts
the AC power into DC power and distributes power to other components.

After going through the AC power distribution box (PDB) of the MRE1000, an AC
power input is divided into four AC power outputs as follows:
● Three outputs for the heater or heating film
● One output for the SOU
In an MRE1000 BVDC cabinet, the BDU65-03 is used to convert the AC power to
DC power, which is then provided to the BBU, Book RRUs, or other devices in the
cabinet. In an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet, the HSU (C28005G1) is used to
convert the AC power to DC power, which is then provided to the BBU, Easy
Macro, or other devices in the cabinet.
Power Distribution Scheme of the MRE1000 BVDC Cabinet

Figure 1-265 shows the power distribution scheme of the MRE1000 cabinet with
220 V AC single-phase and 110 V AC inputs. Table 1-210 lists the specifications of
the circuit breakers and fuses in the MRE1000 cabinet.
Figure 1-265 Power distribution scheme for the MRE1000 BVDC cabinet in AC
input scenarios

Table 1-210 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in the MRE1000 BVDC
cabinet in AC scenarios
Power Specifica Specifications Specifications of the Circuit Breaker/
Supply tions of of the Circuit Fuse for the DC Output
the Breaker for the
Upper- AC Output
Level
Circuit
Breaker
for the
PSU
220 V 1x63 A/2 Heater and ● Book RRU (BDU65 in slot 3): 3x30 A
AC P SOU: 1x16 A/1 (FUSE)
single- P+N (MCB) ● Book RRU (BDU65 in slot 4): 3x30 A
phase (FUSE)
110 V ● Book RRU (BDU65 in slot 5): 3x30 A
AC (FUSE)
dual-
live-wire ● BBU: 2x30 A (FUSE)
● SPARE: 2x30 A (FUSE)
Power Distribution Scheme of the MRE1000 225-400 V DC Cabinet

The power distribution scheme of the MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet with 220 V
AC single-phase and 110 V AC inputs is shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-266 Power distribution scheme for the MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet
in AC input scenarios

Table 1-211 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in the MRE1000
225-400 V DC cabinet in AC scenarios
Power Specifica Specifications Specifications of the Circuit Breaker/
Supply tions of of the Circuit Fuse for the DC Output
the Breaker for the
Upper- AC Output
Level
Circuit
Breaker
for the
PSU
220 V 1x63 A/2 Heater and ● ODM03H-02: 8x2x25 A (FUSE)

AC P SOU: 1x16 A/1 ● BBU: 2x30 A (FUSE)
single- P+N (MCB)
phase ● FAN: 1x30 A (FUSE)
110 V ● TM: 1x30 A (FUSE)

AC ● SPARE: 2x30 A (FUSE)
dual-
live-wire
1.2.5.8.13 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the OMB (Ver.C)
OMB (Ver.C) in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC scenarios.

When external 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is provided, the ETP48100-A1 in an
OMB (Ver.C) converts the AC power into DC power and distributes the DC power
to other components in the cabinet. The following figure shows the power
distribution scheme.
Figure 1-267 Power distribution scheme for the OMB (Ver.C) in 220 V AC or 110 V
AC scenarios

The following table lists the specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in a
base station.
Table 1-212 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in a base station using
the OMB (Ver.C)
Application Scenario Power Supply Specifications of the
Circuit Breaker/Fuse for
the DC Output
OMB (Ver.C) 220 V AC single-phase or ● RRU 0 to RRU 5: 6x30

110 V AC dual-live-wire A (FUSE)
● BBU: 2x30 A (FUSEa)
a. FUSE: fuse

Figure 1-268 shows the power distribution scheme for a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02
in the OMB (Ver.C) in a -48 V DC scenario. Figure 1-269 shows the power
distribution scheme for a PDU10D. Figure 1-270 shows the power distribution
scheme for an EPU02D/EPU02D-02. Figure 1-271 shows the power distribution
scheme for an EPU02B. Figure 1-272 shows the power distribution scheme for an
EPU02S. Figure 1-273 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02S-02.
Figure 1-268 Power distribution scheme for the OMB (Ver.C) in -48 V DC
scenarios when a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 is configured

scenarios when a PDU10D is configured
scenarios when an EPU02D/EPU02D-02 is configured


configured

configured


base station if an OMB (Ver.C) is configured with a PDU10D/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/
EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02.
Table 1-213 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in a base station
Applicati Power Power Equipment Specifications of the Circuit
on Supply Breaker/Fuse for the DC Output
Scenario
OMB -48 V DC PDU10D/EPU02D ● RRU 0 to RRU 5: 6x30 A

(Ver.C) (FUSE)
OMB -48 V DC DCDU16D/ ● RRU: 3x50 A (MCB)

(Ver.C) DCDU16D-02 ● BBU/FAN/TM: 4x30 A (FUSE)
OMB -48 V DC EPU02D-02 ● RRU 0 to RRU 2: 3x30 A

(Ver.C) (FUSE)
OMB -48 V DC EPU02B ● RRU: -57 V 6x30 A (FUSE)

(Ver.C) ● BBU: 2x30 A (FUSE)

Applicati Power Power Equipment Specifications of the Circuit

on Supply Breaker/Fuse for the DC Output
Scenario
OMB -48 V DC EPU02S ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A

OMB -48 V DC EPU02S-02 ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A

1.2.5.8.14 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the IMB05, IMB03,
IFS06, 19-Inch Rack, or Wall for Installation
IMB05, IMB03, IFS06, 19-inch rack, or wall for installation in 110 V AC, 220 V AC,
-48 V DC, and +24 V DC scenarios.

When 110 V AC or 220 V AC power is supplied, the ETP48100-B1 in the cabinet
converts the AC power into DC power and distributes the DC power to other
components. The following figure shows the power distribution scheme for a
DBS3900 using an IMB05 or IMB03 in 220 V AC single-phase or 110 V AC dual-
live-wire scenarios.
Figure 1-274 Power distribution scheme for the IMB03 or IMB05 configured with
an ETP48100-B1 in 220 V AC or 110 V AC scenarios
base station.

Application Scenario Power Supply Specifications of the
Circuit Breaker/Fuse
for the DC Output
IMB03 or IMB05 220 V AC single-phase or 110 ● RRU: 1x30 A

V AC dual-live-wire ● SPARE: 2x30 A
● BBU: 1x30 A

When -48 V DC power supply is used, an EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/
EPU02S-02/DCDU-11B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/DCDU-12B distributes the power
to BBUs, RRUs, and other components, as shown in Figure 1-278, Figure 1-279,
Figure 1-280, Figure 1-281, Figure 1-275, Figure 1-277, and Figure 1-276.

is configured


is configured
Figure 1-277 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC input scenarios when a

DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 is configured


or EPU02D-02 is configured
Figure 1-279 Power distribution scheme for the EPU02B

Figure 1-280 Power distribution scheme for the EPU02S
Figure 1-281 Power distribution scheme for the EPU02S-02

Application Power Supply Power Specifications of the
Scenario Equipment Circuit Breaker/Fuse
for the DC Output
IMB03, IMB05, -48 V DC DCDU-11B ● RRU 0 to RRU 5:

IMB03+IFS06, wall, 6x25 A (MCB)
or 19-inch rack ● BBU or TM: 2x25 A
(MCB)
● TM: 1x25 A (MCB)
IMB03, IMB05, -48 V DC DCDU-12B ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE)

IMB03+IFS06, wall, ● TM/BBU: 2x30 A
or 19-inch rack (FUSE)
IMB05/IMB03, -48 V DC DCDU16D/ ● RRU: 3x50 A (MCB)

wall, or 19-inch DCDU16D-02 ● BBU/FAN/TM: 4x30
rack A (FUSE)
IMB03, IMB05, -48 V DC EPU02D ● RRU: -57 V 6x30 A

IMB03+IFS06, wall, (FUSE)
or 19-inch rack ● BBU: -48 V 2x30 A
(FUSE)
● FAN: -48 V 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● SPARE: -48 V 1x30
A (FUSE)
IMB03, IMB05, -48 V DC EPU02D-02 ● RRU: -57 V 3x30 A

or 19-inch rack ● BBU: -48 V 2x30 A
(FUSE)
● FAN: -48 V 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● SPARE: -48 V 1x30
A (FUSE)
IMB03, IMB05, -48 V DC EPU02B ● RRU: -57 V 6x30 A

or 19-inch rack ● BBU/FAN/TM: -48 V
4x30 A (FUSE)
IMB03, IMB05, -48 V DC EPU02S/ ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A

IMB03+IFS06, wall, EPU02S-02 ● BBU/FAN/TM: -48 V
or 19-inch rack 4x30 A (FUSE)

1.2.5.8.15 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A

TP48600A in 110 V AC and 220 V AC scenarios.
When the TP48600A uses 110 V AC or 220 V AC power supply, the PDU05A-03
divides the AC power and the ETP converts the AC power into DC power. Then the
DCDU-11C or DCDU-11B distributes the DC power to the BBU, RRUs, transmission
equipment, and other components.
The PDU05A-03 divides one AC input into five AC outputs.
● One AC output is connected to the AC junction box on the right side of the
cabinet door, and divided into four AC outputs, which are then provided for
the HAU.
● Three AC outputs are connected to the PSUs and converted by the PSUs to DC
power outputs, which are then provided for the DCDU-11C or DCDU-11B,
storage batteries, and other components.
● One AC output is provided for the SOU.
Figure 1-282 shows the power distribution scheme in 220 V AC three-phase
scenarios when the DCDU-11B is used. Table 1-216 lists the specifications of the
circuit breakers.
The power distribution scheme in 220 V AC single-phase or 110 V AC dual-live-
wire scenarios is the same as that in 220 V AC three-phase scenarios. To support
different types of power supply, the power input terminals need to be connected
to different short-circuiting bars, as shown in Figure 1-283.

Figure 1-282 Power distribution scheme in 220 V AC three-phase scenarios when

the DCDU-11B is used

Table 1-216 Specifications of the circuit breakers

Power Distribution Specifications of the Specifications of the
Device Circuit Breaker for the Circuit Breaker for the
AC Output DC Output
PDU05A-03 ● PSU1/5: 1x40 A -

● PSU2/6: 1x40 A
● PSU3/4/7: 1x63 A
● HEATER: 1x25 A
● SOU: 1x10 A
ETP - ● DCDU-11C: LOAD0

(1x100 A)
● DCDU-11B: LOAD3
(1x200 A) and LOAD5
(1x200 A)
● TMC11H (Ver.C):
LOAD1 (1x100 A) and
LOAD2 (1x100 A)
● Storage battery:
LOAD6 (1x400 A)
● SPARE: LOAD4 (1x200
A)
DCDU-11C - ● CCU: LOAD0 (1x6 A)

● CMUF: LOAD1 (1x6
A)
● TMa: LOAD2 (1x12 A)
● TM: LOAD3 (1x12 A)
● BBU: LOAD4 to
LOAD7 (4x25 A)
● CMUF: LOAD8 (1x25
A)
● IBBS: LOAD9 (1x25 A)
DCDU-11B - ● RRUs: LOAD0 to

LOAD5 (6x25 A)
● SPARE: LOAD6 to
LOAD9 (4x25 A)
a. TM: transmission equipment

Figure 1-283 Configuration of short-circuiting bars
1.2.5.8.16 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the IBC10

This section describes the power distribution scheme in a DBS3900 using the
IBC10 in -48 V DC scenarios.
Power Distribution Scheme for the IBC10 in DC Scenarios

If the IBC10 is supplied with -48 V DC power, the DCDU-12C modules in the
cabinet provide DC power for USUs, BBUs, and fan assemblies. The following
figure shows the power distribution schemes for these DCDU-12C modules.

Figure 1-284 Power distribution scheme for the IBC10 in -48 V DC scenarios
1.2.5.8.17 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS3900 Using the ILC29 (Ver.E)
using the ILC29 (Ver.E) cabinet in -48 V DC scenarios.
The following figure shows the components in an ILC29 (Ver.E).

NOTE
The DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 and EPU02D-02 installation positions are similar. The figure
uses the EPU02D-02 as an example.

Figure 1-285 Components in an ILC29 cabinet
The power distribution schemes for the five DCDU-12B modules in the cabinet are
different from each other, as described in Table 1-217. Table 1-218 lists the
specifications of DC output fuses in these modules.
Table 1-217 Power distribution schemes for DCDU-12B modules

Pow LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA
er D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9
Distr
ibuti
on
Mod
ule
DCD RRU RRU RRU - - - - - - -

U-12 18 19 20
B (4)

er D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9
Distr
ibuti
on
Mod
ule
DCD - BBU BBU BBU BBU FAN BBU BBU BBU BBU
U-12 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
B (0) (UPE (UPE (UPE (UPE (UPE (UPE (UPE (UPE
U0) U0) U1) U1) U0) U0) U1) U1)
DCD RRU RRU RRU RRU RRU RRU - - - -

U-12 12 13 14 15 16 17
B (3)

U-12 6 7 8 9 10 11
B (2)

U-12 0 1 2 3 4 5
B (1)
Table 1-218 Specifications of the DC output fuses in DCDU-12B modules

Application Power Supply Specifications of the DC Output Fuse
Scenario
DCDU-12B -48 V DC RRU: 3x30 A (FUSE)

(4)
DCDU-12B -48 V DC ● BBU 0: 4x30 A (FUSE)

(0) ● BBU 1: 4x30 A (FUSE)
● FAN 0: 1x30 A (FUSE)

(3)/
DCDU-12B
(2)/
DCDU-12B
(1)
Table 1-219 describes the power distribution schemes for the three EPU02D-02/
EPU02S/EPU02S-02 modules in the cabinet. Table 1-220 lists the specifications of
DC output fuses in these modules.

Table 1-219 Power distribution scheme for EPU02D-02/EPU02S-02 modules

Pow BDU 0 BDU 1
er
Distr LOA LOA N/A LOA LOA N/A
D0 D1 D0 D1 LOA LOA LOA LOA
ibuti
D0 D1 D2 D3
on
Mod
ule
EPU0 RRU/ RRU/ - RRU/ - - - - - -

2D-0 AAU AAU AAU
2/ (6) (7) (8)
EPU0
2S/
EPU0
2S-0
2 (2)
EPU0 RRU/ RRU/ - RRU/ - - - - - -

2D-0 AAU AAU AAU
2/ (3) (4) (5)
EPU0
2S/
EPU0
2S-0
2 (1)
EPU0 RRU/ RRU/ - RRU/ - - - - - -

2D-0 AAU AAU AAU
2/ (0) (1) (2)
EPU0
2S/
EPU0
2S-0
2 (0)
Table 1-220 Specifications of the DC output fuses in EPU02D-02/EPU02S/

EPU02S-02 modules
Power Power Supply Specifications of the DC Output Fuse
Distribution
Module
EPU02D-02 -48 V DC RRU: -57 V 3x30 A (FUSE)
EPU02S -48 V DC RRU: -57 V 3x28 A
EPU02S-02 -48 V DC RRU: -57 V 3x28 A

Table 1-399 describes the power distribution scheme for the three DCDU16D/
DCDU16D-02 modules in the cabinet. Table 1-400 lists the specifications of DC
output circuit breakers in these modules.
Table 1-221 Power distribution scheme for DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 modules

Power LOAD0 LOAD1 LOAD2 LOAD3 LOAD4 LOAD5 LOAD6
Distrib
ution
Module
DCDU1 RRU/AA RRU/AA RRU/AA - - - -

6D (2) U (6) U (7) U (8)

6D (1) U (3) U (4) U (5)

6D (0) U (0) U (1) U (2)
Table 1-222 Specifications of the DC output circuit breakers in DCDU16D/

DCDU16D-02 modules
Power Distribution Power Supply Specifications of the
Module Circuit Breaker for the
DC Output
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 -48 V DC RRU/AAU: -48 V 3x50A

(MCB)

BBU3910A
This section describes the power distribution scheme for a DBS3900 configured
with a BBU3910A.
AC Input Scenario
When AC power is supplied, the power is fed into an SPM60A for surge protection
and then into an OPM50M. The OPM50M converts AC power into DC power and
then supplies it to the BBU and RRUs.
The following figure shows the power distribution scheme for a DBS3900 supplied
with AC power.

Figure 1-286 Power distribution scheme for a DBS3900 supplied with AC power
The following table lists specifications of fuses in the OPM50M.
Table 1-223 Specifications of fuses in the OPM50M

Power Supply Fuse Specifications
220 V AC single-phase or 110 V AC ● BBU3910A: 1x30 A (FUSE)

dual-live-wire ● RRU: 3x30 A (FUSE)
DC Input Scenario
When DC power is supplied, it is fed into the DCDU-12B, which then provides
power for the BBU, RRUs, and other devices, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-287 Power distribution scheme in DC scenarios

The following table lists specifications of fuses in the DCDU-12B.
Table 1-224 Specifications of fuses in the DCDU-12B

-48 V DC ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE)


BBU3910C
If the BBU3910C is powered by an ICC100, see ICC100-N5 Solar Controller User
Manual for the power requirements.
1.2.5.11 Cables and Cable Connections in a DBS3900

This section lists the reference sections in 3900 Series Base Station Cables for cable
connections in a DBS3900.
For cable connections for a DBS3900, see topics related to Cable Connections in

Cabine Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi Intercon CPRI
t Used Connections Signal Cable on Cable nection Cable
by a Connections Connectio Signal Connectio
DBS39 ns Cable ns
00 Connecti
ons
APM59 Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI

50H Connections in Signal Cable on Cable Interconn Cable
a DBS3900 Connections in Connectio ection Connectio
Using the a DBS3900 ns for Signal ns for
APM5950H Using the 3900 Cable 3900
APM5950H Series Base Connectio Series
Stations ns Base
Stations


DBS39 ns Cable ns
00 Connecti
ons

00H Connections in Signal Cable on Cable Interconn Cable
APM5900H Series Base Connectio Series
Stations ns Base
Stations

H Connections in Signal Cable on Cable Interconn Cable
(Ver.C) a DBS3900 Connections in Connectio ection Connectio
(Ver.C) APM30H Series Base Connectio Series
(Ver.C) Stations ns Base
Stations

(Ver.D) a DBS3900 Connections in Connectio ection Connectio
(Ver.D) APM30H Series Base Connectio Series
(Ver.D) Stations ns Base
Stations

H(Ver. Connections in Signal Cable on Cable Interconn Cable
E)/ a DBS3900 Connections in Connectio ection Connectio
BBC52 Using the a DBS3900 ns for Signal ns for
00D-L/ APM30H Using the 3900 Cable 3900
BBC53 (Ver.E) APM30H Series Base Connectio Series
00T-L (Ver.E) Stations ns Base
Stations
TMC11 Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI

(Ver.C) a DBS3900 Connections in Connectio ection Connectio
TMC11H Using the 3900 Cable 3900
(Ver.C) TMC11H Series Base Connectio Series
(Ver.C) Stations ns Base
Stations


DBS39 ns Cable ns
00 Connecti
ons

H Connections in Cable on Cable Interconn Cable
(Ver.D) a DBS3900 Connections in Connectio ection Connectio
(Ver.D) TMC11H Series Base Connectio Series
(Ver.D) Stations ns Base
Stations

(Ver.E) a DBS3900 Connections in Connectio ection Connectio
(Ver.E) TMC11H Series Base Connectio Series
(Ver.E) Stations ns Base
Stations
OMB Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI

(Ver.C) Connections in Cable on Cable Interconn Cable
/IMB03 a DBS3900 Connections in Connectio ection Connectio
Using an OMB a DBS3900 ns for Signal ns for
(Ver.C) or Using an OMB 3900 Cable 3900
IMB03 (Ver.C) or Series Base Connectio Series
IMB03 Stations ns Base
Stations
TP486 Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI

00A Connections in Signal Cable on Cable Interconn Cable
TP48600A Using the 3900 Cable 3900
TP48600A Series Base Connectio Series
Stations ns Base
Stations
IBC10 Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI

Connections in Signal Cable on Cable Interconn Cable
IBC10 Using the 3900 Cable 3900
IBC10 Series Base Connectio Series
Stations ns Base
Stations


DBS39 ns Cable ns
00 Connecti
ons
MRE10 Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI

00 Connections in Signal Cable on Cable Interconn Cable
MRE1000 Using an 3900 Cable 3900
MRE1000 Series Base Connectio Series
Stations ns Base
Stations
ILC29 Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI

ILC29 (Ver.E) Using the 3900 Cable 3900
ILC29 (Ver.E) Series Base Connectio Series
Stations ns Base
Stations
IMB05 Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI

IMB05 Using the 3900 Cable 3900
IMB05 Series Base Connectio Series
Stations ns Base
Stations
IBBS20 Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI

D/ Connections in Signal Cable on Cable Interconn Cable
IBBS20 a DBS3900 Connections in Connectio ection Connectio
L Configured a DBS3900 ns for Signal ns for
with a Using a 3900 Cable 3900
BBU3910A BBU3910A Series Base Connectio Series
Stations ns Base
Stations
1.2.6 BTS3900C
This section describes cabinets, power requirements, power distribution schemes,
cables, and cable connections of a BTS3900C.
1.2.6.1 Cabinets Supported by a BTS3900C

The BTS3900C, an outdoor compact mini base station, is classified into BTS3900C
WCDMA and BTS3900C (Ver.C), in terms of cabinet versions.

The following table lists cabinets supported by a BTS3900C.

Cabinet Name Cabinet Description Cabinet Configuration
BTS3900C WCDMA This cabinet is used in For components

UMTS scenarios and configured in a
consists of an OMB and BTS3900C WCDMA
an RRU subrack. The cabinet, see Components
BTS3900C WCDMA in a BTS3900C Cabinet.
cabinet can be supplied
with AC or DC power. An
OMB houses a BBU. An
RRU subrack houses an
RRU.
BTS3900C (Ver.C) This cabinet is used in For components

UMTS or multimode configured in a
scenarios and consists of BTS3900C (Ver.C)
an OMB (Ver.C) and an cabinet, see Components
RRU subrack. The in a BTS3900C Cabinet.
BTS3900C (Ver.C) cabinet
can be supplied with AC
or DC power. An OMB
(Ver.C) houses a BBU. An
RRU subrack houses an
RRU.
The following figure shows the exteriors of a BTS3900C WCDMA cabinet and a
BTS3900C (Ver.C) cabinet.

Figure 1-288 Exteriors of BTS3900C cabinets
1.2.6.2 Power Requirements of a BTS3900C

equipment and cross-sectional areas of power cables in a BTS3900C WCDMA and
a BTS3900C (Ver.C).
1.2.6.2.1 Power Requirements of a BTS3900C WCDMA

NOTE

AC Input Scenario
BTS3900C.


on Customer
Equipment

phase in.2)
110 V AC dual-
live-wire
DC Input Scenario
BTS3900C.

on Customer
Equipment
-48 V DC 1x16 A/1 P 4 mm2 (0.0062 in. ≤ 15 m (49.21 ft)

2)
1.2.6.2.2 Power Requirements of a BTS3900C (Ver.C)

NOTE

AC Input Scenario
BTS3900C.


on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC single- 1x20 A/1 P 4 mm2 (0.0062 in. ≤ 15 m (49.21 ft)

phase 2)

live-wire
DC Input Scenario
BTS3900C.

on Customer
Equipment
-48 V DC 1x32 A/1 P 4 mm2 (0.0062 in. ≤ 10 m (32.81 ft)

2)
1.2.6.3 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS3900C

This section describes power distribution schemes for a BTS3900C WCDMA and a
BTS3900C (Ver.C) supplied with different power.
1.2.6.3.1 Power Distribution Scheme for a BTS3900C WCDMA

This section describes power distribution schemes for a BTS3900C cabinet supplied
with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power.

When -48 V DC power is supplied, it is fed into the DC power distribution box,
which then distributes the DC power to the BBU, RRUs, and other components, as

Figure 1-289 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC scenarios
The following table lists the specifications of circuit breakers in a BTS3900C

Table 1-230 Specifications of circuit breakers in a BTS3900C supplied with -48 V

DC power
Power Supply Specifications of the Circuit Breaker

for the DC Output
-48 V DC ● RRU: 1x20 A

● BBU: 1x12 A
● TM: 1x12 A
● FAN: 1x12 A
1.2.6.3.2 Power Distribution Scheme for a BTS3900C (Ver.C)

This section describes power distribution schemes for a BTS3900C cabinet supplied
with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power.

When a BTS3900C is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC, the ETP48100-A1 in the
OMB converts the one AC input into two DC outputs and provides the DC power
for the PDU10D-01.
The following figure shows the power distribution scheme for a cabinet supplied
with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, and Table 1-231 lists the specifications of fuses
in it.

NOTE
When 220 V AC single-phase power is used, the live wire must be connected to a circuit
breaker.
Figure 1-290 Power distribution scheme for a BTS3900C cabinet supplied with 220
V or 110 V AC power
Table 1-231 Fuse specifications for a BTS3900C cabinet supplied with 110 V AC or
220 V AC power
Power Supply Specifications of the DC Output Fuse
220 V AC single-phase ● RRU: 1x30 A
110 V AC dual-live-wire ● BBU: 1x30 A

● FAN: 1x30 A
● SPARE: 1x30 A

When a BTS3900C cabinet is supplied with -48 V DC power, the PDU10D-01 in the
OMB converts the one DC input into several DC outputs and distributes the DC
power to modules such as the BBU, HEUB, and RRU.
The following shows the power distribution scheme for a cabinet supplied with
-48 V DC power, and Table 1-232 lists the specifications of fuses in the base
station.

Figure 1-291 Power distribution scheme for a BTS3900C cabinet supplied with -48
V DC power
Table 1-232 Fuse specifications for a BTS3900C cabinet supplied with -48 V DC
power
Power Supply Specifications of the DC Output Fuse
-48 V DC ● RRU: 1x30 A

● BBU: 1x30 A
● FAN: 1x30 A
● SPARE: 1x30 A
1.2.6.4 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS3900C

cables and cable connections in a BTS3900C.
Cable List
For cables in a BTS3900C, see the following sections:
● For cables in a BTS3900C (Ver.C) cabinet, see BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List.

Cable Connections
For cable connections for a BTS3900C, see topics related to Cable Connections in

Base Station Power Cable Monitoring Signal Transmiss
Connections Cable Connections ion Cable
Connecti
ons
BTS3900C BTS3900C (Ver.C) Power BTS3900C (Ver.C) Transmissi

(Ver.C) Cable Connections Monitoring Signal on Cable
Cable Connections Connectio
ns

5900 series base stations include the DBS5900, BTS5900, BTS5900L, BTS5900A,
and DBS5900A.
5900 series base stations are divided into the following categories:
● Indoor macro base stations: BTS5900 and BTS5900L
● Outdoor macro base station: BTS5900A
● Distributed base station: DBS5900 and DBS5900A
1.3.1 BTS5900
distribution schemes, cables, and cable connections of a BTS5900.
1.3.1.1 Cabinets Supported by a BTS5900

The BTS5900 is an indoor macro base station, which can use the BTS5900 (Ver.A)
and BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) cabinets. A BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) cabinet is restructured
from a BTS3900 (Ver.A), BTS3900 (Ver.B), BTS3900 (Ver.C), or BTS3900 (Ver.D)
cabinet.
The following table lists the cabinets supported by a BTS5900.

Table 1-234 Cabinets supported by a BTS5900
Base Cabinet Cabinet Description Cabinet Configuration

Station Name
BTS5900 BTS5900 The cabinet receives For details, see Components in

(Ver.A) DC power input and BTS5900 Cabinets.
distributes DC power
to the BBU, RFUs,
RRUs, and fan
assembly.
BTS3900 The cabinet is For details, see Components in

(Ver.E_A~ restructured from a a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D).
D) BTS3900 (Ver.A),
BTS3900 (Ver.B),
BTS3900 (Ver.C), or
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
cabinet and can be
supplied with DC
power.
BTS5900 (Ver.A)
The following figure shows the exterior of a BTS5900 (Ver.A).
Figure 1-292 Exterior of a BTS5900 (Ver.A)
BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)
The BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) has the same exterior as the cabinet before restructured,
as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-293 Exterior of a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)
1.3.1.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS5900

A BTS5900 supports different RF module configurations and spaces for customer
equipment. A BTS5900 can be configured with RFUs and RRUs together.
1.3.1.2.1 BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) Cabinet Applications

In a BTS5900 configured with RFUs and RRUs, a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) cabinet can
be installed alone, installed side by side with another BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)
cabinet, or stacked on another BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) cabinet.
The following table lists the cabinet applications of a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D).
Table 1-235 Cabinet applications

Cabinet Scenari BBU Configuration Maximum Number of Illustratio
Type o RF Modules n
BTS3900 Single 1 BBU3900/ ● 6 RFUs+6 RRUs Figure

(Ver.E_A cabinet BBU3910+1 (power 1-294
~D) BBU5900 consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
● 6 RFUs+3 RRUs
(800 W < power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 1100 W)

Cabinet Scenari BBU Configuration Maximum Number of Illustratio

Type o RF Modules n
Cabinets 1 BBU3900/ ● 12 RFUs+6 RRUs Figure

installed BBU3910+1 (power 1-295
side by BBU5900 consumption per
side RRU ≤ 800 W)
● 12 RFUs+3 RRUs
(800 W < power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 1100 W)
Stacked 1 BBU3900/ ● 12 RFUs+6 RRUs Figure

cabinets BBU3910+1 (power 1-296
BBU5900 consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
● 12 RFUs+3 RRUs
(800 W < power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 1100 W)
When RFUs and RRUs are configured, a DCDU-12B, DCDU16D, DCDU16D-02, or

EPU02D-02 can be configured to provide power for RRUs.



1.3.1.2.2 BTS5900 (Ver.A) Cabinet Applications

In a BTS5900 configured with RFUs and RRUs, a BTS5900 (Ver.A) cabinet can be
installed alone, installed side by side with another BTS5900 (Ver.A) cabinet, or
stacked on another BTS5900 (Ver.A) cabinet.
The following table lists the cabinet applications of a BTS5900 (Ver.A).


Cabinet Scenari BBU RF Module Power Illustration
Type o Configur Configuratio Module
ation n Configurati
on
BTS5900 Single 1 6 RFUs+6 1 DCDU-12B See

(Ver.A) cabinet BBU5900 RRUs (power illustration
consumption "2" in Figure
per RRU ≤ 1-297.
800 W)+3
RRUs (power
consumption
per RRU ≤
400 W)
6 RFUs+9 2 DCDU-12B See

RRUs (power modules illustration
per RRU ≤ 1-297.
800 W)
6 RFUs+6 2 -
RRUs (800 W EPU02D-02
< power modules
consumption
per RRU ≤
1100 W)
6 RFUs+6 2 -
RRUs (800 W DCDU16D/
< power DCDU16D-0
consumption 2 modules
per RRU ≤
1400 W)
2 6 RFUs+6 1 DCDU-12B See

BBU5900 RRUs (power illustration
s consumption "3" in Figure
per RRU ≤ 1-297.
800 W)
6 RFUs+3 1 -
< power
consumption
per RRU ≤
1100 W)


ation n Configurati
on
6 RFUs+3 1 -
< power DCDU16D-0
consumption 2
per RRU ≤
1400 W)
Cabinet 1 12 RFUs+6 1 DCDU-12B See

s BBU5900 RRUs (power illustration
installe consumption "1" in Figure
d side per RRU ≤ 1-298.
by side 800 W)+3
RRUs (power
consumption
per RRU ≤
400 W)

per RRU ≤ 1-298.
800 W)
12 RFUs+6 2 -
< power modules
consumption
per RRU ≤
1100 W)
12 RFUs+6 2 -
< power DCDU16D-0
per RRU ≤
1400 W)

per RRU ≤ 1-298.
800 W)

per RRU ≤ 1-298.
800 W)


ation n Configurati
on
12 RFUs+6 2 -
< power modules
consumption
per RRU ≤
1100 W)
12 RFUs+6 2 -
< power DCDU16D-0
per RRU ≤
1400 W)
Stacked 1 12 RFUs+6 1 DCDU-12B See

cabinets BBU5900 RRUs (power illustration
per RRU ≤ 1-300.
800 W)+3
RRUs (power
consumption
per RRU ≤
400 W)

per RRU ≤ 1-300.
800 W)
12 RFUs+6 2 -
< power modules
consumption
per RRU ≤
1100 W)
12 RFUs+6 2 -
< power DCDU16D-0
per RRU ≤
1400 W)

per RRU ≤ 1-301.
800 W)


ation n Configurati
on

per RRU ≤ 1-301.
800 W)
12 RFUs+6 2 -
< power modules
consumption
per RRU ≤
1100 W)
12 RFUs+6 2 -
< power DCDU16D-0
per RRU ≤
1400 W)
When RFUs and RRUs are configured, a DCDU-12B, DCDU16D, DCDU16D-02, or

EPU02D-02 can be configured to provide power for RRUs. This section uses a
DCDU-12B as an example.


Figure 1-298 Cabinets installed side by side (one BBU)
Figure 1-299 Cabinets installed side by side (two BBUs)

Figure 1-300 Stacked cabinets (one BBU)
Figure 1-301 Stacked cabinets (two BBUs)
1.3.1.3 Power Requirements of a BTS5900

equipment and cross-sectional areas of power cables in a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)
and a BTS5900 (Ver.A).
1.3.1.3.1 Power Requirements of a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)

station that has the peak power.

NOTE

When a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) is supplied with DC power, the DCDU-12A/

DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02
configured in the cabinet provides power for BBUs, RFUs, RRUs, and other
modules in the cabinet. The DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/
EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02 is powered by the customer's power
equipment. Table 1-237, Table 1-238, Table 1-239, and Table 1-240 list the
power requirements of a DCDU-12A, DCDU-12B, DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, and
EPU02D-02/EPU02B, respectively. Table 1-241 lists the power requirements of an
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)(4)

power RFUs default) 2), two groups of
● 1 BBU3900 or DC input power

BBU3910 cables
1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2),low smoke zero
halogen
● 4 to 6 low- 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

power RFUs 2), one group of

BBU3910 cables
● 1 to 3 high- 1x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.


BBU3910 cables
● 1 to 3 low- 1x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.


BBU3910 cables

NOTE

RFUs.
CRFUe.
● Low-power RFUs include the DRFU, GRFU, WRFU, WRFUa, MRFU, and LRFU.
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

on Customer
Equipment(2)

W) zero halogen)
● 1 BBUa (power
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
consumption ≤ 2), two groups of
1420 W)
DC input power
cables
a: When the power consumption per BBU does not exceed 1420 W, one power
board is configured in the BBU and needs to be powered by the DCDU-12B.
When the power consumption per BBU is greater than 1420 W and less than or
equal to 1800 W, two power boards are configured in the BBU and one of the
two power boards needs to be powered by other equipment.


on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1400 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
2x63 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

smoke zero
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.3.1.3.2 Power Requirements of a BTS5900 (Ver.A)

NOTE

When a BTS5900 (Ver.A) is supplied with DC power, the DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B/

DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S configured in the cabinet
provides power for BBUs, RFUs, RRUs, and other modules in the cabinet. The
DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S is
powered by the customer's power equipment. Table 1-243, Table 1-244, Table
1-245, and Table 1-246 list the power requirements of a DCDU-12A, DCDU-12B,
of an EPU02S-02.
Table 1-243 Power requirements of a DCDU-12A

on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 4 to 6 high- 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 15 m (49.21 ft)

power RFUs 2) (low smoke
● 1 BBU zero halogen)
2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables
● 1 to 3 high- 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 4 to 6 low- 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables
● 1 to 3 low- 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables
NOTE

RFUs.
CRFUe.
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.


on Customer
Equipment(2)

W) zero halogen)
● 1 BBUa (power
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
1420 W)
DC input power
cables

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1400 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)

1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x63 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 BBU (power 2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤ default) 2), two groups of
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

smoke zero
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

● If more than six RRUs are configured in a DCDU, a maximum of six 8.2 mm2 (0.013 in.
2) power cables can be configured for RRUs (power consumption per RRU ≤ 800 W)
and a maximum of three 4 mm2 (0.0062 in.2) power cables can be configured for
RRUs (power consumption per RRU ≤ 400 W).
1.3.1.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS5900

This section describes the power distribution schemes for a BTS5900.
When DC power is supplied to a base station, the DCDU-12A can be configured in
the cabinet to provide power for the BBU, RFUs, and fan assembly, and the
DCDU-12B or EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 can be configured to provide
power for the BBU and RRUs.
Power Distribution Scheme for the DCDU-12A
The following figure shows the DCDU-12A power distribution scheme.
Figure 1-302 Power distribution scheme for the DCDU-12A
The following table lists the fuse specifications of the DCDU-12A.

Table 1-249 Fuse specifications of the DCDU-12A

Power Equipment External Power Supply Specifications of the DC
Output Fuse
DCDU-12A -48 V DC -48 V DC power

distribution
● RFU: 6x30 A (FUSE)
● BBUa: 2x30 A (FUSE)
a: The BBU3900 or BBU3910 modules are used in BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) and

BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) cabinets.
Power Distribution Scheme for the DCDU-12B

The DCDU-12B can provide power for BBUs and RRUs. Figure 1-303 shows the
power distribution scheme for the DCDU-12B when it powers BBUs and RRUs.
Figure 1-303 Power distribution scheme for the DCDU-12B (powering BBUs and
RRUs)
The following table lists the fuse specifications of the DCDU-12B.

Table 1-250 Fuse specifications of the DCDU-12B

Output Fuse
DCDU-12B -48 V DC -48 V DC power

distribution
● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE)
a: One DCDU-12B cannot supply power to the two power boards in the
BBU5900. One of the two power boards needs to be powered by other power
modules.
Power Distribution Scheme for the DCDU16D

The DCDU16D can provide power for BBUs, RRUs, fans, transmission equipment,
and other components. The following figure shows the power distribution scheme.
Figure 1-304 DCDU16D power distribution scheme
The following table lists the circuit breaker/fuse specifications of the DCDU16D.

Table 1-251 Circuit breaker/fuse specifications of the DCDU16D

Output Circuit Breaker/
Fuse
DCDU16D -48 V DC -48 V DC power

distribution
● RRU: 3x50 A (MCB)
● BBU/FAN/TM: 4x30 A
(FUSE)
Power Distribution Scheme for the EPU02D-02

The following figure shows the EPU02D-02 power distribution scheme.
Figure 1-305 Power distribution scheme for the EPU02D-02
The following table lists the fuse specifications of the EPU02D-02.
Table 1-252 Fuse specifications of the EPU02D-02

Output Fuse
EPU02D-02 -48 V DC -48 V DC power output:

4x30 A (BBU/FAN/TM)
(FUSE)
-57 V DC power output:
3x30 A (RRU) (FUSE)

Power Distribution Scheme for the EPU02B

The following figure shows the EPU02B power distribution scheme.
The following table lists the fuse specifications of the EPU02B.
Table 1-253 Fuse specifications of the EPU02B

Output Fuse
EPU02B -48 V DC -48 V DC power output:

4x30 A (BBU/FAN/TM)
(FUSE)
6x30 A (RRU) (FUSE)
Power Distribution Scheme for the EPU02S

The following figure shows the EPU02S power distribution scheme.

The following table lists the fuse specifications of the EPU02S.
Table 1-254 Fuse specifications of the EPU02S

Power Equipment External Power Supply DC Output Specifications
EPU02S -48 V DC -48 V DC power output:

4x30 A (BBU/FAN/TM)
(FUSE)
3x28 A (RRU)
Power Distribution Scheme for the EPU02S-02

The following figure shows the EPU02S-02 power distribution scheme.

The following table lists the fuse specifications of the EPU02S-02.
Table 1-255 Fuse specifications of the EPU02S-02

EPU02S-02 -48 V DC -48 V DC power output: 4x30

A (BBU/FAN/TM) (FUSE)
-57 V DC power output: 3x28
A (RRU)
1.3.1.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS5900

cables and cable connections in a BTS5900.
Cable List
For cables in a BTS5900, see BTS5900 Cable List.
Cable Connections
For cable connections for a BTS5900, see topics related to Cable Connections in

Cabin Power Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI RF

et Cable Signal on Cable Intercon Cable Cable
Type Connecti Cable Connectio nection Connect Connec
ons Connection ns Signal ions tions
s Cable
Connecti
ons
BTS39 BTS3900 BTS3900 Transmissi BBU CPRI RF

00 (Ver.E_A~ (Ver.E_A~D) on Cable Interconn Cable Cable
(Ver.E D) Power Monitoring Connectio ection Connecti Connec
_A~D) Cable Signal ns for Signal ons for tions
Connectio Cable 5900 Cable 5900
ns Connection Series Base Connecti Series
s Stations ons Base
Stations
BTS59 BTS5900 BTS5900
00 (Ver.A) (Ver.A)
(Ver.A Power Monitoring
) Cable Signal
Connectio Cable
ns Connection
s
1.3.2 BTS5900L
distribution schemes, cables, and cable connections of a BTS5900L.
1.3.2.1 Cabinets Supported by a BTS5900L

The BTS5900L is an indoor macro base station, which can use the BTS5900L
(Ver.A) and BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) cabinets. A BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) cabinet is
restructured from a BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), or BTS3900L (Ver.D)
cabinet.
The following table lists the cabinets supported by a BTS5900L.
Table 1-257 Cabinets supported by a BTS5900L
Base Cabinet Name Cabinet Description Cabinet

Station Configuration
BTS5900L BTS5900L The cabinet receives For details, see

(Ver.A) DC power input and Components in a
distributes DC power BTS5900L Cabinet.
to the BBU, RFUs,
RRUs, and fan
assembly.

Base Cabinet Name Cabinet Description Cabinet

Station Configuration
BTS3900L The cabinet is For details, see

(Ver.E_B~D) restructured from a Components in a
BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D).
BTS3900L (Ver.C), or
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
cabinet and can be
supplied with DC
power.
BTS5900L (Ver.A)
The following figure shows the exterior of a BTS5900L (Ver.A) cabinet.
Figure 1-309 Exterior of a BTS5900L (Ver.A)
The BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) has the same exterior as the cabinet before
restructured, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-310 Exterior of a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)
1.3.2.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS5900L

A BTS5900L supports different RF module configurations and spaces for customer
equipment. A BTS5900L can be configured with RFUs and RRUs together.
1.3.2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) Cabinet Applications

When the BTS5900L is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)
can meet different requirements for power distribution, module configuration, and
space for customer equipment.
The following table lists the cabinet applications of a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D).

Cabinet BBU Configuration Maximum Number of RF Illustration

Type Modules
BTS3900L 1 BBU3900/ ● 12 RFUs+6 RRUs (power Figure

(Ver.E_B~D) BBU3910+1 consumption per RRU ≤ 1-311
BBU5900 800 W)
● 12 RFUs+3 RRUs (800 W
< power consumption
per RRU ≤ 1400 W)
When RFUs and RRUs are configured, a DCDU-12B, DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, or

EPU02D-02 can be configured to provide power for RRUs.
NOTE
The installation positions of the DCDU-12B, DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, and EPU02D-02 are

similar. The following figure uses the DCDU-12B as an example.
Figure 1-311 Cabinet applications
1.3.2.2.2 BTS5900L (Ver.A) Cabinet Applications

A BTS5900L can be configured with RFUs and RRUs together.

A single BTS5900L base station is configured with only one BTS5900L (Ver.A)
cabinet. The following table lists the cabinet applications when a BTS5900L base
station is configured with RFUs and RRUs.

Cabinet BBU RF Module Power Module Illustration
Type Configuratio Configuration Configuration
n
BTS5900L 1 BBU5900 12 RFUs+6 1 DCDU-12B See

(Ver.A) RRUs (power illustration
per RRU ≤ 800 1-312.
W)+3 RRUs
(power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)

per RRU ≤ 800 1-312.
W)
12 RFUs+6 2 EPU02D-02 -
RRUs (800 W < modules
power
consumption
per RRU ≤
1100 W)
12 RFUs+6 2 DCDU16D/ -
RRUs (power DCDU16D-02
consumption modules
per RRU ≤
1400 W)
2 BBU5900s 12 RFUs+6 1 DCDU-12B See

RRUs (power illustration
per RRU ≤ 800 1-313.
W)+3 RRUs
(power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)

per RRU ≤ 800 1-313.
W)

Cabinet BBU RF Module Power Module Illustration

Type Configuratio Configuration Configuration
n
12 RFUs+6 2 EPU02D-02 -
RRUs (800 W < modules
power
consumption
per RRU ≤
1100 W)
12 RFUs+6 2 DCDU16D/ -
RRUs (power DCDU16D-02
consumption modules
per RRU ≤
1400 W)
When RFUs and RRUs are configured, a DCDU-12B, DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, or

EPU02D-02 can be configured to provide power for RRUs. This section uses a
Figure 1-312 One BBU
Figure 1-313 Two BBUs

1.3.2.3 Power Requirements of a BTS5900L

equipment and cross-sectional areas of power cables in a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)
and a BTS5900L (Ver.A).
1.3.2.3.1 Power Requirements of a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)

NOTE

When a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) is supplied with DC power, the DCDU-12A/

DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02
configured in the cabinet provides power for BBUs, RFUs, RRUs, and other
modules in the cabinet. The DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/
EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02 is powered by the customer's power
equipment. Table 1-260, Table 1-261, Table 1-262, and Table 1-263 list the
power requirements of a DCDU-12A, DCDU-12B, DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, and
EPU02D-02/EPU02B respectively. Table 1-264 lists the power requirements of an
Maximum Minimum Cross-Sectional Area of Cable Length

Configuratio Requirement for the Input Power Cable Requirement
n(1) Circuit Breakers
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 7 to 12 2x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), two ≤ 15 m (49.21

high- groups of DC input power ft)
power cables
RFUs
4x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), four
● 1 BBU3900
or
cables
BBU3910
● 7 to 12 2x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), two

low-power groups of DC input power
RFUs cables
● 1 BBU3900
4x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), four
or
BBU3910
cables


n(1) Circuit Breakers
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 6 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), low

high- smoke zero halogen
power
RFUs 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 1 BBU3900
cables
or
BBU3910
● 1 to 6 low- 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), low

power smoke zero halogen
RFUs
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two
● 1 BBU3900
or
cables
BBU3910
NOTE

RFUs.
CRFUe.
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.


on Customer
Equipment(2)

W) zero halogen)
● 1 BBUa (power
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
1420 W)
DC input power
cables

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1400 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)

1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x63 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 BBU (power 2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤ default) 2), two groups of
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

smoke zero
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.3.2.3.2 Power Requirements of a BTS5900L (Ver.A)

NOTE

When a BTS5900L (Ver.A) is supplied with DC power, the DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B/

DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02 configured in
the cabinet provides power for BBUs, RFUs, RRUs, and other modules in the
cabinet. The DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/
EPU02S/EPU02S-02 is powered by the customer's power equipment. Table 1-266,
Table 1-267, and Table 1-268 list the power requirements of a DCDU-12A,
DCDU-12B, and DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, respectively. Table 1-269 lists the power
requirements of an EPU02D-02/EPU02B. Table 1-270 lists the power requirements
of an EPU02S. Table 1-271 lists the power requirements of an EPU02S-02.

n(1)(5) Circuit Breakers
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 7 to 12 2x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), two ≤ 15 m (49.21

high- groups of DC input power ft)
RFUs halogen)
● 2 BBUs
4x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), four
cables
● 7 to 12 2x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), two

low-power groups of DC input power
RFUs cables (low smoke zero
● 2 BBUs halogen)


n(1)(5) Circuit Breakers
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
4x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), four

cables
● 4 to 6 2x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), two

high- groups of DC input power
power cables
RFUs
4x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), four
● 1 or 2
BBUs
cables
● 1 to 6 low- 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two

power groups of DC input power
RFUs cables
● 1 or 2
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two
BBUs
cables
3x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), three

cables

NOTE

RFUs.
CRFUe.
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

on Customer
Equipment(2)

W) zero halogen)
● 1 BBUa (power
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
1420 W)
DC input power
cables


on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1400 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
2x63 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

smoke zero
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

● If more than six RRUs are configured in a DCDU, a maximum of six 8.2 mm2 (0.013 in.
2) power cables can be configured for RRUs (power consumption per RRU ≤ 800 W)
and a maximum of three 4 mm2 (0.0062 in.2) power cables can be configured for
RRUs (power consumption per RRU ≤ 400 W).
1.3.2.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS5900L

This section describes the power distribution schemes for a BTS5900L.
When DC power is supplied to a base station, the DCDU-12A can be configured in
the cabinet to provide power for the BBU, RFUs, and fan assembly, and the
DCDU-12B or EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 can be configured to provide
power for the BBU and RRUs.
Power Distribution Scheme for the DCDU-12A
The following figure shows the DCDU-12A power distribution scheme.
Figure 1-314 Power distribution scheme for the DCDU-12A
The following table lists the fuse specifications of the DCDU-12A.

Table 1-272 Fuse specifications of the DCDU-12A

Output Fuse
DCDU-12A -48 V DC -48 V DC power

distribution
● RFU: 6x30 A (FUSE)
a: The BBU3900 or BBU3910 modules are used in BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) and

BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) cabinets.
Power Distribution Scheme for the DCDU-12B

The DCDU-12B can provide power for BBUs and RRUs. Figure 1-315 shows the
power distribution scheme for the DCDU-12B when it powers BBUs and RRUs.
Figure 1-315 Power distribution scheme for the DCDU-12B (powering BBUs and
RRUs)
The following table lists the fuse specifications of the DCDU-12B.

Table 1-273 Fuse specifications of the DCDU-12B

Output Fuse
DCDU-12B -48 V DC -48 V DC power

distribution
a: One DCDU-12B cannot supply power to the two power boards in the
BBU5900. One of the two power boards needs to be powered by other power
modules.
Power Distribution Scheme for the DCDU16D

The DCDU16D can provide power for BBUs, RRUs, fans, transmission equipment,
and other components. The following figure shows the power distribution scheme.
Figure 1-316 DCDU16D power distribution scheme
The following table lists the circuit breaker/fuse specifications of the DCDU16D.

Table 1-274 Circuit breaker/fuse specifications of the DCDU16D

Output Circuit Breaker/
Fuse
DCDU16D -48 V DC -48 V DC power

distribution
● RRU: 3x50 A (MCB)
● BBU/FAN/TM: 4x30 A
(FUSE)
Power Distribution Scheme for the EPU02D-02

The following figure shows the EPU02D-02 power distribution scheme.
Figure 1-317 Power distribution scheme for the EPU02D-02
The following table lists the fuse specifications of the EPU02D-02.
Table 1-275 Fuse specifications of the EPU02D-02

Output Fuse
EPU02D-02 -48 V DC -48 V DC power output:

4x30 A (BBU/FAN/TM)
(FUSE)
3x30 A (RRU) (FUSE)

Power Distribution Scheme for the EPU02B

The following figure shows the EPU02B power distribution scheme.
The following table lists the fuse specifications of the EPU02B.
Table 1-276 Fuse specifications of the EPU02B

Output Fuse
EPU02B -48 V DC -48 V DC power output:

4x30 A (BBU/FAN/TM)
(FUSE)
6x30 A (RRU) (FUSE)
Power Distribution Scheme for the EPU02S

The following figure shows the EPU02S power distribution scheme.

The following table lists the fuse specifications of the EPU02S.
Table 1-277 Fuse specifications of the EPU02S

EPU02S -48 V DC -48 V DC power output:

4x30 A (BBU/FAN/TM)
(FUSE)
3x28 A (RRU)
Power Distribution Scheme for the EPU02S-02

The following figure shows the EPU02S-02 power distribution scheme.

The following table lists the fuse specifications of the EPU02S-02.
Table 1-278 Fuse specifications of the EPU02S-02

EPU02S-02 -48 V DC -48 V DC power output: 4x30

A (BBU/FAN/TM) (FUSE)
-57 V DC power output: 3x28
A (RRU)
1.3.2.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS5900L

cables and cable connections in a BTS5900L.
Cable List
For cables in a BTS5900L, see BTS5900L Cable List.
Cable Connections
For cable connections for a BTS5900L, see topics related to Cable Connections in


Base Power Monitorin Transmissio BBU CPRI RF Cable
Stati Cable g Signal n Cable Interconn Cable Connecti
on Connecti Cable Connection ection Connec ons
ons Connectio s Signal tions
ns Cable
Connectio
ns
BTS3 BTS3900 BTS3900L Transmissio BBU CPRI CPRI

900L L (Ver.E_B~D n Cable Interconne Cable Cable
(Ver. (Ver.E_B~ ) Connections ction Connect Connecti
E_B~ D) Power Monitorin for 5900 Signal ions for ons for
D) Cable g Signal Series Base Cable 5900 5900
Connecti Cable Stations Connectio Series Series
ons Connectio ns Base Base
ns Stations Stations
BTS5 BTS5900 BTS5900L Transmissio BBU CPRI CPRI

900L L (Ver.A) (Ver.A) n Cable Interconne Cable Cable
(Ver. Power Monitorin Connections ction Connect Connecti
A) Cable g Signal for 5900 Signal ions for ons for
Connecti Cable Series Base Cable 5900 5900
ons Connectio Stations Connectio Series Series
ns ns Base Base
Stations Stations
1.3.3 BTS5900A
distribution schemes, cables, and cable connections of a BTS5900A.
1.3.3.1 Cabinets Used by a BTS5900A

The BTS5900A is an outdoor separated macro base station, and it can be
constituted of cabinets with different functions.
The following table lists the cabinets used by a BTS5900A.

Table 1-280 Cabinets used by a BTS5900A

Base Cabinet Name Cabinet Description
Station
BTS5900A APM30H (Ver.E), TMC11H ● The BBCe is a battery cabinet

(Ver.E), RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), that provides backup power
RFC (Ver.E), IBBS200D (Ver.C), for a site.
IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200D
(Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.C),
IBBS200T (Ver.D), IBBS200T
(Ver.E), IBBS300D (Ver.A),
IBBS300T (Ver.A), BBC5200D-L,
APM30H (Ver.F_B~E), TMC11H
(Ver.F_B~E), IBBS200D
(Ver.F_B~E), IBBS200T
(Ver.F_B~E), IBBS300D
(Ver.F_B~E), or IBBS300T
(Ver.F_B~E)

c. IBBS200T/IBBS300T: integrated backup battery system with TEC; IBBS200D/
IBBS300D: integrated backup battery system with direct ventilation
d. RFC: radio frequency cabinet
e. BBC: battery backup cabinet
Cabinet Exteriors
The following figure shows the common combinations of BTS5900A cabinets.

Figure 1-321 Exteriors of cabinets used by BTS5900As
A: BTS5900A in AC scenarios without backup B: BTS5900A in AC scenarios with backup

power or in DC scenarios power provided by the IBBS200D
C: BTS5900A in AC scenarios with backup -

power provided by the IBBS300D
Cabinet Introduction
The following table lists cabinets applicable to the BTS5900A and the cabinet
configuration for reference.
Table 1-281 Cabinets used by a BTS5900A
Cabinet Cabinet Name Cabinet Configuration

Type
APM30H APM30H (Ver.E) For details, see Components in

series APM30Hs.
cabinets

Cabinet Cabinet Name Cabinet Configuration

Type
TMC11H TMC11H (Ver.E) For details, see Components in

series TMC11Hs.
cabinets
RFC series RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), or RFC For details, see Components in
cabinets (Ver.E) RFCs.
IBBS ● IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200D ● For details, see Components

series (Ver.C), or IBBS200D (Ver.E) in IBBS200Ds.
cabinets ● IBBS200T (Ver.D), IBBS200T ● For details, see Components
(Ver.C), or IBBS200T (Ver.E) in IBBS200Ts.
● IBBS300D (Ver.A) or ● For details, see Components
IBBS300T (Ver.A) in IBBS300Ds and
Components in IBBS300Ts.
BBC ● BBC5200D-L ● For details, see Components

series in a BBC5200D-L.
cabinets

restructured to have the same capability as Ver.F cabinets. The following table
describes such cabinets.


Base Applica Cabinet Cabinet Power Power
Stati tion Name Description Requirement Distribution
on Scenari Scheme
o and
Cabinet
Configu
ration
BTS5 For APM30 Restructured The power Power

900A details, H from the requirements Distribution
see (Ver.F_B APM30H of a BTS5900A Schemes for a
BTS390 ~E) (Ver.B), using an BTS5900A
0A APM30H APM30H Using the
Installat (Ver.C), (Ver.F_B~E) are APM30H
ion APM30H the same as (Ver.F_B~E)
Guide (Ver.D), or those of a
for APM30H DBS5900 using
Enhanci (Ver.E) an
ng APM5930(AC).
Existing For details, see
Cabinet 1.3.4.3.5
s (Ver.F Power
Series). Requirements
of a DBS5900
Using the
APM5930(AC).
TMC11 Restructured Power The power

H from the Requirements distribution
(Ver.F_B TMC11H of a BTS5900A scheme for a
~E) (Ver.B), Using the BTS5900A
TMC11H TMC11H using a
(Ver.C), (Ver.F_B~E) TMC11H
TMC11H (Ver.F_B~E) is
(Ver.D), or the same as
TMC11H that for a
(Ver.E) DBS5900 using
an
APM5930(DC).
For details, see
1.3.4.4.6
Power
Distribution
Scheme for a
DBS5900
Using the
APM5930(DC).

Base Applica Cabinet Cabinet Power Power

Stati tion Name Description Requirement Distribution
on Scenari Scheme
o and
Cabinet
Configu
ration
IBBS200 Restructured - -
D from the
(Ver.F_B IBBS200D
~E) or (Ver.B),
IBBS200 IBBS200T
T (Ver.B),
(Ver.F_B IBBS200D
~E) (Ver.C),
IBBS200T
(Ver.C),
IBBS200D
(Ver.D),
IBBS200T
(Ver.D),
IBBS200D
(Ver.E), or
IBBS200T
(Ver.E)
1.3.3.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS5900A

Various cabinets can be configured for a BTS5900A to meet different requirements
for RF module configurations, backup power capacity, and spaces for customer
equipment. A BTS5900A can be configured with RFUs or with RFUs and RRUs
together.
1.3.3.2.1 BTS5900A Configured with RFUs but Without RRUs

If a BTS5900A is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, different cabinet
configurations can be used for the BTS5900A in a single-, dual-, triple-, or
quadruple-mode scenario supplied with 110 V AC power, 220 V AC power, or -48 V
DC power.
Cabinet Configuration Principles for a BTS5900A

● A site can be configured with a maximum of 12 RFUs.
● Cabinets in a site must be installed side by side with a clearance of 40 mm
(1.57 in.) between them.
● When a site is configured with more than six RFUs and only one IBBS200D,
IBBS200T, IBBS300D, or IBBS300T, the IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, or
IBBS300T must be configured with at least two battery packs consisting of

100 Ah storage batteries to avoid overcurrent of a single battery pack during

discharging.
● When an IBBS200D/IBBS200T/BBC5200D-L is stacked with a TMC11H, the
IBBS200D/IBBS200T/BBC5200D-L must be placed under the TMC11H. When
two IBBS200D/IBBS200T/BBC5200D-L cabinets are stacked, only cabinets of
the same type can be stacked. That is, an IBBS200D can only be stacked with
another IBBS200D. An IBBS200T can only be stacked with another IBBS200T. A
BBC5200D-L can only be stacked with another BBC5200D-L.
● When an IBBS300D/IBBS300T is stacked with a TMC11H, the IBBS300D/
IBBS300T must be placed under the TMC11H. When two IBBS300D/IBBS300T
cabinets are stacked, only cabinets of the same type can be stacked. That is,
an IBBS300D can only be stacked with another IBBS300D. An IBBS300T can
only be stacked with another IBBS300T.
IBBS300T.
● An RFC can be stacked only with an APM30H or TMC11H, and the RFC must
be placed under the APM30H or TMC11H.
IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5200D-L or transmission cabinet TMC11H, are
required during initial site deployment, the auxiliary cabinets are positioned
on the left, and the basic cabinets are positioned on the right. If both a
battery cabinet and a transmission cabinet are required, the battery cabinet is
positioned on the left side of the basic cabinet, and the transmission cabinet
is stacked on the battery cabinet or positioned on the left side of the battery
cabinet.
● During initial site deployment, space must be reserved for capacity expansion.
Unless otherwise stated, new cabinets are added to the right side of original
cabinets for capacity expansion and the original cabinets are not relocated. In
a special scenario, new cabinets can be added to the left side of original
cabinets.
Configuration restrictions on Ver.D+Ver.E cabinet combinations
APM30H (Ver.D).
stations
1200 W.

NOTE

Cabinet Configurations
NOTE






power
configurations.

ent t

or 220 V power BBU: ≤ 5 U
AC Two BBUs:
≤3U

BBU: ≤ 5 U
Two BBUs:
≤3U


ent t

BBU: ≤ 16 TMC11H
U
Two BBUs:
≤ 14 U

BBU: ≤ 16 TMC11H
U
Two BBUs:
≤ 14 U

power BBU: ≤ 5 U IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
cabinet
BBU: ≤ 5 U IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
≤3U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T

U BBC5200D-L+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T+1
TMC11H

U BBC5200D-L+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T+1
TMC11H

power BBU: ≤ 5 U IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
cabinets


ent t

BBU: ≤ 5 U IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
≤3U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts

U BBC5200D-Ls+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H

U BBC5200D-Ls+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H

BBU: ≤ 9 U
Two BBUs:
≤7U

BBU: ≤ 20
U ≤ 12 RFUs 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs
Two BBUs:
≤ 18 U
1.3.3.2.2 BTS5900A Configured with RFUs and RRUs

If a BTS5900A is configured with RFUs and RRUs, different cabinet configurations
can be used for the BTS5900A in a single-, dual-, triple-, or quadruple-mode
scenario supplied with 110 V AC power, 220 V AC power, or -48 V DC power.

● A single site supports a maximum of 6 RFUs+15 RRUs or 12 RFUs+9 RRUs.
● If a site is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the supported RRU specifications
are listed in the following table.

Table 1-284 RRU specifications supported by a site configured with RFUs and
RRUs
RF Module Configuration RRU Specifications
6 RFUs+15 RRUs 6 RRUs (2x80 W power per RRU)+9

RRUs (2x40 W power per RRU)
12 RFUs+9 RRUs 9 RRUs (2x40 W power per RRU)
Configuration restrictions on Ver.D+Ver.E cabinet combinations

● If a Ver.D cabinet and a Ver.E cabinet are installed side by side or stacked in a
base station, the base station supports a maximum of six RFUs and nine
RRUs.
● A maximum of six 2x60 W RRUs and three 2x40 W RRUs can be configured.
stations
1200 W.
NOTE

Cabinet Configuration








power
configurations.


ent t

or 220 V power BBU: ≤ 5 U +15 RRUs
AC Two BBUs:
≤3U

Two BBUs:
≤3U

U
Two BBUs:
≤ 14 U

U
Two BBUs:
≤ 14 U

power BBU: ≤ 5 U +15 RRUs IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
cabinet
BBU: ≤ 5 U +9 RRUs IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
≤3U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T

U BBC5200D-L+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T+1
TMC11H


ent t

U BBC5200D-L+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+1
IBBS300D/IBBS300T+1
TMC11H

power BBU: ≤ 5 U +15 RRUs IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
cabinets
BBU: ≤ 5 U +9 RRUs IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
≤3U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts

U BBC5200D-Ls+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+1 RFC+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H

U BBC5200D-Ls+1
Two BBUs: TMC11H
≤ 14 U ● 1 APM30H+2 RFCs+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
+1 TMC11H

Two BBUs:
≤6U
Single ≤ 12 RFUs 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs

Two BBUs:
≤7U


ent t

BBU: ≤ 19 +15 RRUs
U
Two BBUs:
≤ 17 U
Single ≤ 12 RFUs 2 TMC11Hs+2 RFCs

BBU: ≤ 20 +9 RRUs
U
Two BBUs:
≤ 18 U
1.3.3.3 Power Requirements of a BTS5900A

This section describes the power requirements of a BTS5900A.
1.3.3.3.1 Power Requirements of a BTS5900A Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

AC Input Scenario
NOTE

The following table lists the power requirements when AC power is supplied to the
base station.

Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment

and four core
wires, two


Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment
2 or 3 1x32 A/3 P insulation

(by default) layers, and a
cross-
sectional area
of 6 mm2
(0.0093 in.2)

single-phase (by default) and N), each
with a single
4 1x80 A/1 P core wire, two
layers, and a
cross-
sectional area
of 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)

120 V AC (by default) (L1, L2, and
dual-live-wire N), each with
3 1x63 A/2 P wire, two
insulation
layers, and a
cross-
sectional area
of 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)

to a base station configured with RFUs only.


ent for Requireme
Circuit nt
Breakers
on
Customer
Equipmen
t(2)

power cables (low
smoke zero halogen)
≤ 350 W 2x80 A/1 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),

power cables
power cables

power cables
≤ 350 W

power cables
power cables

power cables
≤ 350 W

power cables (low
smoke zero halogen)


ent for Requireme
Circuit nt
Breakers
on
Customer
Equipmen
t(2)
2x80 A/1 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),


power cables

power cables

power cables
NOTE

RFUs.
CRFUe.
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.


DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02, respectively.
● The DCDU-12A provides power for the RFUs and FAN 01D in the RFC. The
preceding table describes the power requirements of a DCDU-12A.
● The DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02 provides power
for RRUs. A DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02 is
configured as required. Table 1-288 lists the power requirements of a
DCDU-12B. Table 1-289 lists the power requirements of a DCDU16D/
EPU02D-02.
RRUs
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)

consumption per
cables

halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

RRUs (power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)

halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables

halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables





on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), ≤ 10 m (32.81

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
consumption ≤
two groups of DC
1200 W)
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1400 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
two groups of DC
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1100 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
consumption ≤
two groups of DC
1200 W)
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1100 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),

two groups of DC
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
Table 1-290 Power requirements of an EPU02D/EPU02D-02

on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5910
RRU5810, RRU5818, RRU5862, RRU5865
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3971, RRU3971a, RRU5305 (1.4G), RRU5301
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
and 63 A.
and 63 A.

1.3.3.3.2 Power Requirements of a BTS5900A Using the APM30H (Ver.F_B~E)/

TMC11H (Ver.F_B~E)
AC Input Scenario
NOTE

The following table describes the power requirements of a base station supplied
with AC power and using the APM30H (Ver.F_B~E).

Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment

jacket and
four core
wires, two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 10
mm2
(0.016 in.2)


Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment
2 or 3 1x32 A/3 P ● PE cable

(by default) with a
cross-
sectional
area of 10
mm2
(0.016 in.2)

each with
two
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 25
mm2
(0.039 in.2)
110 V AC or 5 1x125 A/2 P ● Three

core wire,
two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)


Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment
2 1x50 A/2 P ● PE cable

with a
cross-
sectional
area of 25
mm2
(0.039 in.2)

The following table describes the power requirements of a base station supplied
with DC power and using the TMC11H (Ver.F_B~E) configured with RFUs but
without RRUs.
Table 1-292 Power requirements in a DC scenario where only RFUs are configured
and no RRU is configured
Product Minimum Requirements for Cable Length
Configuration Requirement for the Input Power Requirement
on Customer
Equipment

● 0 to 2 BBUs DC input power

cables
● Power
consumption
of transmission
equipment ≤
350 W
● 4 to 6 low- 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

power RFUs 2),two groups of
cables
● Power
consumption
of transmission
equipment ≤
350 W

Product Minimum Requirements for Cable Length

Configuration Requirement for the Input Power Requirement
on Customer
Equipment
● 0 to 3 high- 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

power RFUs 2), two groups of

cables
● Power
consumption
of transmission
equipment ≤
350 W
● 0 to 3 low- 2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.


cables
● Power
consumption
of transmission
equipment ≤
350 W
● 4 to 6 high- 2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

● 0 BBU DC input power

cables
● 0 to 3 high- 1x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.


cables
● 4 to 6 low- 1x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.


cables
● 0 to 3 low- 1x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.


cables

DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02, respectively.
● The DCDU-12A provides power for the RFUs and FAN 01D in the RFC. The
preceding table describes the power requirements of a DCDU-12A.

● The DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02 provides power

for RRUs. A DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02 is
configured as required. Table 1-293 lists the power requirements of a
DCDU-12B. Table 1-294 lists the power requirements of a DCDU16D/
EPU02D-02.
RRUs
on Customer ent
Equipment(2)

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)

consumption per
cables

halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables

RRUs (power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)

halogen)


on Customer ent
Equipment(2)
2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables

halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

cables





on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), ≤ 10 m (32.81

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
consumption ≤
two groups of DC
1200 W)
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1400 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
two groups of DC
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1100 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
consumption ≤
two groups of DC
1200 W)
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1100 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
two groups of DC
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)

Table 1-295 Power requirements of an EPU02D/EPU02D-02

on Customer ent
Equipment
-48 V 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two ≤ 10 m

halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5910
RRU5810, RRU5818, RRU5862, RRU5865
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3971, RRU3971a, RRU5305 (1.4G), RRU5301
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
and 63 A.
and 63 A.

1.3.3.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS5900A

This section describes the power distribution schemes for a BTS5900A.
1.3.3.4.1 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS5900A Using the APM30H (Ver.E)
110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power and using the APM30H (Ver.E).

NOTE


AC-powered scenario

(MCB)
● FAN: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● BBU_0: 1x30 A
(FUSEb)
● BBU_1: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● TMc: 4x30 A
(FUSE)


110 V AC dual- 5x32 A/1 P (MCB) Heater and SOU: ● TMCd: 1x30 A
● IBBSe: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● RRU: 9x30 A
(FUSE)

b. FUSE: fuse
d. TMC: TMC11H
NOTE

AC-powered scenario

(MCB)
● FAN: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● BBU_0: 1x30 A
(FUSEb)
● BBU_1: 1x30 A
(FUSE)


110 V AC dual- 5x32 A/1 P (MCB) Heater and SOU: ● TMc: 4x30 A
● TMCd: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● IBBSe: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● RRU: 9x30 A
(FUSE)

b. FUSE: fuse
d. TMC: TMC11H
NOTE
When the cabinet requires an EPU02D/EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, the

EPU05A must be configured with two PDU01D-01 modules, which get the DC
power from the EPU05A and distribute it to the EPU02D/EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/
DCDU16D-02. The power distribution schemes are shown in Figure 1-334 and
Figure 1-335. The following table lists specifications of circuit breakers and fuses.
NOTE
The DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 and EPU02D/EPU02D-02 are connected in a similar way. The

following figure uses the EPU02D as an example.

Figure 1-334 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H in 220 V AC single-phase
scenarios (configured with an EPU02D or EPU02D-02)

Figure 1-335 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H in 110 V AC dual-live-
wire scenarios (configured with an EPU02D or EPU02D-02)
AC-powered scenario

(MCB)


● BBU_0: 1x30 A
(FUSEb)
● BBU_1: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● TMc: 4x30 A
(FUSE)
● TMCd: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● IBBSe: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● RRU (slot 7):
3x30 A (FUSE)
● EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D (slot
8): 1x100 A
(MCB)
● EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D (slot
9): 1x100 A
(MCB)

b. FUSE: fuse
d. TMC: TMC11H
The following figure shows power distribution scheme for an EPU02D/EPU02D-02.

Figure 1-336 Power distribution scheme for an EPU02D/EPU02D-02


Equipmen
t


(BBU)


(RRU)
The following figure shows the power distribution scheme for a DCDU16D/
DCDU16D-02.

Figure 1-337 Power distribution scheme for a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02


(BBU/FAN/TM) (FUSE)

an RFC. The DCDU-12B distributes power to the transmission equipment, fan
assembly, and other components in a TMC11H.
TMC11H.

powered scenario
scenario




If -48 V DC power is supplied, external power is directly supplied to an RFC. -48 V
DC power is directly supplied to the DC junction box in an RFC, which then
distributes the power to the DCDU-12A in an RFC and the DCDU-12C in a
TMC11H. A DCDU-12A distributes power to the RFUs, fan assembly, and other
components in an RFC. A DCDU-12C distributes power to the BBU, transmission
equipment, fan assembly, and other components in a TMC11H.
Figure 1-339 Power distribution scheme for the RFC and TMC11H supplied with
-48 V DC power

NOTE
The BBU is preferentially powered by the "LOAD6" and "LOAD7" ports on a DCDU. If there
is a standby power board or a second BBU, the standby power board or second BBU obtains
1.3.3.4.2 Power Distribution Schemes for a BTS5900A Using the APM30H

(Ver.F_B~E)
110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power and using the APM30H (Ver.F_B~E).

NOTE
Figure 1-340 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H (Ver.F_B~E) in 220 V AC

Figure 1-341 Power distribution scheme for the APM30H (Ver.F_B~E) in 110 V AC
Table 1-302 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in the APM30H
(Ver.F_B~E) in AC scenarios

220 V AC single- 5x32 A/1 P (MCB) Heater and SOU: ● RRU: 6x30 A
phase/three- 1x16 A (MCB) (FUSE)
phase (LOAD12 to
LOAD14)
● RRU (power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 800
W): 9x30 A
(FUSE) (2
PDU06D-01s)
● RRU (800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤
1200 W): 6x30
A (FUSE) (2
EPU02D-02s)
● BBU: 6x30 A
(FUSE)


● TM: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● TM/EMUB:
1x30 A (FUSE)
● TM/TMC: 2x30
A (FUSE)
● BBC: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● RFC: 2x125 A
(MCB)
(PDU01D-02)
1.3.3.5 Cables and Cable Connections in a BTS5900A

cables and cable connections in a BTS5900A.
Cable List
For cables in a BTS5900A, see BTS5900A Cable List.
Cable Connections
For cable connections for a BTS5900A, see topics related to Cable Connections in


Base Power Monitori Transmis BBU CPRI RF Cable
Statio Cable ng Signal sion Intercon Cable Connecti
n Connecti Cable Cable nection Connecti ons
ons Connecti Connecti Signal ons
ons ons Cable
Connecti
ons
BTS59 BTS5900A BTS5900A Transmiss BBU CPRI RF Cable

00A Power Monitorin ion Cable Interconn Cable Connectio
Cable g Signal Connectio ection Connectio ns
Connectio Cable ns for Signal ns for
ns Connectio 5900 Cable 5900
ns Series Connectio Series
Base ns Base
Stations Stations
1.3.4 DBS5900
A DBS5900 is a distributed base station. This section describes types of cabinets
and racks used by a DBS5900, deployment modes, power requirements, power
distribution schemes, and cable connections in different scenarios, to help users
plan and deploy a DBS5900.
1.3.4.1 Cabinets and Racks Used by a DBS5900

A DBS5900 is composed of cabinets and racks with different functions, meeting
requirements for power distribution, module configuration, and space for
customer equipment.
Cabinets and Racks

The following table lists cabinets and racks used by a DBS5900.

Table 1-304 Cabinets and racks used by a DBS5900

Cabinet/ Cabinet/Rack Cabinet/Rack Cabinet/ Cabinet/
Rack Name Description Rack Rack
Type Configurat Exterior
ion
APM595 ● APM5950H ● In AC scenarios For details, See

0Ha (Ver.A), where the external see Exterior of
series which is power supply is AC Configurati an
cabinets shortened power, an ons of the APM5950
to APM5950H (Ver.A) APM5950H H/
APM5950H cabinet supplies and APM5900
● APM5900H power to the BBUs, APM5900H. H.
(Ver.A), RRUs, and other
which is components, as well
shortened as other cabinets.
to ● In DC scenarios
APM5900H where the external
power supply is DC
power, an
APM5900H (Ver.A)
cabinet can be used
as a power cabinet
to supply power to
the BBUs or RRUs.
Alternatively, this
cabinet can be used
as a transmission
cabinet to provide
space for
transmission
equipment.


ion
APM595 ● APM5950H- ● In AC scenarios, an For details, For details,

0H-L L (Ver.A), APM5950H-L (Ver.A) see see Figure
series which is supplies power to Configurati 1-343.
cabinets shortened the BBUs, RRUs, and ons of the
to other components, APM5950H
APM5950H- as well as other -L and
L cabinets. APM5900H
● APM5900H- ● In DC scenarios, an -L.
L (Ver.A), APM5900H-L (Ver.A)
which is can be used as a
shortened power cabinet to
to supply power to the
APM5900H- BBUs or RRUs.
L Alternatively, this
cabinet can be used
as a transmission
cabinet to provide
space for
transmission
equipment.
APM593 ● APM5930(A ● In AC scenarios, an For details, For details,

0 series C) (Ver.A), APM5930(AC) see see Figure
cabinets which is (Ver.A) supplies Component 1-344.
shortened power to the BBUs, s in
to RRUs, and other APM5930s.
APM5930(A components, as well
C) as other cabinets.
● APM5930(D ● In DC scenarios, an
C) (Ver.A), APM5930(DC)
which is (Ver.A) can be used
shortened as a power cabinet
to to supply power to
APM5930(D the BBUs or RRUs.
C) Alternatively, this
cabinet can be used
as a transmission
cabinet to provide
space for
transmission
equipment.


ion
BBCb ● BBC5200D The BBC series cabinets For details, For details,
series ● BBC5200T are battery cabinets see: see:
cabinets and are used together ● Compon ● Figure
● BBC5300D with APM5950H-L/ ents in a 1-347
● BBC5300T APM5950H/APM5930/ BBC5200
APM30H series ● Figure
● BBC5200D- D 1-348
L cabinets to supply
backup power for sites. ● Compon ● Figure
● BBC5600D ents in a 1-349
● BBC5600D- BBC5200
T ● Figure
V 1-350
● BBC5600A ● Compon
ents in a ● Figure
● BBC5600A- BBC5300 1-347
V D ● Figure
● Compon 1-345
ents in a ● Figure
BBC5300 1-346
T
● Compon
ents in a
BBC5200
D-L
● Compon
ents in a
BBC5600
D
● Compon
ents in a
BBC5600
D-V
● Configur
ations of
a
BBC5600
A
● BBC5600
A-V
Hardwar
e
Descripti
on


ion
IBC10c ● IBC10 An IBC10 (Ver.B) is an For details, For details,

(Ver.B) indoor 19-inch cabinet see see Figure
that receives DC power Component 1-351.
and transfers power to s in an
its components. The IBC10.
cabinet can house a
maximum of 10 BBUs
installed in centralized
mode.
ILC29d ILC29 (Ver.E) An ILC29 is an indoor For details, For details,

cabinet used in an see see Figure
indoor distributed base Component 1-352.
station. The cabinet of s in an
this type can be ILC29.
supplied with DC power
and provides DC power
for the BBU, fan
assembly, RRU, and
other modules.
IMB05e IMB05 An IMB05 is a mini For details, For details,

subrack used in an see see Figure
indoor distributed base Component 1-353.
station to provide AC or s in an
DC power. IMB05.
19-inch ● INS05 ● The INS05 subrack is For details, For details,

rack or ● INS12f a 19-inch device see: see:
subrack that can be installed ● INS05 ● Figure
● 19-inch in a non-Huawei 19-
rack Hardwar 1-354
inch cabinet or open e
provided by rack. A single INS05 ● Figure
an operator Descripti 1-355
supports centralized on
installation of five
BBUs. ● Compon
ents of
● The INS12 is an an
indoor medium- INS12
capacity rack that
provides 12 U space
for 19-inch
equipment.
IFS06g IFS06 An IFS06 is an indoor For details, For details,

floor installation see see
support and used for Component Exterior of
installing the IMB05 s of an an IFS06.
and RRUs. IFS06.


ion
IFS5906 IFS5906 An IFS5906 is an indoor For details, For details,

floor installation see IFS5906 see
support and used for Hardware IFS5906
stacking the IMS5906 Description. Hardware
and RRUs. Description
.
IMS5906 IMS5906 The IMS5906 is an For details, For details,

indoor mini subrack see see
used in a DBS5900 to IMS5906 IMS5906
support installation of Hardware Hardware
the BBU and DC Description. Description
distribution equipment. .
APM30H APM30H The APM30H provides For details, For details,

series (Ver.E) power for components see see
cabinets in it and to other Component Exteriors of
cabinets in AC s in APM30Hs.
scenarios. APM30Hs.
TMC11H TMC11H The TMC11H can serve For details, For details,
h series (Ver.E) as a power cabinet in see see
cabinets DC scenarios or as a Component Exteriors of
transmission cabinet s in TMC11Hs.
based on the TMC11Hs.
transmission space
requirement.
IBBSi ● IBBS200D The IBBS series cabinets For details, For details,
series (Ver.C) or are battery cabinets see: see:
cabinets IBBS200T and are used together ● Compon ● Exterior
(Ver.C) with APM30H series ents in s of
● IBBS200D cabinets to provide IBBS200 IBBS200
(Ver.D) or backup power for sites. Ds and Ds and
IBBS200T Compon Exterior
(Ver.D) ents in s of
● IBBS200D IBBS200 IBBS200
(Ver.E) or Ts Ts
IBBS200T ● Compon ● Exterior
(Ver.E) ents in of an
● IBBS300D IBBS300 IBBS300
(Ver.A) or Ds and D and
IBBS300T Compon Exterior
(Ver.A) ents in of an
IBBS300 IBBS300
Ts T


ion
a: APM: advanced power module

b. BBC: battery backup cabinet
c. IBC10: indoor BBU cabinet
d. ILC29: indoor large cabinet
e. IMB05: indoor mini box
f. INS12: indoor normal support
g. IFS06: indoor floor installation support
h. TMC11H: transmission cabinet with heat exchanger
i. IBBS200T/IBBS300T: integrated backup battery system with TEC; IBBS200D/
IBBS300D: integrated backup battery system with direct ventilation
Some cabinets of earlier versions can be restructured to have the same capabilities
as Ver.F cabinets of the same series and be used in a DBS5900. The following table
describes the source cabinet, application scenarios and configurations of the
reused cabinets, as well as other information.


Cabin Applicatio Cabinet Power Power Engineeri
et n Scenario Description Requirement Distributio ng
Nam and n Scheme Specificati
e Cabinet ons
Configurat
ion
APM3 See the Restructured The power The power The input
0H following from the requirements distribution power
(Ver.F path: 3900 APM30H of a DBS5900 scheme for specificati
_B~E) & 5900 (Ver.D), using an a DBS5900 ons,
Series APM30H APM30H using an equipment
Base (Ver.B), (Ver.F_B~E) APM30H specificati
Station APM30H are the same (Ver.F_B~E) ons, and
Product (Ver.C), or as those of a is the same environme
Document APM30H DBS5900 as that for a ntal
ation (Ver.E) using an DBS5900 specificati
(Hardware APM5930(AC). using an ons of a
Installatio For details, APM5930(A DBS5900
n) > see 1.3.4.3.5 C). For using an
Installatio Power details, see APM30H
n and Requirements 1.3.4.4.5 (Ver.F_B~E
Commissio of a DBS5900 Power ) is the
ning > Using the Distributio same as
Base APM5930(AC n Scheme those of a
Station ). for a DBS5900
Installatio DBS5900 using an
n Guide > Using the APM5930(
Installatio APM5930(A AC). For
n Guide C). details, see
for APM5930
Enhancing Hardware
Existing Descriptio
Cabinets > n.
DBS3900
Installatio
n Guide
for
Enhancing
Existing
Cabinets
(Ver.F
Series).


e Cabinet ons
Configurat
ion
TMC1 See the Restructured The power The power The input
1H following from the requirements distribution power
(Ver.F path: 3900 TMC11H of a DBS5900 scheme for specificati
_B~E) & 5900 (Ver.D), using a a DBS5900 ons,
Series TMC11H TMC11H using a equipment
Base (Ver.B), (Ver.F_B~E) TMC11H specificati
Station TMC11H are the same (Ver.F_B~E) ons, and
Product (Ver.C), or as those of a is the same environme
Document TMC11H DBS5900 as that for a ntal
ation (Ver.E) using an DBS5900 specificati
(Hardware APM5930(DC) using an ons of a
Installatio . For details, APM5930(D DBS5900
n) > see 1.3.4.3.6 C). For using a
Installatio Power details, see TMC11H
n and Requirements 1.3.4.4.6 (Ver.F_B~E
Commissio of a DBS5900 Power ) is the
ning > Using the Distributio same as
Base APM5930(DC n Scheme those of a
Station ). for a DBS5900
Installatio DBS5900 using an
n Guide > Using the APM5930(
Installatio APM5930(D DC). For
n Guide C). details, see
for APM5930
Enhancing Hardware
Existing Descriptio
Cabinets > n.
DBS3900
Installatio
n Guide
for
Enhancing
Existing
Cabinets
(Ver.F
Series).


e Cabinet ons
Configurat
ion
IBBS2 See the Restructured - - The input

00D following from the power
(Ver.F path: 3900 IBBS200D specificati
_B~E) & 5900 (Ver.B), ons,
or Series IBBS200T equipment
IBBS2 Base (Ver.B), specificati
00T Station IBBS200D ons, and
(Ver.F Product (Ver.C), environme
_B~E) Document IBBS200T ntal
ation (Ver.C), specificati
(Hardware IBBS200D ons of a
Installatio (Ver.D), DBS5900
n) > IBBS200T using an
Installatio (Ver.D), IBBS200D
n and IBBS200D (Ver.F_B~E
Commissio (Ver.E), or ) or
ning > IBBS200T IBBS200T
Base (Ver.E) (Ver.F_B~E
Station ) are the
Installatio same as
n Guide > those of a
Installatio DBS5900
n Guide using a
for BBC5200D
Enhancing or
Existing BBC5200T.
Cabinets > For details,
DBS3900 see
Installatio BBC5200D
n Guide Hardware
for Descriptio
Enhancing n and
Existing BBC5200T
Cabinets Hardware
(Ver.F Descriptio
Series). n.


e Cabinet ons
Configurat
ion
IBBS2 See the Restructured - - The input

00D-L following from the power
(Ver.F path: 3900 IBBS200D specificati
_D~E) & 5900 (Ver.D) or ons,
Series IBBS200D equipment
Base (Ver.E) specificati
Station ons, and
Product environme
Document ntal
ation specificati
(Hardware ons of a
Installatio DBS5900
n) > using an
Installatio IBBS200D-
n and L
Commissio (Ver.F_D~E
ning > ) are the
Base same as
Station those of a
Installatio DBS5900
n Guide > using a
IBBS BBC5200D
Installatio -L. For
n Guide details, see
for BBC5200D
Reconstru -L
cting Hardware
Existing Descriptio
Cabinets n.
to Use
Lithium
Batteries.
APM5950H/APM5900H
The following figure shows the exterior of an APM5950H or an APM5900H.

Figure 1-342 Exterior of an APM5950H/APM5900H
APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L
The following figure shows the exterior of an APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L.

Figure 1-343 Exterior of an APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L
APM5930
The following figure shows the exterior of an APM5930(AC) or an APM5930(DC).

Figure 1-344 Exterior of an APM5930
BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V
The following figure shows the exterior of a BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V.
Figure 1-345 Exterior of a BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V

BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V
Figure 1-346 Exterior of a BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V
BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5200D-L
The following figures show the exteriors of a BBC5200D/BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T.
Figure 1-347 Exterior of a BBC5200D/BBC5200D-L

BBC5300D/BBC5300T
The following figures show the exteriors of a BBC5300D and a BBC5300T.
Figure 1-349 Exterior of a BBC5300D

IBC10 (Ver.B)
The following figure shows the exterior of an IBC10 (Ver.B).
Figure 1-351 Exterior of an IBC10 (Ver.B)

ILC29 (Ver.E)
The following figure shows the exterior of an ILC29 (Ver.E).
Figure 1-352 Exterior of an ILC29 (Ver.E)
IMB05
The following figure shows the exterior of an IMB05.
Figure 1-353 Exterior of an IMB05

INS05
The following figure shows the exterior of an INS05.
Figure 1-354 Exterior of an INS05
INS12
The following figure shows the exterior of an INS12.

Figure 1-355 Exterior of an INS12
APM30H/TMC11H
The following figure shows the exteriors of APM30H and TMC11H series cabinets.
Figure 1-356 Exteriors of APM30Hs and TMC11Hs
IBBS200D/IBBS200T
The following figure shows the exteriors of IBBS200Ds and IBBS200Ts.

Figure 1-357 Exteriors of IBBS200Ds and IBBS200Ts
IBBS300D/IBBS300T

1.3.4.2 Application Scenarios of a DBS5900

The DBS5900 base station can be used in following scenarios: outdoor AC
scenarios, outdoor DC scenarios, indoor AC scenarios, and indoor DC scenarios,
differentiating in the application environment (indoor or outdoor) and external
power supply (110 V/220 V AC or -48 V DC). The DBS5900 supports different
cabinets/racks and deployment modes in different application scenarios.
1.3.4.2.1 Outdoor AC Scenarios

When a DBS5900 is deployed outdoors and supplied with AC power, the DBS5900
deployment mode varies depending on the cabinet combinations and BBU
installation scenarios.
The following table describes the BBU installation scenarios, cabinet combination
principles, and deployment modes.

Table 1-306 BBU installation scenarios and cabinet combination principles

BBU Scenario Description Cabinet Base Station
Installation Combination Deployment Mode
Scenario Principle
APM5950H/ BBU 0 is installed in an Combination BBU Installed in an

APM5900H APM5950H, BBU 1 is Principles of APM5950H/
installed in an APM5950H APM5900H
APM5950H or Series
APM5900H, and RRUs Cabinets
RRUs.
APM5950H- BBU 0 is installed in an Combination BBU Installed in an

L/ APM5950H-L, BBU 1 is Principles of APM5950H-L/
APM5900H- installed in an APM5950H-L APM5900H-L
L APM5950H-L or Series
APM5900H-L, and RRUs Cabinets
The APM5950H-L
BBUs and RRUs.
APM5930(A BBU 0 is installed in an Combination BBU Installed in an

C)/ APM5930(AC), BBU 1 is Principles of APM5930(AC)/
APM5930(D installed in an APM5930 APM5930(DC)
C) APM5930(AC) or Series
APM5930(DC), and Cabinets
RRUs are installed
remotely. The
APM5930(AC) supplies
RRUs.
APM30H BBU 0 is installed in an Combination BBU Installed in an

(Ver.E)/ APM30H (Ver.E), BBU 1 Principles of APM30H (Ver.E)/
TMC11H is installed in an APM30H TMC11H (Ver.E)
(Ver.E) APM30H (Ver.E)/ Series
TMC11H (Ver.E), and Cabinets
RRUs are installed
(Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E)
BBUs, and the APM30H
the RRUs.

NOTE
station, see Configuration Principles of BBUs in Applicable Cabinets.

● The DBS5900 can be a single-, dual-, triple-, or quadruple-mode base station.
A single- or dual-mode base station can be configured with only one BBU,
and a triple- or quadruple-mode base station is configured with one or two
BBUs.
● When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with only one BBU,
● When a triple- or quadruple-mode base station is configured with one BBU,
● When a triple-or quadruple-mode base station is configured with two BBUs,
there are two scenarios: initial deployment and capacity expansion.
– If two BBUs are configured during initial deployment, both the BBUs are
installed in an APM30H/APM5930(AC)/APM5950H/APM5950H-L, and
transmission equipment is installed in a TMC11H/APM5930(DC)/
APM5900H/APM5900H-L.
– If there is space for a second BBU in the APM30H/APM5930(AC)/
APM5950H/APM5950H-L during capacity expansion, the BBU is
preferentially installed in the APM30H/APM5930(AC)/APM5950H/
APM5950H-L. Otherwise, the BBU is installed in a TMC11H/
APM5930(DC)/APM5900H/APM5900H-L.
NOTE
The following figures use a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.
Combination Principles of APM5950H Series Cabinets

The following table lists the combination principles of APM5950H series cabinets.
Table 1-307 Combination principles of APM5950H series cabinets
Category Principle
Supported ● The BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/

cabinets BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/
IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T cabinets can be used
to provide backup power for the APM5950H.
● Lead-acid and lithium mixed configuration of 1 BBC5600D/
BBC5600A and 1 BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A-V/BBC5200D/
BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/
IBBS300T or 1 BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A-V and 1 BBC5200D-L can
be used to provide backup power for the APM5950H.
● When an APM5950H supplies power to an APM5930/APM30H
(Ver.E)/APM30H (Ver.D) battery cabinet, the power distribution
capability of the APM5950H is the same as that of the
APM5930/APM30H (Ver.E)/APM30H (Ver.D) battery cabinet.

Category Principle
Stacked ● An APM5950H can be combined with only one APM5900H.

and ● The power cabinet and battery cabinet can be stacked only on a
combined 1:1 ratio (the power cabinet is stacked above the battery
cabinets cabinet).
● BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V cabinets can be
stacked only with APM5950H/APM5950H-L series cabinets.
● In initial deployment scenarios, the auxiliary cabinet such as the
battery cabinet or transmission cabinet, if required, is positioned
on the left side of the cabinet housing main equipment. In
capacity expansion scenarios, unless otherwise specified, the
original cabinets remain in the original positions and new
cabinets are added to the right side of the original cabinets. In
special scenarios, new cabinets can be added to the left side of
the original cabinets.
● If both a battery cabinet and a transmission cabinet are
configured, the battery cabinet is preferentially positioned on
the left side of the cabinet housing main equipment, and the
transmission cabinet is stacked on the battery cabinet or
positioned on the left side of the battery cabinet.
● An APM5950H can only be installed side by side with an
BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/
IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T and cannot be stacked.
Combination Principles of APM5950H-L Series Cabinets

The following table lists the combination principles of APM5950H-L series
cabinets.
Table 1-308 Combination principles of APM5950H-L series cabinets

Category Principle
Supported ● The BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/

cabinets BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/
IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T cabinets can be used
to provide backup power for the APM5950H-L.
● Lead-acid and lithium mixed configuration of 1 BBC5600D/
BBC5600A and 1 BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A-V/BBC5200D/
BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/
IBBS300T or 1 BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A-V and 1 BBC5200D-L can
be used to provide backup power for the APM5950H-L.

Category Principle
Stacked ● One APM5950H-L can be installed side by side with only one
and APM5900H-L. The cabinet can be stacked with a maximum of
combined two BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V cabinets.
cabinets (The power cabinet and battery cabinet are stacked on a 1:1
ratio.)
● The BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V can be
stacked only with APM5950H/APM5950H-L series cabinets.
● APM5950H-L series cabinets cannot be installed on the base of
an APM5930/APM30H (Ver.E)/APM30H (Ver.D).
Combination Principles of APM5930 Series Cabinets

The following table lists the combination principles of APM5930 series cabinets.
Table 1-309 Combination principles of APM5930 series cabinets

Configura Configuration Principle
tion Item
Supported ● If an APM5930(AC) supplies power to a Ver.D or Ver.E series

cabinets battery cabinet, the power distribution capability of the
APM5930(AC) is the same as that of an APM30H (Ver.D) or
APM30H (Ver.E).
● If an APM5930 series cabinet is installed on a Ver.D base, the
cabling capability at the bottom of the cabinet is the same as
that of a Ver.D cabinet.


tion Item
Stacked ● An APM5930(AC) can be installed side by side with only 1

and APM5930(DC) or stacked on a maximum of 2 BBC5200D/
combined BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L cabinets. (A
cabinets BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L
cabinet can be stacked on another cabinet of the same type.)
● An APM5930(AC) or APM5930(DC) can be installed on the
ground or stacked on a BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/
BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L cabinet.
● When APM5930(AC)/APM30H (Ver.E)/APM30H (Ver.D) cabinets
are used with BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V
cabinets, the cabinets can only be installed side by side and
cannot be stacked.
Combination Principles of APM30H Series Cabinets

The following table lists the combination principles of APM30H series cabinets.
Table 1-310 Combination principles of APM30H series cabinets

tion Item
Supported ● The APM30H (Ver.E) can be used with Ver.D cabinets, to power
cabinets a maximum of 15 RRUs.
● If an APM30H (Ver.E) supplies power to a Ver.D series battery
cabinet, the power distribution capability of the APM30H (Ver.E)
is the same as that of an APM30H (Ver.D).
● If a Ver.E cabinet is installed on a Ver.D base, the cabling
capability at the bottom of the Ver.E cabinet is the same as that
of a Ver.D cabinet.


tion Item
Stacked ● In initial deployment scenarios, the auxiliary cabinet such as the

and battery cabinet or transmission cabinet, if required, is positioned
combined on the left side of the cabinet housing main equipment. In
cabinets capacity expansion scenarios, unless otherwise specified, the
● An APM30H can be installed side by side with only 1 TMC11H
or stacked on a maximum of 2 IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/
IBBS300T/BBC5200D-L cabinets. (An IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5200D-L cabinet can be stacked on
another cabinet of the same type.)
● An APM30H/TMC11H can be installed on the ground or stacked
on an IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5200D-L
cabinet.
● When APM5930(AC)/APM30H (Ver.E)/APM30H (Ver.D) cabinets
are used with BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V cabinets, the cabinets can
only be installed side by side and cannot be stacked.
BBU Installed in an APM5950H/APM5900H

An APM5950H that is installed side by side with or stacked with BBC series


RRU ≤ 800 W) EPU07A-01/02
Seventh to twenty- 4 PDU06D-01 modulesa One PDU06D-01 can

seventh RRUs (power supply power to 6 RRUs.
800 W)

Seventh to twenty- ● 2 PDU06D-01 ● One PDU06D-01 can

seventh RRUs modules: 12 RRUs supply power to 6
consumption per RRU per RRU ≤ 800 W) ● One PDU03D-03 can
≤ 800 W) ● 3 PDU03D-03 supply power to 3
● 9 RRUs (800 W < modulesa: 9 RRUs RRUs.
power consumption (800 W < power
per RRU ≤ 1400 W) consumption per RRU
≤ 1400 W)
configurations.

Power Equipment ion
Requir
ement
110 V No Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H

AC or backup 7U
AC 4U
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H+1 APM5900H

21 U
Two BBUs: ≤
18 U
APM59 Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H+1 BBC5600D/

50Hs 7U BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/
and Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5600A-V/BBC5200D/
BBC 4U BBC5200T/BBC5300D/
series BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/
cabinet IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
s IBBS300D/IBBS300Ta
initially
red on 21 U BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
a 1:1 Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/
ratio 18 U BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
BBC5200D-L/IBBS200D/
IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T


Power Equipment ion
Requir
ement
APM59 Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H+2 BBC5600Ds/

50Hs 7U BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/
and Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5600A-Vs/BBC5200Ds/
BBC 4U BBC5200Ts/BBC5300Ds/
series BBC5300Ts/BBC5200D-Ls/
cabinet IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
s IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
initially
red on 21 U BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/
a 1:2 Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs/
ratio 18 U BBC5200Ds/BBC5200Ts/
IBBS300Ts
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H+1 BBC5600D-V/

7U BBC5600A-V+1 BBC5600Db/
Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5600A
4U
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5950H+1 APM5900H+1

21 U BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A-V/
18 U BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
IBBS300D/IBBS300T+1
BBC5600D/BBC5600A/
BBC5200D-L
a: When the APM5950H series cabinets are used with the BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T, the carrier
configuration capability depends on the circuit breaker capability of the old
battery cabinet. When the APM5950H series cabinets are used with the
BBC5200D-L, the carrier configuration capability depends on the backup power
capability of the old battery cabinet.
b: In lead-acid and lithium mixed configuration scenarios, it is recommended



shown in the following figures. These figures use the BBC5600D as an example.

Figure 1-360 Configurations of cabinets when APM5950Hs and BBC/IBBS series




station and BBC5600D as an example.
NOTE

power for the APM5950H.

Figure 1-361 APM5950Hs and BBC/IBBS series cabinets initially configured on a

1:2 ratio


BBU Installed in an APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L

An APM5950H-L that is installed side by side with or stacked with BBC series
First to sixth RRUs LOAD8 to LOAD13 ports -

(power consumption per on the EPU04A-01/02
RRU ≤ 800 W)

800 W)

RRUs (800 W < power supply power to 3 RRUs.
1400 W)
configurations.

Power Equipment n
Requir
ement
110 V No Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM5950H-L

AC or backup 7U
220 V power
AC Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM5950H-L+1
21 U APM5900H-L

50H-Ls 7U BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
and BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/
BBC BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
series BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
cabinet BBC5200D-L/IBBS200D/
s IBBS200T/IBBS300D/
initially IBBS300T
configu


Power Equipment n
Requir
ement

a 1:1 21 U APM5900H-L+1 BBC5600D/
BBC5600A-V/BBC5200D/
BBC5200T/BBC5300D/
BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/
IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
IBBS300D/IBBS300T

50H-Ls 7U BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/
and BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs/
BBC BBC5200Ds/BBC5200Ts/
series BBC5300Ds/BBC5300Ts/
cabinet BBC5200D-Ls/IBBS200Ds/
s IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/
initially IBBS300Ts
configu
a 1:2 21 U APM5900H-L+2
ratio BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/
BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs/
IBBS300Ts

BBC5600D/BBC5600Aa

21 U APM5900H-L+1 BBC5600D-
V/BBC5600A-V/BBC5200D/
BBC5200T/BBC5300D/
BBC5300T/IBBS200D/
IBBS200T/IBBS300D/
IBBS300T+1 BBC5600D/
BBC5600A/BBC5200D-L




shown in the following figures. These figures use the BBC5600A as an example.






station and BBC5600A as an example.
NOTE

power for the APM5950H-L.


1:2 ratio


1:2 ratio

BBU Installed in an APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC)

An APM5930(AC) that is installed side by side with or stacked with BBC series

RRU ≤ 800 W) EPU05A-11/12
Seventh to twenty-first 3 PDU06D-01 modules One PDU06D-01 can

800 W)
Seventh to twenty-first ● 2 PDU06D-01 ● One PDU06D-01 can

RRUs modules: 9 RRUs supply power to 6
consumption per RRU per RRU ≤ 800 W) ● One EPU02D-02/
≤ 800 W) ● 2 EPU02D-02/ DCDU16D/
● 6 RRUs (800 W < DCDU16D/ PDU03D-03/
power consumption PDU03D-03/ BDU70-03 can supply
per RRU ≤ 1400 W) BDU70-03 modules/3 power to 3 RRUs. One
SDU60-02 modulesa: SDU60-02 can supply
6 RRUs (800 W < power to 2 RRUs. The
power consumption EPU02D-02 is used as
per RRU ≤ 1400 W) an example in figures.
a: The BDU70-03 and SDU60-02 are configured in the EPU05A subrack.
configurations.

Power Equipment n
Requir
ement
110 V No Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM5930(AC)

AC or backup 5U
AC 3U


Power Equipment n
Requir
ement

16 U APM5930(DC)
Two BBUs: ≤
14 U

30(AC) 5U BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
cabinet Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
s and 3U BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/
BBC BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/
series BBC5600A-V
cabinet
configu Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
red on 14 U BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
a 1:1 BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/
BBC5600A-V

30(AC) 5U BBC5200Ds/BBC5200Ts/
cabinet Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5300Ds/BBC5300Ts/
s and 3U BBC5200D-Ls/BBC5600Ds/
BBC BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/
series BBC5600A-Vs
cabinet
configu Two BBUs: ≤ BBC5200Ds/BBC5200Ts/
red on 14 U BBC5300Ds/BBC5300Ts/
a 1:2 BBC5200D-Ls/BBC5600Ds/
ratio BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/
BBC5600A-Vs

5U BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
BBC5200D-L/BBC5600Da/
BBC5600A


Power Equipment n
Requir
ement

16 U APM5930(DC)+1
14 U BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A-V+1
BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/
BBC5600A

configurations are shown in the following figures.


BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs cabinets are initially configured on a 1:1 ratio, the
cabinet configurations given different requirements on space for customer
equipment and carrier configurations are shown in the following figures.

Figure 1-369 Configurations of cabinets when APM5930(AC) cabinets and BBC

series cabinets are initially configured on a 1:1 ratio

BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V cabinets are initially configured on a 1:2 ratio, the cabinet
configurations given different requirements on space for customer equipment and

carrier configurations are shown in the following figures. These figures use a
single- or dual-mode base station as an example.
NOTE
● Lead-acid and lithium mixed configuration 1 BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/

BBC5300T and 1 BBC5200D-L is supported to provide backup power for the
APM5930(AC) cabinet.

Figure 1-370 APM5930(AC) cabinets and BBC series cabinets initially configured
on a 1:2 ratio


BBU Installed in an APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E)

An APM30H that is installed side by side with or stacked with a Ver.E cabinet can
supply power to a maximum of 21 RRUs. The following table describes the
mapping between the number of RRUs and power equipment.

First to sixth LOAD9 to LOAD14 ports -

RRUs on the EPU05A-07/09
Seventh to 3 PDU03D-02 modules One PDU03D-02 can supply

fifteenth RRUs power to three RRUs.
Sixteenth to 1 PDU01D-01+1 ODM One PDU01D-01 and one ODM

twenty-first RRUs can be used together to supply
power to six RRUs.
configurations.

Require r ation
ment Equipme
nt
110 V AC No Single ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM30H+1 ODM

or 220 V backup BBU: ≤ 5
AC power U
Two
BBUs: ≤ 3
U
Single ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1

BBU: ≤ 6 ODM
U
Two
BBUs: ≤ 4
U


Require r ation
ment Equipme
nt

IBBS200T BBUs: ≤ 3 BBC5600A-V+ 1 ODM
s initially U
configure
d on a Single ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM30H + 1 TMC11H + 1
1:1 ratio BBU: ≤ 6 IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
U BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
Two BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V + 1
BBUs: ≤ 4 ODM
U
APM30Hs Single ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds/

and BBU: ≤ 5 IBBS200Ts/IBBS300Ds/
IBBS200D U IBBS300Ts/BBC5600Ds/
s/ Two BBC5600D-Vs/BBC5600As/
IBBS200T BBUs: ≤ 3 BBC5600A-Vs+1 ODM
s/ U
IBBS300D
s/ Single ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2
IBBS300T BBU: ≤ 16 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts/
s initially U IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts/
configure Two BBC5600Ds/BBC5600D-Vs/
d on a BBUs: ≤ BBC5600As/BBC5600A-Vs+1
1:2 ratio 14 U ODM

following figure.


APM30Hs and IBBS/BBC series cabinets are initially configured on a 1:1 ratio


APM30Hs and IBBS/BBC series cabinets are initially configured on a 1:2 ratio
1.3.4.2.2 Outdoor DC Scenarios


BBU Scenario Description Remarks
Installation
Position
APM5900H The BBU is installed in an BBU Installed in an

APM5900H and RRUs are APM5900H
APM5900H supplies power to
the BBU and RRUs.

BBU Scenario Description Remarks

Installation
Position
APM5900H-L The BBU is installed in an BBU Installed in an

APM5900H-L and RRUs are APM5900H-L
APM5900H-L supplies power
to the BBU and RRUs.
APM5930(DC The BBU is installed in an BBU Installed in an

) APM5930(DC) and RRUs are APM5930(DC)
APM5930(DC) supplies power
to the BBU and RRUs.
TMC11H The BBU is installed in a BBU Installed in a TMC11H

(Ver.E) TMC11H (Ver.E) and RRUs are (Ver.E)
TMC11H (Ver.E) supplies
power to the BBU and RRUs.
Configuration Principles of Cabinets Used by a DBS5900

For details, see:
● Combination Principles of APM5950H Series Cabinets
● Combination Principles of APM5950H-L Series Cabinets
● Combination Principles of APM5930 Series Cabinets
● Combination Principles of APM30H Series Cabinets

For details about BBU installation in a single-, dual-, triple-, or quadruple-mode
base station, see Configuration Principles of BBUs in Applicable Cabinets. The
following figures use a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.
BBU Installed in an APM5900H


(power LOAD5 ports)
consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)


seventh RRUs to 6 RRUs.
(power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)

seventh RRUs RRUs (power power to 6 RRUs.
● 12 RRUs (power consumption per ● One DCDU16D-02 can supply
consumption per RRU ≤ 800 W) power to 3 RRUs.
RRU ≤ 800 W) ● 3 DCDU16D-02s: 9
● 9 RRUs (800 W RRUs (800 W <
< power power
consumption per consumption per
RRU ≤ 1400 W) RRU ≤ 1400 W)



-48 V DC power.


Equipment
-48 V DC Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 18 RRUs 1 APM5900H-L (2 DCDU-12Bs

11 U (power +3 DCDU16D-02sa)
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)+9 RRUs
(800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 1400
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 1 APM5900H-L (4 DCDU-12Bs)

11 U (power
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 18 RRUs 2 APM5900H-Ls (1 DCDU-12B

25 U (power +3 DCDU16D-02s)
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)+9 RRUs
(800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 1400
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 27 RRUs 2 APM5900H-Ls (3 DCDU-12Bs)

25 U (power
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)

BBU Installed in an APM5900H-L




(power LOAD5 ports)
consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
Seventh to 2 DCDU-12Bs One DCDU-12B can supply power

fifteenth RRUs to 6 RRUs.
(power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
Seventh to 3 DCDU16D-02s: 9 One DCDU16D-02 can supply

fifteenth RRUs (800 RRUs (800 W < power to 3 RRUs.
W < power power consumption
consumption per per RRU ≤ 1400 W)
RRU ≤ 1400 W)


Figure 1-375 Cabinet configurations in the -48 V DC scenario (single cabinet)

Figure 1-376 Cabinet configurations in the -48 V DC scenario (two cabinets)
-48 V DC power.


Equipment
-48 V DC Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 6 RRUs 1 APM5900H-L (3

11 U (power DCDU16D-02sa)
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)+9 RRUs
(800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 1400
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM5900H (2 DCDU-12Bs)

11 U (power
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 6 RRUs 2 APM5900Hs (3

25 U (power DCDU16D-02s)
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)+9 RRUs
(800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 1400
W)
Single BBU: ≤ ≤ 15 RRUs 2 APM5900Hs (1 DCDU-12B)

25 U (power
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)

BBU Installed in an APM5930(DC)




(power LOAD5 ports)
consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)

first RRUs (power to 6 RRUs.
consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)

first RRUs RRUs (power power to 6 RRUs.
● 9 RRUs (power consumption per ● One EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/
consumption per RRU ≤ 800 W) DCDU16D-02 can supply
RRU ≤ 800 W) ● 2 EPU02D-02s/ power to 3 RRUs.
● 6 RRUs (800 W DCDU16Ds/
< power DCDU16D-02s: 6
consumption per RRUs (800 W <
RRU ≤ 1100 W) power
consumption per
RRU ≤ 1100 W)



-48 V DC power.

Equipment
-48 V DC Single BBU: ≤ 5 ≤ 15 RRUs 1 APM5930(DC) cabinet (3

U (power DCDUs+2 EPU02D-02s/
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)+6 RRUs
(800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 1100
W)


Equipment
Single BBU: ≤ 6 ≤ 21 RRUs 1 APM5930(DC) cabinet (4

U (power DCDUs)
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)

16 U (power DCDUs+2 EPU02D-02s/
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)+6 RRUs
(800 W <
power
consumption
per RRU ≤ 1100
W)

17 U (power DCDUs)
U per RRU ≤ 800
W)
BBU Installed in a TMC11H (Ver.E)

21 RRUs and the cabinet configurations are shown in the following figure.

-48 V DC power.

Power Supply Spac Carri Cabin
e for er et
Custo Confi Confi
mer gurat gurat
Equip ion ion
ment
-48 V DC ≤5U ≤ 21 1
RRUs TMC1
1H
(with
3
DCD
Us)
≤ 16 ≤ 21 2
U RRUs TMC1
1Hs
(with
4
DCD
Us)

1.3.4.2.3 Indoor AC Scenario

This section describes the scenario where the DBS5900 is installed indoors and
The following table describes the scenario where the BBU is installed indoors and
the DBS5900 is supplied with AC power.
Table 1-327 Installation scenario

Installation
Position

RRUs.

When external 220 V AC power is provided, an ETP48100-B1 can be configured to
supply power to the BBU and RRUs, as shown in the following figure.

IMB05
220 V single-phase 1 IMB05+1 BBU+1 ETP48100-B1+2

RRUs (power consumption per RRU ≤
800 W)
1 IMB05+1 BBU+1 ETP48100-B1+1

RRU (800 W < power consumption per
RRU ≤ 1100 W)
1.3.4.2.4 Indoor DC Scenarios

The following table describes the scenarios where the BBUs are installed indoors
and the DBS5900 is supplied with DC power.

Installation
Position
IBC10 The BBUs are installed in an BBU Installed in an IBC10

(Ver.B) IBC10 (Ver.B). The DCDU (Ver.B)
supplies power to the BBUs.
ILC29 The BBUs are installed in an BBU Installed in an ILC29

(Ver.E) ILC29 (Ver.E) and RRUs are (Ver.E)
installed outdoors. The ILC29
(Ver.E) supplies power to the
BBUs and RRUs.

supplies power to the BBUs and
outdoor RRUs.
IMS5906 The BBUs are installed in an BBU Installed in an IMS5906

IMS5906 and RRUs are with the IFS5906 Stacked
centrally installed on an
IFS5906, which is stacked on
the IMS5906. The IMS5906
provides 6 U space for
installing DC power supply
modules to supply power to the
BBUs, RRUs, and fan assembly
in the IFS5906.


Installation
Position
19-inch rack The 19-inch rack can be BBU Installed in a 19-Inch

provided by Huawei or the Rack/INS05 Installed in a
customer. The 19-inch rack Non-Huawei 19-Inch Rack/
provided by Huawei is an Cabinet
INS12/INS05. The DCDU-12B/
EPU02D-02 and BBUs are
installed in the 19-inch rack.
The DCDU-12B/EPU02D-02
supplies power to the BBUs and
outdoor RRUs.
When the BBU power
consumption does not exceed
1100 W, the BBUs can be
stacked horizontally. When the
BBU power consumption
exceeds 1100 W, the BBUs must
be installed in an INS05.
Wall The BBU and DCDU-12B are BBU Installed on a Wall

installed on a wall, and RRUs
are installed outdoors. The
DCDU-12B supplies power to
the BBU and outdoor RRUs.
BBU Installed in an IBC10 (Ver.B)

When the external input power is -48 V DC, the BBUs can be installed in an IBC10
(Ver.B). The IBC10 (Ver.B) supplies power to the BBUs and universal switching
units (USUs), as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-380 BBUs installed in an IBC10 (Ver.B)
The following table lists the cabinet and module configurations when the BBUs
are installed in an IBC10 (Ver.B).
Table 1-330 Module configurations when the BBUs are installed in an IBC10
(Ver.B)
Power Supply Module Configuration
-48 V DC 10 BBU5900s+ 3 DCDU-12Cs

BBU Installed in an ILC29 (Ver.E)

The cabinet configurations of an ILC29 (Ver.E) are described as follows:
● A single cabinet supports a maximum of two BBUs.
● A single cabinet supports a maximum of 36 optical fibers.
When the external input power is -48 V DC, the BBU can be installed in an ILC29
(Ver.E), which supplies power to the BBU and RRUs, as shown in the following
figure.
Figure 1-381 BBU installed in an ILC29 (Ver.E)
installed in an ILC29 (Ver.E).

ILC29 (Ver.E)
-48 V DC 1 ILC29 (Ver.E)+2 BBUs+3 EPU02D-02s/DCDU16Ds/

DCDU16D-02s+5 DCDU-12Bs+9 RRUs (800 W < power
consumption per RRU ≤ 1100 W)+21 RRUs (power

When the external input power is -48 V DC, the BBU can be installed in an IMB05,
which supplies power to the BBU and RRUs, as shown in the following figure.


installed in an IMB05.
IMB05
Supply
-48 V DC 1 IMB05+1 BBU+2 DCDU-12Bs+12 RRUs (power consumption

per RRU ≤ 800 W)
1 IMB05+1 BBU+2 EPU02D-02s/DCDU16Ds+6 RRUs (800 W <

power consumption per RRU ≤ 1100 W)
1 IMB05+1 BBU+1 DCDU-12B+1 EPU02D-02/DCDU16D+9 RRUs

(6 RRUs: power consumption per RRU ≤ 800 W; 3 RRUs: 800 W
< power consumption per RRU ≤ 1100 W)
BBU Installed in an IMS5906 with the IFS5906 Stacked

When the external input power is -48 V DC, the BBUs can be installed in an
IMS5906 on which the IFS5906 is stacked. The IMS5906 is configured with a
DCDU-12B/EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 to supply power to the BBUs and
RRUs, as shown in the following figure.
NOTE
The 2 U space in the upper part of the IMS5906 can house the DCDU-12B and the
EPU02D-02. The following figure uses 1 EPU02D-02+1 DCDU-12B as an example.

Figure 1-383 BBUs installed in an IMS5906 with the IFS5906 stacked
The following table lists the maximum cabinet and module configurations when
the BBUs are installed in an IMS5906.
Table 1-333 Maximum cabinet and module configurations when the BBUs are
installed in an IMS5906
Power Maximum Cabinet and Module Configuration
Supply
-48 V DC 1 IMS5906+1 IFS5906+2 BBUs+2 DCDU-12Bs+6 RRUs (power

1 IMS5906+1 IFS5906+2 BBUs+2 EPU02D-02s/DCDU16Ds/

DCDU16D-02s+6 RRUs (800 W < power consumption per RRU ≤
1100 W)
1 IFS5906+2 BBUs+1 DCDU-12B+1 EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/

DCDU16D-02+6 RRUs (3 low-power RRUs: power consumption
per RRU ≤ 800 W; 3 high-power RRUs: 800 W < power

BBU Installed in a Huawei Cabinet or a Non-Huawei Rack with IFS5906

Installed on the Ground
When the external input power is -48 V DC, the BBUs can be installed in a Huawei
cabinet or a non-Huawei rack and the IFS5906 can be installed on the ground. The
Huawei cabinet or non-Huawei rack is configured with a DCDU-12B/EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 to supply power to the BBUs, FAN 03D, and RRUs, as
Figure 1-384 BBUs installed in a Huawei cabinet or a non-Huawei rack and

IFS5906 installed on the ground
The following table lists the cabinet and module configurations when the BBUs
are installed in a Huawei cabinet or a non-Huawei rack.
Table 1-334 Cabinet and module configurations when the BBUs are installed in a
Huawei cabinet or a non-Huawei rack

Supply
-48 V DC 1 IFS5906+2 BBUs+2 DCDU-12Bs+6 RRUs (power consumption

per RRU ≤ 800 W)
1 IFS5906+2 BBUs+2 EPU02D-02s/DCDU16Ds/DCDU16D-02s+6

RRUs (800 W < power consumption per RRU ≤ 1100 W)


Supply
1 IFS5906+2 BBUs+1 DCDU-12B+1 EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/

DCDU16D-02+6 RRUs (3 low-power RRUs: power consumption
per RRU ≤ 800 W; 3 high-power RRUs: 800 W < power
BBU Installed in a 19-Inch Rack

When the external input power is -48 V DC, the BBUs and DCDU-12B/EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 can be installed in a 19-inch rack, and RRUs can be
remotely installed outdoors. In this scenario, the DCDU-12B/EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 supplies power to the BBUs and RRUs. The following
figure shows the cabinet configurations when the BBUs are installed in a 19-inch
rack.
Figure 1-385 BBUs installed in a 19-inch rack
The number of RRUs supported by the DCDU-12B/EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/

DCDU16D-02 is different. The following table lists the detailed configurations.
Table 1-335 Module configurations for installing BBUs in a 19-inch rack
-48 V DC 2 BBUs+3 DCDU-12Bs+15 RRUs (power consumption per

RRU ≤ 800 W)
2 BBUs+3 EPU02D-02s/DCDU16Ds/DCDU16D-02s+9 RRUs

(800 W < power consumption per RRU ≤ 1100 W)

INS05 Installed in a Non-Huawei 19-Inch Rack/Cabinet

This part describes the scenarios where INS05s are installed in a non-Huawei 19-
inch rack/cabinet.
● For a 2.0 m non-Huawei 19-inch rack/cabinet, it is recommended that 3 U
space be reserved on the top of the INS05. For a 2.2 m non-Huawei 19-inch
rack/cabinet, it is recommended that 5 U space be reserved on the top of the
INS05.
● If two INS05s are used, it is recommended that 2 U space be reserved
between INS05s in a 2.0 m non-Huawei 19-inch rack/cabinet and 4 U space
be reserved between INS05s in a 2.2 m non-Huawei 19-inch rack/cabinet.
The following figures show the recommended positions for installing INS05
subracks in non-Huawei 19-inch racks/cabinets.

Figure 1-386 One INS05 installed in a non-Huawei 19-inch rack

Figure 1-387 Two INS05s installed in a non-Huawei 19-inch rack
BBU Installed on a Wall

When the external input power is -48 V DC, the BBU and DCDU-12B/EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 can be installed indoors on a wall, and RRUs can be
remotely installed outdoors. In this scenario, the DCDU-12B/EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 supplies power to the BBU and RRUs, as shown in the
following figure. The installation positions of the DCDU-12B and EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 on a wall are similar. The following figure uses the

Figure 1-388 BBU installed on a wall
The following table lists the module configurations when the BBU is installed on a
wall.
Table 1-336 Module configurations for installing a BBU on a wall

-48 V DC 1 BBU+1 DCDU-12B+6 RRUs (power consumption per RRU ≤

800 W)
1 BBU+1 EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02+3 RRUs (800

W < power consumption per RRU ≤ 1100 W)
1.3.4.3 Power Requirements of a DBS5900

equipment and power cables in a DBS5900 given different cabinets, external
power supply, and product configurations.
The following table describes the power requirements when customer equipment
is used to supply power to the BBU5900 through dual power supplies.


Power Product Minimum Cross-Sectional Cable Length
Suppl Configuration Requirement Area of the Requirement
y for Circuit Input Power
Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment
-48 V BBU (one 2x25 A/1 P 2x4 mm2 ≤ 15 m (49.21

UPEUe board) (0.0062 in.2), ft)
one group
BBU (two 4x25 A/1 P 2x4 mm2

UPEUe boards) (0.0062 in.2),
two groups
For details about the power requirements of an RRU/AAU, see "RRU Power Cable"
or "AAU Power Cable" in the corresponding RRU/AAU hardware description. For
example, for the RRU5909s, see "RRU Power Cable" in RRU5909s Hardware
Description.
NOTE
● Two circuit breakers are required for each BBU power board (UPEUe). 30 A is
recommended for a single circuit breaker, and the minimum specification is 25 A. If two
BBU power boards (UPEUe) are configured, four circuit breakers are required.
● If the minimum requirement for circuit breakers on customer equipment provided by the
customer does not meet the requirements listed in the preceding table, contact local
Huawei engineers for technical support.

AC Input
NOTE


supplied with AC power and using an APM5950H.


Breaker Input Power
Requirement Cable
on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 6 or 7 PSUs 1x80 A/3 P ● Cable with ≤ 15 m (49.21

three-phase (default) a black ft)
jacket and
4 or 5 PSUs 1x50 A/3 P four core
2 or 3 PSUs 1x32 A/3 P wires, two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 16
mm2
(0.025 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 16
mm2
(0.025 in.2)
220 V AC 5 to 7 PSUs 1x125 A/1 P ● Two wires

each with
two
2 PSUs 1x50 A/1 P insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)

dual-live-wire


Breaker Input Power
Requirement Cable
on Customer
Equipment
4 PSUs 1x100 A/2 P L2, and N),

each with
two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)

DC Input
NOTE

An APM5900H is configured with one DCDU15D by default in outdoor DC



on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)
● 1 FAN02I

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)

2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
power
2), two groups of
consumption of
cables


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
power
2), two groups of
consumption of
cables

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1420 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1420 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1420 W)


on Customer t
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

RRU ≤ 800 W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
● 2 BBUs
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 560 W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
● 2 BBUs
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W) 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
● 2 BBUs
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W)
● 2 BBUs

consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 560 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W)
● 1 BBU


are recommended)
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2),two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.


AC Input
NOTE

The following table describes the power requirements of a DBS5900 using an

APM5950H-L.

Breaker Input Power
Requirement Cable
on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 4 PSUs 1x50 A/3 P ● Cable with ≤ 15 m (49.21

three-phase a black ft)
2 or 3 PSUs 1x32 A/3 P jacket and
four core
wires, two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 16
mm2
(0.025 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 16
mm2
(0.025 in.2)


Breaker Input Power
Requirement Cable
on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 4 PSUs 1x100 A/1 P ● Two wires

single-phase (L and N),
core wire,
two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)

120 V AC wires (L1,
dual-live-wire 3 PSUs 1x80 A/2 P L2, and N),
a single
core wire,
two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 25
mm2
(0.039 in.2)


DC Input
NOTE



on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1200 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1200 W)

2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
power
2), two groups of
consumption of
cables


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1200 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1200 W)

on Customer t
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

RRU ≤ 800 W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
● 1 BBU
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 560 W) 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two groups of
● 1 BBU
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)
● 1 BBU


on Customer t
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

2),two groups of
DC input power
cables

consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 560 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 400 W)
● 1 BBU

consumption per
RRU ≤ 300 W)
● 1 BBU


are recommended)
on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1200 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1200 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2),two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.3.4.3.5 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the APM5930(AC)

DBS5900 using an APM5930(AC) and having the peak power.
AC Input Scenario
NOTE



Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment

jacket and
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 10
mm2
(0.016 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 10
mm2
(0.016 in.2)


Breakers on Cable
Customer
Equipment

each with
two
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 25
mm2
(0.039 in.2)
110 V AC or 5 1x125 A/2 P ● Three

core wire,
2 1x50 A/2 P two
insulation
layers, and
a cross-
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.2)
● PE cable
with a
cross-
sectional
area of 25
mm2
(0.039 in.2)

1.3.4.3.6 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the APM5930(DC)

DBS5900 using the APM5930(DC) and having the peak power.
DC Input
NOTE

An APM5930(DC) is configured with a DCDU15D by default in outdoor DC power

scenarios. In capacity expansion scenarios, additional DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/
EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S modules can be configured. Table 1-347, Table
1-349, and Table 1-348 describe the power requirements of a DCDU15D,
of an EPU02S-02.

on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)
● 1 FAN02G

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1800 W)

2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
power
2), two groups of
consumption of
cables

2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
power
2), two groups of
consumption of
cables

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1420 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1420 W)

power
consumption of
BBUs ≤ 1420 W)

on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 3 RRUs (800 W < 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

power 2),one group of DC (32.81 ft)
halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
3 RRUs (800 W < 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2), one group of DC
power consumption
(low smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2),two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

(power 2), one group of DC (32.81 ft)
consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

consumption per
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
BBU ≤ 1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 3 RRUs (1100 W < 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

consumption per
BBU ≤ 1420 W)
3 RRUs (1100 W < 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2), one group of DC
power consumption
(low smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 W 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 3 RRUs (1100 W < 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in. ≤ 10 m

RRU ≤ 1400 W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption per
BBU ≤ 1420 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

consumption per
BBU ≤ 1420 W)
3 RRUs (1100 W < 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

power consumption 2), one group of DC
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 W 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

cables (low smoke
zero halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.3.4.3.7 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

distributed base station using the APM30H (Ver.E) and having the peak power.
AC Input
NOTE

The following table describes the power requirements of an outdoor distributed

base station supplied with AC power and using the APM30H (Ver.E).
Table 1-352 Power requirements of a distributed base station using the APM30H
(Ver.E)

Breaker Input Power
Requirement Cable
on Customer
Equipment

and four core
2 or 3 1x32 A/3 P wires, two
insulation
layers, and a
cross-
sectional area
of 6 mm2
(0.0093 in.2)

single-phase and N), each
core wire, two
insulation
layers, and a
cross-


Breaker Input Power
Requirement Cable
on Customer
Equipment
3 1x63 A/1 P sectional area

of 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)

120 V AC (L1, L2, and
dual-live-wire 4 1x80 A/2 P N), each with
wire, two
insulation
layers, and a
cross-
sectional area
of 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)
1.3.4.3.8 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)

DBS5900 using a TMC11H (Ver.E) and having the peak power.
NOTE

(Ver.E), a DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S can be
configured in the TMC11H (Ver.E). Power requirements of a DCDU-12B lists the
power requirements of a DCDU-12B. Table 1-354 lists the power requirements of
a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02. Table 1-355 lists the power requirements of an
EPU02D-02/EPU02B. Table 1-356 lists the power requirements of an EPU02S.
Table 1-357 lists the power requirements of an EPU02S-02.


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 6 RRUs (power 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) ≤ 10 m (32.81

consumption ft)
per RRU ≤ 800 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),
W) two groups of DC
input power cables
● 2 BBUs

consumption
per RRU ≤ 560 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),
W) two groups of DC
input power cables
● 2 BBUs

consumption
per RRU ≤ 400 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),
W) two groups of DC
input power cables
● 2 BBUs

consumption
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 2 BBUs

consumption
per RRU ≤ 800
W)
● 1 BBU

consumption
per RRU ≤ 560
W)
● 1 BBU

consumption
per RRU ≤ 400
W)
● 1 BBU


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)

consumption
per RRU ≤ 300
W)
● 1 BBU

on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), ≤ 10 m (32.81

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
consumption ≤
two groups of DC
1200 W)
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1400 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
two groups of DC
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)(3)
(4)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1100 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
consumption ≤
two groups of DC
1200 W)
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

1100 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),
two groups of DC
input power cables
(low smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
1420 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x63 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
1 to 3 RRUs (1100 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

smoke zero
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.3.4.3.9 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the IBC10 (Ver.B)

DBS5900 using an IBC10 (Ver.B) and having the peak power.
NOTE

DC Input Scenario
supplied with DC power and using an IBC10 (Ver.B).

Equipmen Configuration Requirement Sectional Area Requirement
t for Circuit of the Input
Breakers on Power
Customer Cable(2)
Equipment(1)
0#DCDU- ● 2 first-level 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 ≤ 10 m (32.81

12C USUs in.2), one ft)
(power group of DC
consumptio input power
n per USU ≤ cables
850 W)
2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039
● 1 second-
level USU in.2), two
(power groups of DC
consumptio input power
n per USU ≤ cables
505 W)
● 2 fan
assemblies
(power
consumptio
n per fan
assembly ≤
1050 W)


Equipmen Configuration Requirement Sectional Area Requirement
t for Circuit of the Input
Breakers on Power
Customer Cable(2)
Equipment(1)
1#DCDU- 5 BBUs (power 2x100 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039

12C to consumption in.2), two
4#DCDU- per BBU ≤ groups of DC
12C 2100 W) input power
cables
NOTE
(1) Remarks about minimum requirements for circuit breakers on the customer equipment:
arranged based on their load capabilities in descending order as follows: 2x100 A, 160
A, and 2x80 A.
(2) When two power inputs are used, the following requirements must be met:
1.3.4.3.10 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the ILC29 (Ver.E)

NOTE


ILC29 (Ver.E) when the DCDU-12B provides power only for the BBUs and fan
assembly.


on Customer
Equipment
● 1 or 2 BBUs 2x63 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in. ≤ 10 m (32.81 ft)

(total power 2), two groups of
consumption ≤ DC input power
1800 W) cables
● 1 FAN (power
consumption ≤
730 W)

ILC29 (Ver.E) when the DCDU-12B provides power only for the RRUs.

on Customer
Equipment(2)
3 RRUs (power 2x63 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in. ≤ 10 m (32.81 ft)
consumption per default) 2), two groups of
cables
1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2), one group of
DC input power
cables

cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

DC input power
cables


on Customer
Equipment(2)

cables

cables

cables

cables

cables

cables
The following table describes the power requirements of the DCDU16D in an

ILC29 (Ver.E) when the DCDU provides power only for the RRUs.

Table 1-361 Power requirements of a DCDU16D (recommended circuit breaker

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1100 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

(1100 W ≤ 2), one group of
1400 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
The following table describes the power requirements of the EPU02D-02/EPU02B

in an ILC29 (Ver.E) when the EPU is powered by external equipment.


on Customer
Equipment(2)

2), one group of
(power
smoke zero
halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
The following table describes the power requirements of the EPU02S in an ILC29
(Ver.E) when the EPU02S is powered by external equipment.

on Customer
Equipment(2)

2), one group of
W < power
smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2), one group of
W < power
smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
The following table describes the power requirements of the EPU02S-02 in an

ILC29 (Ver.E) when the EPU02S-02 is powered by external equipment.

on Customer
Equipment(2)

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
1 to 3 RRUs (1400 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

smoke zero
halogen)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.3.4.3.11 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the IMB05/IFS5906+IMS5906

DBS5900 (with the peak power) using the IMB05/IFS5906+IMS5906.
NOTE

AC Input Scenario
The following table describes the power requirements of a DBS5900 supplied with
AC power and using the IMB05.
Table 1-365 Power requirements when the IMB05 and ETP48100-B1 are used
on Customer
Equipment
● 1 to 2 RRUs 1x32 A/1 P 2.5 mm2 (0.0039 ≤ 40 m (131.23

(power in.2) ft)
consumption
per RRU ≤ 800
W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
● 1 RRU (power
consumption ≤
1100 W)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)

DC Input Scenario
When a DBS5900 uses an IMB05/IMS5906+IFS5906 and is provided with DC power
supply by an EPU02D-02/EPU02B, the power requirements are listed in the
following table.

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

1100 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2), one group of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
When a DBS5900 uses an IMB05 and is provided with DC power supply by an

EPU02S, the power requirements are listed in the following table.


on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1400 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1600 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU


on Customer
Equipment(2)
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
When a DBS5900 uses an IMB05 and is provided with DC power supply by an

EPU02S-02, the power requirements are listed in the following table.

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1400 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU


on Customer
Equipment(2)
2x63 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1600 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
The following table describes the power requirements when a base station is
powered by a DCDU-12B.


on Customer
Equipment(2)

W) zero halogen)
● 1 BBUa (power
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
1420 W)
DC input power
cables
powered by a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02.

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1400 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.3.4.3.12 Power Requirements of a DBS5900 Using the 19-Inch Rack or Wall for
Installation
DBS5900 (with the peak power) using the 19-inch rack or wall for installation.
NOTE

DC Input Scenario
When the BBU of a DBS5900 is installed in a 19-inch rack or on a wall and the
DBS5900 is supplied with DC power by an EPU02D-02/EPU02B, the power
requirements are listed in Table 1-371. Table 1-372 lists the power requirements
when a base station is powered by an EPU02S. Table 1-373 lists the power
requirements when a base station is powered by an EPU02S-02. Table 1-374 lists
the power requirements when a base station is powered by a DCDU-12B. Table
1-375 lists the power requirements when a base station is powered by a
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02.

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

1100 W) smoke zero
● 0 BBU halogen)
1x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

default) 2), one group of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

(power default) 2), two groups of
1100 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.
2100 W)
2), one group of
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1400 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

1400 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2100 W)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1600 W) halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 0 BBU 2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x100 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1400 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)

1400 W) smoke zero
consumption ≤
2100 W)

1600 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
1420 W)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1600 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x80 A/1 P (by 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
DC input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)
powered by a DCDU-12B.


on Customer
Equipment(2)

W) zero halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
consumption ≤
2),two groups of
1420 W)
DC input power
cables
● 4 to 6 RRUs 2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

W)
● 1 BBUa (power
consumption ≤
2100 W)
powered by a DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02.


on Customer
Equipment(2)

per RRU ≤ cables (low smoke
1400 W) zero halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
consumption ≤
2100 W)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1400 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
2), two groups of
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x125 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1400 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
2), two groups of
2100 W)
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)


on Customer
Equipment(2)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) halogen)
● 1 BBU (power
2x80 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
consumption ≤
2), two groups of
1420 W)
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
● 1 to 3 RRUs 1x100 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

1100 W) halogen)
● 0 BBU
2x63 A/1 P 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
2), two groups of
DC input power
cables (low smoke
zero halogen)
When the INS05 is used, a DCDU-12B can provide a maximum of eight DC

outputs for the BBU5900 or BBU3910. The following table describes the power
requirements.
NOTE
If the specifications of circuit breakers on customer equipment are 2x100 A (not

recommended by default), the cross-sectional area of the input power cable for the
DCDU-12B is 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2).


Power Product Minimum Cross-Sectional Cable Length
Equipme Configuration( Requirement Area of the Requirement
nt 1)(4)(5) for Circuit Input Power
Breakers on Cable(3)
Customer
Equipment(2)
0#DCDU- 10 BBUs 1x160 A/1 P 35 mm2 (0.054 ≤ 10 m (32.81

12B to in.2), one group ft)
4#DCDU- of DC input
12B power cables
(low smoke
zero halogen)
2x80 A/1 P 16 mm2 (0.025

in.2), two
groups of DC
input power
cables (low
smoke zero
halogen)

NOTE

● 5000 series
● 0–400 W: RRU5336E, RRU5836E
RRU5903, RRU5903w, RRU5905, RRU5905w
RRU5910
● 3000 series
● 0–300 W: RRU3821E, RRU3824, RRU3826, RRU3838
RRU3959, RRU3959a, RRU3959w, RRU3961
RRU3965
HAAU5323, AAU5243, AAU5940, AAU5942
AAU5313
● 1600–1800 W: AAU5726e
A, 2x63 A, 100 A, 80 A, and 63 A.

1.3.4.4 Power Distribution Schemes for a DBS5900

This section describes the power distribution schemes for a DBS5900 given power
input of 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power.

APM5950H in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios.

other components.
NOTE
Figure 1-389 Power distribution scheme for an APM5950H in a 220 V AC single-

PDU01D-02)

Figure 1-390 Power distribution scheme for an APM5950H in a 110 V AC dual-

Table 1-377 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in an APM5950H in AC

scenarios

Circuit the AC
Breaker for Output
the PSU
220 V AC ● 220 V AC Heater and ● RRU (LOAD12 to LOAD17,

single- three- SOU: 1x16 A power consumption per RRU ≤
phase/ phase: (MCB) 800 W): 6x30 A (FUSEa)
three- 1x80 A/3 ● RRU (2 PDU06D-01s, power
phase P consumption per RRU ≤ 800
● 220 V AC W): 12x30 A (FUSE)
single- ● RRU (3 PDU03D-03s, power
phase: consumption per RRU ≤ 1400
1x125 A/1 W): 9x50 A (MCB)
P
110 V AC 1x125 A/2 P Heater and ● FAN: 1x30 A (FUSE)
wire (MCB) ● TM: 1x30 A (FUSE)

b: FUSE: fuse
When the AC input is used for an APM5950H, the PDU01D-02 provides two DC
outputs for the transmission cabinet APM5900H. The transmission cabinet


scenarios
in AC scenarios.
APM5900H DCDU15D ● TM: 10x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD0 to

cabinet
NOTE
from the APM5950H.

APM5900H that serves as the power cabinet in -48 V DC scenarios.


An APM5900H can be configured when a DBS5900 base station is supplied with

DCDU15D)

DCDU-12B)


DCDU16D-02)
Table 1-379 Fuse specifications of the APM5900H in -48 V DC scenarios

APM5900H DCDU16D-0 ● RRU: 3x50 A (MCB) (LOAD0 to LOAD2)

power LOAD6) a
cabinet
APM5900H DCDU15D ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD0 to LOAD5)

power
APM5900H DCDU-12B ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE)

power
a: MCB:
miniature
circuit
breaker
b: FUSE: fuse
NOTE
from another DCDU.


APM5950H-L in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios.

other components.
NOTE
Figure 1-395 Power distribution scheme for an APM5950H-L in a 220 V AC single-

PDU01D-02)

Figure 1-396 Power distribution scheme for an APM5950H-L in a 110 V AC dual-

Table 1-380 Specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in an APM5950H-L in

AC scenarios

Circuit the AC
Breaker for Output
the PSU
220 V AC 4x32 A Heater and ● RRU (LOAD8 to LOAD13,

single- SOU: 1x16 A power consumption per RRU ≤
phase/ (MCBa) 800 W): 6x30 A (FUSEb)
three- ● RRU (2 PDU06D-01s, power
phase consumption per RRU ≤ 800
110 V AC 4x32 A Heater and W): 12x30 A (FUSE)
dual-live- SOU: 1x16 A ● RRU (3 PDU03D-03s, power
wire (MCB) consumption per RRU ≤ 1400
W): 9x50 A (MCB)

b: FUSE: fuse
When the AC input is used for an APM5950H-L, the PDU01D-02 provides two DC
outputs for the transmission cabinet APM5900H-L. The transmission cabinet


scenarios
in AC scenarios.
APM5900H-L DCDU15D ● TM: 10x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD0 to

cabinet
NOTE
from the APM5950H-L.

APM5900H-L that serves as the power cabinet in -48 V DC scenarios.


An APM5900H-L can be configured when a DBS5900 base station is supplied with
Figure 1-398 Power distribution scheme for an APM5900H-L (configured with a

DCDU15D)

DCDU-12B)


DCDU16D-02)
Table 1-382 Specifications of the circuit breakers or fuses in the APM5900H-L in

-48 V DC scenarios
APM5900H-L DCDU16D-0 ● RRU: 3x50 A (MCB) (LOAD0 to LOAD2)

power LOAD6) a
cabinet
APM5900H-L DCDU15D ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD0 to LOAD5)

power
APM5900H-L DCDU-12B ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE)

power
a: MCB:
miniature
circuit
breaker
b: FUSE: fuse
NOTE
from another DCDU.

1.3.4.4.5 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the APM5930(AC)

APM5930(AC) in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios.

When 110 V AC or 220 V AC input power is provided, the EPU (EPU05A-11 or
EPU05A-12) in a cabinet distributes AC power and DC power to other
components.
NOTE
Figure 1-401, Figure 1-403, Figure 1-404, and Figure 1-402 show the power
distribution schemes in 220 V AC and 110 V AC scenarios, respectively. Table
1-383 lists the specifications of the circuit breakers and fuses in a base station.
Figure 1-401 Power distribution scheme for an APM5930(AC) in a 220 V AC single/three-phase

scenario (configured with the PDU06D-01)

Figure 1-402 Power distribution scheme for an APM5930(AC) in a 110 V AC dual-

live-wire scenario (configured with the PDU06D-01)
Figure 1-403 Power distribution scheme for an APM5930(AC) in a 220 V AC single/three-phase

scenario (configured with the PDU03D-03)

Figure 1-404 Power distribution scheme for an APM5930(AC) in a 110 V AC dual-live-wire scenario
(configured with the PDU03D-03)
Table 1-383 Specifications of circuit breakers and fuses in an APM5930(AC) in AC

scenarios
Circuit the AC
Breaker for Output
the PSU
220 V AC 3x50 A Heater and ● RRU (power consumption per

single- SOU: 1x16 A RRU ≤ 800 W): 6x30 A (FUSE)
phase/ (MCB) (LOAD12 to LOAD14)
three- ● BBU: 6x30 A (FUSE)
phase
110 V AC 1x125 A Heater and ● TM: 1x30 A (FUSE)
wire (MCB)
● RRU (power consumption per
RRU ≤ 800 W): 15x30 A (FUSE)
(3 PDU06D-01s)
When a cabinet requires EPU02D-02s/DCDU16Ds, the EPU05A must be configured

with the PDU01D-02s that obtain power from the EPU05A (converting AC input
power into DC power) and distribute the power to the EPU02D-02s/DCDU16Ds.

The power distribution schemes are shown in Figure 1-405 and Figure 1-406. The
specifications of circuit breakers and fuses in a base station are listed in Table
1-384.
NOTE
The scheme for the DCDU16D to obtain power from the PDU01D-02 is similar to that for
the EPU02D-02. The following figure uses the EPU02D-02 as an example.
Figure 1-405 Power distribution scheme for an APM5930(AC) in a 220 V AC

single/three-phase scenario (configured with the EPU02D-02)
Figure 1-406 Power distribution scheme for an APM5930(AC) in a 110 V AC dual-

live-wire scenario (configured with the EPU02D-02)

Table 1-384 Specifications of circuit breakers and fuses in an APM5930(AC) in AC

scenarios
Circuit the AC
Breaker for Output
the PSU
220 V AC 3x50 A Heater and ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD12

single- SOU: 1x16 A to LOAD14)
phase/ (MCB) ● RRU (power consumption per
three- RRU ≤ 800 W): 9x30 A (FUSE)
phase (2 PDU06D-01s)
110 V AC 1x125 A Heater and ● RRU (800 W < power
dual-live- SOU: 1x25 A consumption per RRU ≤ 1100
wire (MCB) W): 6x30 A (FUSE) (2
EPU02D-02s)
● EPU02D-02/DCDU16D: 1x125
A (MCB) (PDU01D-02)
NOTE
ports on an EPU. If there is a standby power board or a second BBU, the standby power
board or second BBU obtains power from "LOAD2" and "LOAD5" ports.
An EPU02D-02 supplies power to RRUs (800 W < power consumption per RRU ≤
1100 W). The following figure shows the power distribution scheme for an
EPU02D-02.

Figure 1-407 Power distribution scheme for an EPU02D-02
The following table lists the fuse specifications of an EPU02D-02 providing

boosted-voltage and DC power outputs.
Table 1-385 Fuse specifications of an EPU02D-02

Equipment

Slot 2 (LOAD0 or LOAD1) output: 3x30 A (RRU)

A (SPARE)


Equipment Terminal

A (RRU)

A (BBU)
When an APM5930(AC) uses AC power supply, the AC power is converted into two
DC outputs for the transmission cabinet APM5930(DC). The transmission cabinet
provides power supply for the transmission equipment, fan assembly, and other


scenarios
in AC scenarios.

APM5930(DC) DCDU15D ● TM: 10x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD0 to

serving as a LOAD9)
cabinet
DCDU16D TM/FAN: 4x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD3 to
LOAD6)
NOTE
When a second BBU is installed in a transmission cabinet, the second BBU obtains power
from the APM5930(AC).

1.3.4.4.6 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the APM5930(DC)

APM5930(DC) that serves as a power cabinet in -48 V DC scenarios.

An APM5930(DC) can be configured when a DBS5900 base station is supplied
with -48 V DC power. The power distribution box DCDU15D, DCDU-12B,
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, or EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S in the APM5930(DC) is
used to supply power to the BBUs, RRUs, fan assembly, and other components.
Figure 1-410, Figure 1-411, and Figure 1-412 show the power distribution
schemes for a DCDU15D, DCDU-12B, and DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02, respectively.
Figure 1-413 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02D-02. Figure
1-414 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02B. Figure 1-415 shows
the power distribution scheme for an EPU02S. Figure 1-416 shows the power

the DCDU15D)


the DCDU-12B)

the DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02)


the EPU02D-02)

the EPU02B)


the EPU02S)

the EPU02S-02)

Table 1-388 Fuse specifications of an APM5930(DC) in -48 V DC scenarios

APM5930(DC DCDU16D/ ● RRU: 3x50 A (MCB) (LOAD0 to LOAD2)

) serving as a DCDU16D-0 ● BBU/TM/FAN: 4x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD3 to
power 2 LOAD6)
cabinet
APM5930(DC DCDU15D ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD0 to LOAD5)

) serving as a ● BBU/TM: 4x30 A (FUSE) (LOAD6 to LOAD9)
power
APM5930(DC DCDU-12B ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE)

) serving as a ● BBU: 2x30 A (FUSE)
power
APM5930(DC EPU02D-02 ● RRU: -57 V 3x30 A (FUSE)

power
cabinet
APM5930(DC EPU02B ● RRU: -57 V 6x30 A (FUSE)

power
cabinet
APM5930(DC EPU02S ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A (FUSE)

power
cabinet
APM5930(DC EPU02S-02 ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A (FUSE)

power
cabinet
NOTE
from another DCDU or EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02.
1.3.4.4.7 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

other components.


NOTE
single-phase scenario (configured with the PDU03D-02)

dual-live-wire scenario (configured with the PDU03D-02)
in AC scenarios


phase A (FUSE)
● BBU: 2x30 A
(FUSE)
● FAN: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● TM: 4x30 A
(FUSE)
● TMC: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● IBBS: 1x30 A
(FUSE)


110 V AC dual- 1x100 A ● Heater: 1x16 A ● RRU (slot 7):

live-wire (MCB) 3x30 A (FUSE)
● SOU: 1x16 A ● RRU (slot 8):
(MCB) 3x30 A (FUSE)
● RRU (slot 9):
3x30 A (FUSE)
NOTE
When the cabinet requires a DCDU16D/EPU02D/EPU02D-02, the EPU05A must be

configured with two PDU01D-01 modules that obtain power from the EPU05A
(converting AC input power into DC power) and distribute it to the DCDU16D/
EPU02D/EPU02D-02. The power distribution schemes are shown in Figure 1-419
and Figure 1-420. The specifications of circuit breakers and fuses are listed in the
following table.
NOTE
The scheme for the DCDU16D/EPU02D-02 to obtain power from the PDU01D-01 is similar
to that for the EPU02D. The following figure uses the EPU02D as an example.

single-phase scenario (configured with the EPU02D)

dual-live-wire scenario (configured with the EPU02D)
in AC scenarios

phase A (FUSE)
● BBU: 2x30 A
(FUSE)


110 V AC dual- 1x100 A ● Heater: 1x16 A ● FAN: 1x30 A

live-wire (MCB) (FUSE)
● SOU: 1x16 A ● TM: 4x30 A
(MCB) (FUSE)
● TMC: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● IBBS: 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● RRU (slot 7):
3x30 A (FUSE)
● EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D (slot
8): 1x100 A
(MCB)
● EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D (slot
9): 1x100 A
(MCB)
NOTE
The following figure shows the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power distribution scheme.



Equipment Terminal

A (RRU)

A (BBU)
When the APM30H (Ver.E) uses the AC power supply, one DC output is supplied to
the transmission cabinet. The transmission cabinet provides power supply for the
transmission equipment, fan assembly, and other components in the cabinet
through the DC power distribution box, as shown in the following figure.

scenarios
in AC scenarios.
TMC11H (Ver.E) serving as a ● TM: 7x30 A (FUSE)


1.3.4.4.8 When the BBU Is Installed in the TMC11H (Ver.E)

using a TMC11H (Ver.E) in -48 V DC scenarios.

When a distributed base station uses -48 V DC power, a TMC11H can be
configured and the DCDU-12B/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/
EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02 in the TMC11H distributes the power to BBUs, RRUs,
fan assembly, and other components. Figure 1-424 shows the power distribution
scheme for a DCDU-12B. Figure 1-425 shows the power distribution scheme for a
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02. Figure 1-426 shows the power distribution scheme for
an EPU02D/EPU02D-02. Figure 1-427 shows the power distribution scheme for an
EPU02B. Figure 1-428 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02S.
Figure 1-429 shows the power distribution scheme for an EPU02S-02.

is configured in the TMC11H

Figure 1-425 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC scenarios when a DCDU16D/

DCDU16D-02 is configured in the TMC11H

or EPU02D-02 is configured in the TMC11H





The following table lists the specifications of the fuses in the TMC11H in -48 V DC
scenarios.
Table 1-393 Specifications of the fuses in the TMC11H in -48 V DC scenarios

When the DCDU-12B ● RRU: 6x30 A (FUSE)

TMC11H is ● TM/BBU: 2x30 A (FUSE)
used as a
power cabinet ● TM: 1x30 A (FUSE)
When the DCDU16D/ ● RRU: 3x50 A (MCB)

TMC11H is DCDU16D-02 ● BBU/FAN/TM: 4x30 A (FUSE)
used as a
power cabinet
When the EPU02D ● RRU: -57 V 6x30 A (FUSE)

used as a
When the EPU02D-02 ● RRU: -57 V 3x30 A (FUSE)

used as a


When the EPU02B ● RRU: -57 V 6x30 A (FUSE)

used as a
power cabinet
When the EPU02S ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A

used as a
power cabinet
When the EPU02S-02 ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A

used as a
power cabinet
NOTE
The BBU preferentially obtains power from the "LOAD6" and "LOAD7" ports on the
DCDU-12B. If there is a standby power board or a second BBU, a second DCDU-12B must
be configured so that the standby power board or second BBU can obtain power from the
"LOAD6" and "LOAD7" ports on the second DCDU-12B.
1.3.4.4.9 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the IBC10 (Ver.B)
IBC10 (Ver.B) in -48 V DC scenarios.
Power Distribution Scheme for an IBC10 (Ver.B) DC Cabinet

When -48 V DC input power is provided for an IBC10 (Ver.B) DC cabinet, the
power distribution boxes DCDU-12Cs in the cabinet supply power to the BBUs,
USUs, fan assemblies, and other components. The following figure shows the
positions of five DCDU-12Cs in the cabinet.

Figure 1-430 Positions of the modules in the cabinet
The following table describes the power distribution schemes of the five
DCDU-12Cs in an IBC10 (Ver.B) DC cabinet.
Table 1-394 Power distribution schemes

Port LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9
0#D USU USU FAN FAN USU USU SPAR SPAR SPAR SPAR
CDU 0 1 0 1 0 1 E E E E
-12C (left (left (righ (righ
a UPIU UPIU t t
) ) UPIU UPIU
) )
1#D BBU5 (UPEU BBU6 (UPEU BBU7 (UPEU BBU8 (UPEU BBU9 (UPEU
CDU in the upper in the upper in the upper in the upper in the upper
-12C slot) slot) slot) slot) slot)

Port LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA LOA
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9
CDU in the lower in the lower in the lower in the lower in the lower
CDU in the upper in the upper in the upper in the upper in the upper
CDU in the lower in the lower in the lower in the lower in the lower
a. 0#DCDU-12C is installed at the rear of the cabinet.
1.3.4.4.10 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the ILC29 (Ver.E)
using the ILC29 (Ver.E) cabinet in -48 V DC scenarios.
The following figure shows the components in an ILC29 (Ver.E).

NOTE
The DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 and EPU02D-02 installation positions are the same. The figure
uses the EPU02D-02 as an example.

Figure 1-431 Components in an ILC29 cabinet
The power distribution schemes for the five DCDU-12B modules in the cabinet are
different from each other, as described in Table 1-395. Table 1-396 lists the
Table 1-395 Power distribution schemes for DCDU-12B modules

er D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9
Distr
ibuti
on
Mod
ule
DCD RRU RRU RRU - - - - - - -

U-12 18 19 20
B (4)

er D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9
Distr
ibuti
on
Mod
ule
DCD - BBU BBU BBU BBU FAN BBU BBU BBU BBU
U-12 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
B (0) (UPE (UPE (UPE (UPE (UPE (UPE (UPE (UPE
U0) U0) U1) U1) U0) U0) U1) U1)

U-12 12 13 14 15 16 17
B (3)

U-12 6 7 8 9 10 11
B (2)

U-12 0 1 2 3 4 5
B (1)
Table 1-396 Specifications of the DC output fuses in DCDU-12B modules

Application Power Supply Specifications of the DC Output Fuse
Scenario

(4)
DCDU-12B -48 V DC ● BBU 0: 4x30 A (FUSE)

(0) ● BBU 1: 4x30 A (FUSE)
● FAN 0: 1x30 A (FUSE)

(3)/
DCDU-12B
(2)/
DCDU-12B
(1)
Table 1-397 describes the power distribution schemes for the three EPU02D-02/
EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02 modules in the cabinet. Table 1-398 lists the

Table 1-397 Power distribution scheme for EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/

EPU02S-02 modules
Pow BDU 0 BDU 1
er
Distr LOA LOA N/A LOA LOA N/A
D0 D1 D0 D1 LOA LOA LOA LOA
ibuti
D0 D1 D2 D3
on
Mod
ule
EPU0 RRU/ RRU/ - RRU/ - - - - - -

2D-0 AAU AAU AAU
2/ (6) (7) (8)
EPU0
2B/
EPU0
2S/
EPU0
2S-0
2 (2)
EPU0 RRU/ RRU/ - RRU/ - - - - - -

2D-0 AAU AAU AAU
2/ (3) (4) (5)
EPU0
2B/
EPU0
2S/
EPU0
2S-0
2 (1)
EPU0 RRU/ RRU/ - RRU/ - - - - - -

2D-0 AAU AAU AAU
2/ (0) (1) (2)
EPU0
2B/
EPU0
2S/
EPU0
2S-0
2 (0)

Table 1-398 Specifications of the DC output fuses in EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S/

EPU02S-02 modules
Power Power Supply Specifications of the DC Output Fuse
Distribution
Module
EPU02D-02/ -48 V DC RRU: -57 V 3x30 A (FUSE)

EPU02B
EPU02S -48 V DC RRU: -57 V 3x28 A (FUSE)
EPU02S-02 -48 V DC RRU: -57 V 3x28 A (FUSE)
Table 1-399 describes the power distribution scheme for the three DCDU16D/
DCDU16D-02 modules in the cabinet. Table 1-400 lists the specifications of DC
output circuit breakers in these modules.
Table 1-399 Power distribution scheme for DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 modules

Power LOAD0 LOAD1 LOAD2 LOAD3 LOAD4 LOAD5 LOAD6
Distrib
ution
Module

6D (2) U (6) U (7) U (8)

6D (1) U (3) U (4) U (5)

6D (0) U (0) U (1) U (2)
Table 1-400 Specifications of the DC output circuit breakers in DCDU16D/

DCDU16D-02 modules
Power Distribution Power Supply Specifications of the
Module Circuit Breaker for the
DC Output
DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 -48 V DC RRU/AAU: -48 V 3x50A

(MCB)
1.3.4.4.11 Power Distribution Scheme for a DBS5900 Using the IMB05,

IMS5906+IFS5906, 19-Inch Rack, or Wall for Installation
IMB05, IMS5906+IFS5906, 19-inch rack, or wall for installation in 220 V AC and
-48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Distribution Scheme in 220 V AC Scenarios

When 220 V AC power is supplied, the ETP48100-B1 in the IMB05 cabinet converts
the AC power into DC power and distributes the DC power to other components.
The following figure shows the power distribution scheme.
Figure 1-432 Power distribution scheme for the IMB05 configured with an
ETP48100-B1 in 220 V AC or 110 V AC scenarios
base station.
Application Power Specifications of the Circuit Breaker/Fuse for
Scenario Supply the DC Output
IMB05 220 V AC ● RRU: 2x30 A (FUSE)

single-phase ● BBU: 2x30 A (FUSE)

When -48 V DC power supply is used, an EPU02B/EPU02S/EPU02S-02/DCDU-12B/
EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 distributes the power to BBUs, RRUs, and
other components, as shown in Figure 1-433, Figure 1-434, Figure 1-435, Figure
1-436, Figure 1-437, and Figure 1-438.
When -48 V DC power supply is used, the IFS5906 is stacked on the IMS5906 and
a DCDU-12B/EPU02D-02 distributes power to BBUs, RRUs, and other components,
as shown in Figure 1-439 and Figure 1-440.
When -48 V DC power supply is used, the INS05 is installed in a non-Huawei
cabinet and a DCDU-12B distributes power to BBUs, as shown in Figure 1-441.


configured

configured

Figure 1-435 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC input scenarios when an

EPU02S-02 is configured

is configured


or EPU02D-02 is configured
Figure 1-438 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC input scenarios when a

DCDU16D/DCDU16D-02 is configured

Figure 1-439 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC input scenarios when the
IFS5906 is stacked on the IMS5906 and a DCDU-12B is configured
Figure 1-440 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC input scenarios when the
IFS5906 is stacked on the IMS5906 and an EPU02D-02 is configured

Figure 1-441 Power distribution scheme in -48 V DC input scenarios when BBUs
are installed in an INS05 in a non-Huawei cabinet and a DCDU-12B is configured
base station.
Application Power Supply Power Equipment Specifications of the

Scenario Circuit Breaker/Fuse
for the DC Output
IMB05, -48 V DC EPU02D-02 ● RRU: -57 V 3x30 A

IMS5906+IFS (FUSE)
5906, wall, or ● BBU: -48 V 2x30 A
19-inch rack (FUSE)
● FAN: -48 V 1x30 A
(FUSE)
● SPARE: -48 V 1x30
A (FUSE)
IMB05, -48 V DC DCDU-12B ● RRU: 6x30 A

IMS5906+IFS (FUSE)
5906, wall, or ● BBUa: 2x30 A
19-inch rack (FUSE)
● SPARE: 2x30 A
(FUSE)
INS05 -48 V DC DCDU-12B ● BBU: 8x30 A

(FUSE)
● SPARE: 2x30 A
(FUSE)

Application Power Supply Power Equipment Specifications of the

Scenario Circuit Breaker/Fuse
for the DC Output
IMB05, wall, -48 V DC DCDU16D/ ● RRU: 3x50 A

or 19-inch DCDU16D-02 (MCB)
rack ● BBU/FAN/TM:
4x30 A (FUSE)
IMB05, wall, -48 V DC EPU02B ● RRU: -57 V 6x30 A

or 19-inch (FUSE)
rack ● BBU: -48 V 4x30 A
(FUSE)
IMB05, wall, -48 V DC EPU02S ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A

or 19-inch (FUSE)
(FUSE)
IMB05, wall, -48 V DC EPU02S-02 ● RRU: -57 V 3x28 A

or 19-inch (FUSE)
(FUSE)
a: One DCDU-12B cannot supply power to two power boards in a BBU5900. One
of the two power boards needs to be powered by other module.
1.3.4.5 Cable Connections in a DBS5900

For cable connections for a DBS5900, see section "Cable Connections" in 3900 &
5900 Series Base Station Cables. The following table lists the links for reference.

Cabinet Power Monitorin Transmiss BBU CPRI Cable
Used by Cable g Signal ion Cable Interconne Connection
a Connections Cable Connecti ction s
DBS5900 Connectio ons Signal
ns Cable
Connection
s
APM5950 Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI Cable

H Connections Signal on Cable Interconnec Connection
in a Cable Connectio tion Signal s for 5900
DBS5900 Connection ns for Cable Series Base
Using the s in a 5900 Connection Stations
APM5950H DBS5900 Series s
Using the Base
APM5950H Stations


ns Cable
Connection
s

H Connections Signal on Cable Interconnec Connection
Using the Base
APM5900H Stations

H-L Connections Signal on Cable Interconnec Connection
APM5950H- DBS5900 Series s
L Using the Base
APM5950H Stations
-L

H-L Connections Signal on Cable Interconnec Connection
APM5900H- DBS5900 Series s
L Using the Base
APM5900H Stations
-L

0(AC) Connections Signal on Cable Interconnec Connection
APM5930(A DBS5900 Series s
C) Using the Base
APM5930( Stations
AC)


ns Cable
Connection
s

0(DC) Connections Signal on Cable Interconnec Connection
APM5930(D DBS5900 Series s
C) Using the Base
APM5930( Stations
DC)
ILC29 Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI Cable

(Ver.E) Connections Signal on Cable Interconnec Connection
ILC29 (Ver.E) DBS5900 Series s
Using the Base
ILC29 Stations
(Ver.E)
IMB05 Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI Cable

Connections Signal on Cable Interconnec Connection
IMB05 DBS5900 Series s
Using the Base
IMB05 Stations
APM30H Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI Cable

(Ver.E) Using the Base
APM30H Stations
(Ver.E)


ns Cable
Connection
s
TMC11H Power Cable Monitoring Transmissi BBU CPRI Cable

TMC11H DBS5900 Series s
(Ver.E) Using the Base
TMC11H Stations
(Ver.E)
1.3.5 DBS5900A
This section describes the application scenarios, power requirements, power
distribution schemes, and cable connections of a DBS5900A.
1.3.5.1 Application Scenarios of a DBS5900A

This section describes outdoor AC and DC scenarios of a DBS5900A configured
with a BBU5900A.
1.3.5.1.1 Outdoor AC Scenario

This section describes the scenarios where the DBS5900A is installed outdoors and
The following table describes the outdoor AC installation scenario of a DBS5900A
configured with a BBU5900A.

Pole- or wall-mounted The BBU5900A (DC) and OPM200 are

installed on a pole or wall, RRUs are
remotely installed, and the OPM200
supplies power to the BBU5900A (DC)
and RRUs.

Pole- or wall-mounted The BBU5900A (AC) is installed on a

pole, RRUs are remotely installed, and
the external AC power distribution
equipment supplies power to the
BBU5900A (AC).
The following table describes the typical configurations of a base station with
different requirements for backup power capacities and carrier configurations.
Table 1-405 DBS5900A typical configurations

Power Bac Carrier Typical Configuration Illustration
Supply kup Configu
Pow ration
er
Req
uire
men
t
110 V N/A 6 RRUs 1 BBU5900A (DC)+1 See Figure 1-442.

AC or OPM200+6 RRUs
220 V
AC N/A 3 Easy 1 BBU5900A (AC)+3 See Figure 1-443.
Macro Easy Macro modules/
modules Book RRUs
/Book
RRUs
6 Easy 1 BBU5900A (AC)+6

Macro Easy Macro modules/
modules Book RRUs
/Book
RRUs
110 V OP 6 RRUs 1 BBU5900A (DC)+1 See Figure 1-444.

AC or M20 OPM200+2 IBBS50Ls+6
220 V 0:IB RRUs
AC BS5
0L =
1:2
110 V OP 9 RRUs 1 BBU5900A (DC)+1

AC or M20 OPM200+4 IBBS50Ls+9
220 V 0:IB RRUs
AC BS5
0L =
1:4

Power Bac Carrier Typical Configuration Illustration

Supply kup Configu
Pow ration
er
Req
uire
men
t
110 V OP 18 RRUs 1 BBU5900A (DC)+2

AC or M20 OPM200s+8 IBBS50Ls
220 V 0:IB +18 RRUs
AC BS5
0L =
1:4
Figure 1-442 and Figure 1-443 show the application scenarios of a DBS5900A
when no backup power is required.
Figure 1-442 DBS5900A application scenario without backup power for the
BBU5900A (DC)

Figure 1-443 DBS5900A application scenario without backup power for the
BBU5900A (AC)
The following figure shows the application scenario of a DBS5900A when backup
power is required.

Figure 1-444 DBS5900A application scenario with backup power for the
BBU5900A (DC)
1.3.5.1.2 Outdoor DC Scenario

This section describes the scenarios where the DBS5900A is installed outdoors and
The following table describes the outdoor DC installation scenario of a DBS5900A
configured with a BBU5900A (DC).

BBU Installation Position Scenario Description
Pole- or wall-mounted The BBU and RRUs are separately

installed on poles or walls. The
external DC power distribution
equipment provides DC power for the
BBU and RRUs.
When supplied with -48 V DC power, the DBS5900A can use the typical
configurations described in the following table.

Table 1-407 DBS5900A typical configurations
Power Supply Base Station Illustration

Configuration
-48 V DC 1 BBU5900A (DC)+6 RRUs See Figure 1-445.
The following figure shows the application scenario of a DBS5900A when external
DC power is supplied.
Figure 1-445 DBS5900A application scenario
1.3.5.2 Power Requirements of a DBS5900A

This section describes the power requirements of a DBS5900A configured with a
BBU5900A.
AC Input Scenario
The following table lists the power requirements when the BBU5900A (AC) is
powered by external AC equipment.
Power Supply Minimum Requirements for the Cable Length

Requirement for Input Power Cable Requirement
Circuit Breakers
on Customer
Equipment
220 V AC single- 1x16 A/1 P 2.5 mm2 (0.0039 in.2), ≤ 100 m

phase one group (328.08 ft)
110 V AC single- 1x16 A/1 P 2.5 mm2 (0.0039 in.2), ≤ 20 m (65.62

phase one group ft)

When an outdoor DBS5900A is supplied with AC power in the pole- or wall-

mounted scenario, an OPM200 can be configured to provide power for the
BBU5900A (DC) and RRUs. The following table lists the power requirements.
NOTE


Power Number of Minimum Requirements for Cable
Supply PSUs Requirement the Input Power Length
for Circuit Cable Requireme
Breakers on nt
Customer
Equipment
220 V AC 2 1x32 A/3 P ● Black cable ≤ 100 m

three-phase with four core (328.08 ft)
3 wires (L1, L2,
L3, and N),
dual insulation
layers, and a
cross-sectional
area of 6 mm2
(0.0093 in.2)
220 V AC 2 1x50 A/1 P ● Black cable

single-phase with three core
3 1x80 A/1 P wires (L, N, and
PE), dual
insulation
layers, and a
cross-sectional
area of 16
mm2 (0.025 in.
2)
110 V AC or 2 1x50 A/2 P ● Three wires

120 V AC (L1, L2, and
dual-live-wire 3 1x80 A/2 P PE), each with
a single core
wire, two
insulation
layers, and a
cross-sectional
area of 16
mm2 (0.025 in.
2)

DC Input Scenario
The following table lists the power requirements when the BBU5900A (DC) is
powered by external DC equipment.

Power Supply Minimum Requirements for the Cable Length
Requirement for Input Power Cable Requirement
Circuit Breakers
on Customer
Equipment
-48 V DC 40 A/1 P 5.3 mm2 (0.0082 in.2) ≤ 20 m (65.62

or 6 mm2 (0.0093 in. ft)
30 A/1 P 2), one group
1.3.5.3 Power Distribution Schemes for a DBS5900A

This section describes the power distribution schemes for a DBS5900A configured
with a BBU5900A.
AC Input Scenario
When AC power is supplied, the OPM200 converts AC power into DC power and
then supplies it to the BBU, RRUs, and other components.
The following figures show the power distribution schemes for a DBS5900A

Figure 1-446 Power distribution scheme for a DBS5900A supplied with 110 V AC
power
Figure 1-447 Power distribution scheme for a DBS5900A supplied with 220 V AC
power

The following table lists the specifications of the fuses in the OPM200 in AC
scenarios.
Table 1-411 Specifications of the fuses in the OPM200 in AC scenarios

220 V AC single-phase or 110 V AC ● BBU5900A: 1x30 A (FUSE)

dual-live-wire ● TM: 1x30 A (FUSE)
● Power distribution slots: 2
(1) When the PDU06D-01 is
configured: 6x30 A (FUSE)
(2) When the SDU60-02 is
configured: 2x30 A (FUSE)
1.3.5.4 Cable Connections in a DBS5900A

For cable connections in a DBS5900A, see topics related to Cable Connections in
3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Cables.

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model Description (15) (PDF) - EN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model Description (15) (PDF) - EN

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model Description (15) (PDF) - EN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i

1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model Description...................................................... 1

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii

1.2.3.2 Cabinet Applications Supported by a BTS3900A.............................................................................................. 119

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

1.2.5.5.7 Power Requirements of a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)............................................................. 406

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

1.2.6.3.1 Power Distribution Scheme for a BTS3900C WCDMA................................................................................ 549

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v

1.3.4.2.4 Indoor DC Scenarios................................................................................................................................................ 749

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi

1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model

Product Name Solution Version Product Version

5900 series base stations

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1

Unless otherwise specified, cabinets, components, and RATs involved in this

IBC10 SRAN8.1/GBSS15.1/ V100R008C01 and later

● BBU3910 SRAN9.0/GBSS16.0/ V100R009C00 and later

● BBU3910A SRAN10.0/GBSS17.0/ V100R010C00 and later

IBBS20L SRAN11.0/GBSS18.0/ V100R011C00 and later

● IBBS20L-E SRAN11.1/GBSS18.1/ V100R011C10 and later

RMU3900A SRAN12.0/GBSS19.0/ V100R012C00 and later

● EPU02D SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2

Item Solution Version Product Version

● BTS5900 (Ver.A) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● APM5930 SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BBC5200D-L SRAN15.1/GBSS21.1/ V100R015C10 and later

● INS05 SRAN16.0/GBSS22.0/ V100R016C00 and later

● EPU02B SRAN16.1/GBSS22.1/ V100R016C10 and later

DCDU16D-02 SRAN17.0/GBSS23.0/ V100R017C00 and later

● APM5950H SRAN18.1/GBSS24.1/ V100R018C10 and later

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 3

● Site maintenance engineers

1.1 Changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Model

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 4

Topic Change Description

● 1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Added descriptions of

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 5

Topic Change Description

● 1.2.1.3.1 Power Requirements of a Added the AAU5726e, AAU5835f,

● 1.2.2.3.1 Power Requirements of a

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 6

Topic Change Description

● 1.3.2.3.2 Power Requirements of a

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7

Topic Change Description

● 1.2.1.3.1 Power Requirements of a Added the AAU5726e to descriptions

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8

Topic Change Description

● 1.3.2.3.2 Power Requirements of a

Issue 15 (2022-06-27) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 9

Topic Change Description

● 1.2.1.3.1 Power Requirements of a Deleted descriptions of the DRFU,